United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 2771 1
EPA-450/4-88-021
DECEMBER 1988
Air
PROCEDURES FOR THE
PREPARATION OF EMISSION
INVENTORIES FOR
PRECURSORS OF OZONE
VOLUME I
THIRD EDITION
-------
EPA-450/4-88-021
PROCEDURES FOR THE
PREPARATION OF EMISSION
INVENTORIES FOR
PRECURSORS OF OZONE
VOLUME I
THIRD EDITION
BY
SHARON L. KERSTETER
ALLIANCE TECHNOLOGIES
CHAPEL HILL, NC 27514
EPA CONTRACT No. 68-02-4396
EPA PROJECT OFFICER: DAVID C. MISENHEIMER
OFFICE OF AIR QUALITY PLANNING AND STANDARDS
U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC 27711
DECEMBER 1988
-------
This report has been reviewed by the Office Of Air Quality Planning And Standards, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, and has been approved for publication as received from the contractor. Approval does not signify that the
contents necessarily reflect the views and policies of the Agency, neither does mention of trade names or commercial
products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
EPA-450/4-88-021
11
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Section
4.0 AREA SOURCE DATA COLLECTION.
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 Area Source Inventory Structure and Emphasis....
4.1.2 Source Activity Levels
4.1.3 Methods for Estimating Area Source Activity
Levels and Emissions 4-4
4.1.4 Contents of Chapter 4 4-7
4.2 Gasoline Distribution Losses 4-7
4.2.1 Determining Gasoline Sales 4-7
4.2.2 Estimating Gasoline Distribution Emissions 4-10
4.2.2.1 Tank Truck Unloading (Stage I) 4-11
4.2.2.2 Vehicle Fueling and Underground
Tank Breathing 4-11
4.2.2.3 Losses from Gasoline Tank Trucks in
Trans i t 4-11
4.3 Stationary Source Solvent Evaporation 4-12
4.3.1 Dry Cleaning 4-12
4.3.2 Degreasing Operations... 4-15
4.3.2.1 Open Top Vapor and Conveyorized
Degreas ing 4-16
4.3.2.2 Cold Cleaning Degreasing 4-19
4.3.3 Surface Coating 4-20
4.3.3.1 Architectural Surface Coating 4-20
4.3.3.2 Automobile Refinishing 4-21
4.3.3.3 Other Small Industrial Surface
Coating 4-22
4.3.4 Graphic Arts 4-23
4.3.5 Cutback Asphalt Paving 4-24
4.3.-6 Asphalt Roofing Kettles and Tankers 4-25
4.3.7 Pesticide Application 4-25
4.3.8 Commercial/Consumer Solvent Use 4-27
4.4 Waste Management Practices 4-28
4.4.1 Publicly Owned-Treatment Works (POTWs) 4-28
4.4.2 Industrial Waste Water Treatment and Hazardous
Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal
Facilities (TSDFs) 4-29
4.4.2.1 Example Calculation 4-29
4.4.3 Municipal Solid Waste Landfills 4-31
4.4.4 Solid Waste Incineration 4-32
4.4.4.1 On-Site Incineration 4-33
4.4.4.2 Open Burning 4-33
4.5 Small Stationary Source Fossil Fuel Use 4-33
4.5.1 Fuel Oil Consumption 4-36
4.5.2 Coal Consumption 4-37
4.5.3 Natural Gas and Liquified Petroleum
Gas Consumption 4-38
4.5.4 Other Fuels 4-39
iv
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION. . . ........... . .................................... 1-1
1.1 Purpose [[[ 1-1
1.2 Contents of Volume 1 ...................................... 1-2
2.0 INVENTORY OVERVIEW AND PLANNING ............................ 2-1
2.1 Overview of Inventory Procedures ..... .. . .................. 2-1
2.2 General Planning Considerations ........................... 2-2
2.2.1 Emission Inventory End Uses ..................... 2-3
2o2.2 Definition of VOC ............................... 2-4
2.2.3 Sources of VOC Emissions ........................ 2-5
2.2.4 Emission Inventory Manpower Requirements ........ 2-5
2.2.5 Geographical Area ............................... 2-5
2.2.6 Spatial Resolution .............................. 2-10
2.2.7 Base Year Selection. ....... . . ....... . ........... 2-11
2.2.8 Temporal Resolution ...... . ...................... 2-11
2.2.9 Point/Area Source Distinctions .................. 2-11
2.2.10 Data Collection Methods ..... . ................... 2-12
2.2.11 Exclusion of Nonreactive Compounds and
Consideration of Species Information ....... 2-13
2.2.12 Emission Projections ............................ 2-14
2.2.13 Status of Existing Inventory .................... 2-15
2.2.14 Corresponding Nitrogen Oxides (NOX)
and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Inventories ....... 2-16
2.2.15 Data Handling ................................... 2-16
2.2.16 Documentation ................................... 2-17
2.2.17 Anticipated Use of a Photochemical
Dispersion Model ....a....* ................. 2-17
2.2.18 Planning Review ................................. 2-19
3.0 POINT SOURCE DATA COLLECTION
3.1 Introduction .................. . ........................... 3_1
3.2 Questionnaires (Mail Survey Approach) ..................... 3_3
3.2.1 Preparing the Mailing List ...................... 3_3
3.2.2 Limiting the Size of the Mail Survey ..... ....... 3-5
3.2.3 Designing the Questionnaires .................... 3.7
3.2.4 Mailing and Tracking the Questionnaires
and Logging Returns .......... . ............. 3-11
3.2.5 Reeontacting ........ . ........ .. ..... . ........... 3-13
3.3 Plant Inspections ..... ...... ...... ............... ......... 3-13
3.4 Other Air Pollution Agency Files. ........ ................. 3-14
3.5 Publications ........................ . ..................... 3-15
3.6 Existing Inventories ...................................... 3-16
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Section Page
4.6 Other Area Sources 4-40
4.6.1 Forest Fires 4-40
4.6.2 Slash Burning and Prescribed Burning 4-40
4.6.3 Agricultural Burning 4-41
4.6.4 Structure Fires 4-41
4.6.5 Orchard Heaters 4-41
4.6.6 Leaking Underground Storage Tanks 4-42
4.7 Mobile Sources 4-42
5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5-1
5.1 Purpose 5-1
5.2 General Procedures 5-1
5.3 Error Identification and Correction 5-2
5.4 Product Quality 5-14
5.5 System Audit 5-14
5.6 Application of QA Procedures 5-14
6.0 EMISSIONS CALCULATIONS 6-1
6.1 Introduction 6-1
6.2 Source Test Data 6-1
6.3 Material Balance 6-4
6.4 Emission Factors 6-5
6.5 Per Capita and Emissions-per-Employee Factors 6-10
6.6 Scaling Up the Inventory 6-12
6.7 Excluding Nonreactive VOC from Emission Totals 6-14
6.8 Seasonal Adjustment of the Annual Inventory 6-16
6.8.1 Seasonal Changes in Activity Levels 6-18
6.8.2 Seasonal Changes in Temperature 6-18
6.8.3 Other Seasonal Adjustment Considerations 6-21
6.8.4 Development and Application of Adjustment
Factors 6-22
6.9 Determining Emissions for a Typical Summer Day 6-23
6.10 Emission Projections 6-23
6.10.1 Major Point Source Projections 6-25
6.10.2 Aggregate Point Source Projections 6-26
6.10.3 Area Source Projection Procedures 6-27
6.10.4 Projection Review and Documentation 6-28
7.0 SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING 7-1
7.1 Introduction. 7-1
7.2 Reporting Forms 7-1
7.3 Supporting Documentation 7-5
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
Section
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY OF IMPORTANT TERMS....................
APPENDIX B - POINT SOURCE PROCESS EMISSION REPORTING FORMAT.
APPENDIX C - SUMMARY OF CONTROL TECHNIQUES GUIDELINES.......
APPENDIX D - EXAMPLE QUESTIONNAIRES
VI
-------
FIGURES
N timber Page
4.2-1 Gasoline marketing operations and emission sources 4-8
A.3-1 Mass balance of solvent used in degreasing operations 4-17
6.2-1 Example source test data and emission calculations 6-3
6.4-1 True vapor pressure (P) of refined petroleum stocks
(1 psi to 20 psi RVP) 6-9
7.2-1 Example of pie chart to illustrate source category
contributions to total emissions 7-6
7.2-2 Example bar chart to illustrate source category
contributions to total emissions and projected
emission trends 7-7
7.2-3 Breakdown of organic solvent emissions by source type 7-8
B-l Point source reporting forms B-14
B-2 Ozone SIP emission inventory point source information B-22
D-l Example cover letter D-2
D-2 Example questionnaire - Instruction sheet D-3
D-3 Example questionnaire - General information page D-4
D-4 Example questionnaire - Degreasing operations form D-5
D-5 Example questionnaire - Dry cleaning form D-6
D-6 Example questionnaire - Protective or decorative
coatings form D-7
D—7 Example questionnaire - Fabric or rubberized
coatings form D-8
D-8 Example questionnaire - Miscellaneous surface coating
application form D-9
D-9 Example questionnaire - Ovens and heating
equipment form D-10
D-10 Example questionnaire - Printing form D-ll
D—11 Example questionnaire - General solvent usage form D-12
vii
-------
FIGURES (continued)
D-12 Example questionnaire - Bulk, solvent storage form... D-13
D-13 Example questionnaire - Control and stack
information form..............o.. « ••• D-14
VI11
-------
TABLES
Number Page
2.2-1 VOC, CO and NOX Emission Sources 2-6
3.2-1 Standard Industrial Classifications (SICs)
Associated with VOC Emission; Emissions-Per-Employee
Ranges 3-6
3.2-2 Surrogate Parameters to Identify Small Sources
Exceeding 10 and 25 TPY VOC Emissions 3-8
4.1-1 Area Sources of VOC Emissions 4-2
4.4-1 Factors to Estimate Tons of Solid Waste Burned in
On-site Incineration 4-34
4.4-2 Factors to Estimate Tons of Solid Waste Disposal
Through Open Burning 4-34
5.3-1 Errors and Error Sources in the Emission Inventory
Process 5-3
5.3-2 Valid Heat Contents by SCC 5-5
5.3-3 Pollution Control Equipment Identification 5-7
5.3-4 Percent Efficiency Range by Emission by Control
Equipment Code 5-11
6.4-1 Summary of Average Seal Factors (Ks) and Wind Speed
Exponents (n) 6-8
6.4-2 Average Annual Stock Storage Temperature (Ts) as a
Function of Tank Paint Color 6-8
6.4-3 Average Clingage Factors, C (bbl/1000 ft2) 6-8
6.7-1 VOC Speciation Data for Carbon Black Production 6-17
6.8-1 Area Source Seasonal Adjustment Factors for the
Ozone Season 6-19
6.10-1 Growth Indicators for Projecting Emission Totals for
Area Source Categories 6-29
7.2-1 VOC Emission Sources with Associated SIC(s) 7-2
B-l Individual Source Summary B-2
C-l Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Cans C-5
C~-*2 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Metal Coils C-6
ix
-------
TABLES (continued)
Number Pagg
C-3 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Fabric and Vinyl... C-7
C-4 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Paper Products..... C-8
C-5 Summary of CTG Document for Coating in Automobile
and Light-Duty Truck Assembly Plants C-9
C-6 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Metal Furniture.... C-10
C-7 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Magnetic Wire C-ll
C-8 Summary of CTG Document for Coating of Large Appliances.. C-12
C-9 Summary of CTG Document for Tank Truck Gasoline
Loading Terminals C-13
C-10 Summary of CTG Document for Bulk Gasoline Plants C-1A
C-ll Summary of CTG Document for Gasoline Service Stations -
Stage I C-15
C-12 Summary of CTG Document for Petroleum Liquid Storage
in Fixed-Roof Tanks C-16
C-13 Summary of CTG Document for Processes at Petroleum
Refineries C-17
C-14 Summary of CTG Document for Cutback Asphalt C-18
C-15 Summary of CTG Document for Solvent Metal Cleaning C-19
C-16 Summary of CTG Document for Surface Coating of
Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products C-20
C-17 Summary of CTG Document for Factory Surface Coating
of Flat Wood Paneling C-21
C-18 Summary of CTG Document for Manufacture of Synthesized
Pharmaceutical Products C-22
C-19 Summary of CTG Document for Manufacture of Pneumatic
Rubber Tires C-23
C-20 Summary of CTG Document for Graphic Arts - Rotogravure
and Flexography C-24
C-21 Summary of CTG Document for Perchloroethylene Dry
Cleaning Systems •. C-25
-------
TABLES (continued)
Number Page
C-22 Summary of CTG Document for Leaks from Petroleum
Refinery Equipment C-26
C-23 Summary of CTG Document for External Floating Roof
Tanks C-2 7
C-24 Summary of CTG Document for Leaks from Gasoline Tank
Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems C-28
C-25 Summary of CTG Document for Volatile Organic Compound
Emissions from Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners C-29
C-26 Summary of CTG Document for Volatile Organic Compound
Emissions from Manufacture of High-Density Polyethylene,
Polypropylene, and Polystyrene Resins C-30
C-27 Summary of CTG Document for Volatile Organic Compound
Equipment Leaks from Natural Gas/Gasoline Processing
Plants C-31
i
C-28 Summary of CTG Document for Volatile Organic Compound
Leaks from Synthetic Organic Chemical and Polymer
Manufacturing Equipment C-32
C-29 Summary of CTG Document for the Air Oxidation Process in
Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry C-33
XI
-------
PREFACE
The purpose of this document is to provide assistance to personnel of air
pollution control agencies in preparing and maintaining emission inventories
for precursors of ozone. Inventories are often routinely used in the conduct
of air quality programs. For example, EPA's requirements for ozone State
Implementation Plans (SIPs) include an updated inventory of emissions of
volatile organic compounds (VOC), nitrogen oxides (NOX), and carbon monoxide
(CO).
This document has been revised from the 1980 version to include current
information pertinent to the inventorying of emissions of precursors of ozone.
This edition includes changes and additions as briefly summarized below:
o Reflects emission inventory requirements for post-1987
ozone SIPs.
o Develops surrogates that state/local agencies can use to
identify sources traditionally considered as area sources
that are likely to emit greater than 25 TPY and greater
than 10 TPY VOC in Section 3.0.
o Provides guidance for estimating emissions for facilities
that run batch or intermittent processes in Section 3.1.
o Includes new information in Section 4.4 on inventorying
emissions from publicly owned treatment works (POTW),
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities
(TSDF), industrial wastewater treatment plants, leaking
underground storage tanks, and municipal landfills.
o Expands discussion on quality assurance (QA) techniques and
procedures, including checkpoints, checklists, and
reasonable data ranges, in Section 5.0.
o Includes examples of emission estimations in Section 6.0.
o Discusses seasonal variations and adjustments in emissions,
develops seasonal adjustment factors for area source
categories, and includes guidance for adjusting the
emissions for a typical summer day in Section 6.0.
o Updates and expands list of emission sources including
processes/operations within source categories and updates
example format and data elements for inventorying point
sources for ozone SIP emission inventories in Appendix B.
o Includes new information in Appendix C on Group III Control
Techniques Guidelines (CTG).
XII
-------
Updates discussions of associated EPA programs and
references pertinent to inventorying.
Includes guidance where appropriate to address VOC, NOX,
and CO, but with focus on VOC.
Xlll
-------
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE
Ozone is photochemically produced in the atmosphere when volatile organic
compounds (VOC) are mixed with nitrogen oxides (NOX) and carbon monoxide (CO)
in the presence of sunlight. In order for an air pollution control agency to
develop and implement an effective ozone control strategy, information must be
compiled on the important sources of these precursor pollutants. This is the
role of the emission inventory—to tell the agency what types of sources are
present in an area, how much of each pollutant is emitted, and what types of
processes and control devices are employed at each plant. Prior to development
of an ozone control strategy, the inventory must be used with an appropriate
source/receptor model to relate emissions of VOC, NOX, and CO to subsequent
levels of ozone in the ambient air.
Emission inventories are compiled with the aid of methodologies which are
described in inventory guideline references. One such reference, Procedures
for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volumes I-V, was developed as general
guidance to those engaged in inventorying criteria pollutants.
This document, published in two volumes, provides guidance to those
engaged in the planning and compilation of ozone precursor emission inventories
(VOC, NOX, and CO). Volume I is devoted to presenting step by step procedures
for compiling the basic emission inventory. In this context, "basic" refers to
an inventory that provides the type of data needed for the simplest
photochemical ozone source/receptor models, such as the Empirical Kinetic
Modeling Approach (EKMA). ' Generally, the basic inventory will produce
annual or seasonal emission estimates of reactive VOC, NOX, and CO for
relatively large areas. Spatial resolution in such an inventory will be at the
county, township, or equivalent level. This volume (Volume I) outlines the
procedures that an agency should consider in compiling an emission inventory
when not anticipating use of a photochemical atmospheric simulation model.
While the emphasis of this document is on methods for preparing emission
inventories for VOC, the bulk of these methods are appropriate for preparation
of emission inventories for NOX and CO. Differences in methods and
considerations are noted where they exist.
Volume II describes techniques for compiling inventories of hourly
emissions allocated to subcounty grids. Reactive VOC and NOX in such
inventories are allocated into various classes or species categories. Such
degree of detail is required so that the inventory can be input to various
photochemical atmospheric simulation models.
Volume I contains a set of general technical procedures rather than a
single prescriptive guideline for completing an emission inventory. Because
users' needs may vary from area to area, and because certain techniques may be
applicable in some areas and not in others, a number of optional techniques
representing various levels of detail are presented for certain source
categories. In addition, advantages and disadvantages of these techniques are
weighed to help the agency decide what level of detail will be sufficient to
1-1
-------
meet its needs and objectives and, at the same time, what can be accomplished
given the constraints on the inventory compilation effort.
This document is not intended to set forth the Environmental Protection
Agency's requirements for inventory development or inventory data submittals.
Those requirements are defined elsewhere. Moreover, this document does not
prescribe what control measures should be considered in a specific inventory
effort such as Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT). Although these
topics are mentioned in Volume I for discussion and example purposes, the
reader should consult the Environmental Protection Agency's State
Implementation Plan (SIP) regulations to determine the specific emission
inventory and control strategy requirements applicable to particular programs.
1.2 CONTENTS OF VOLUME I
The emphasis of this document is on the development of VOC, NOX, and CO
emission inventories that are useful in various facets of an ozone control
program. Thus, the bulk of the discussion on the planning and implementation
of an inventory centers on issues that relate to developing a strategy for
ozone control. These inventories can, of course, be useful to the agency in
other areas, such as in programs dealing with specific toxic organic
chemicals. The procedures in this document will be generally applicable to the
development of VOC emission inventories for use in other program areas and for
other pollutants.
Volume I is divided into chapters that correspond to the major steps
necessary in the basic inventory effort. Chapter 2 discusses planning, an
important and often neglected aspect of inventory effort. Chapter 3 describes
the various ways source and emissions data can be collected on individual
sources for use in the point source inventory. Chapter 4 describes area source
estimating procedures for making collective activity level and emission
estimates for those sources generally too small or too numerous to be
considered individually in the point source inventory. Chapter 5 describes
quality assurance procedures that can be used during each phase of the emission
inventory process including planning, data collection, and data reporting.
Chapter 6 discusses procedures for making emission estimates based on the
source data collected from the plant contacts, field surveys, and
questionnaires. Chapter 7 discusses reporting, i,e., the presentation of
inventory information in various ways useful to the agency.
Appendix A contains a glossary of important terms used in conjunction with
emission inventories. Appendix B provides a detailed listing of point source
process emission points. Appendix C contains summary descriptions of the VOC
sources for which EPA has already established or will establish control
techniques guidelines (CTG). Appendix D includes an example of a cover letter
and questionnaire used in mailing surveys for point source inventories.
Comments and suggestions regarding the general technical content of this
document should be brought to the attention of E. L. Martinez, MD-14, Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
1-2
-------
References for Chapter 1.0
1. Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volumes I-V,
EPA-450/4-81-026, a-e, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1981.
2. Uses, Limitations and Technical Basis of Procedures for Quantifying
Relationships Between Photochemical Oxidants and Precursors,
EPA-450/2-77-021a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, November 1977.
3. User's Manual for OZIP M-4 Ozone Isopleth Plotting with Optional
Mechanisms/Version A, Draft, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1987.
4. Procedures for the Preparation of Emission Inventories for Volatile
Organic Compounds, Volume II, EPA-450/4-79-018, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, September 1979.
5. Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Ozone State Implementation
Plans, EPA-450/4-88-019, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, December 1988.
1-3
-------
2.0 INVENTORY OVERVIEW AND PLANNING
2.1 OVERVIEW OF INVENTORY PROCEDURES
The next several chapters present the "how to" for compiling the basic
emission inventory. Emphasis is given to methodologies that produce emission
estimates for broad geographical areas and which can be resolved to the county
level. Some discussion is devoted to adjusting an annual inventory of
emissions to reflect conditions during the ozone season, which is the time
interval of primary interest in photochemical ozone production.
Four basic steps are involved in the preparation of an emission
inventory. The first is planning. The agency should define the need for the
inventory as well as the constraints that limit the ability of the agency to
produce it. The various planning aspects discussed in the following sections
of this chapter should all be considered prior to initiation of the actual data
gathering phases of the inventory effort. All proposed procedures and data
sources should be documented at the outset and be subjected to review by all
potential users of the final inventory, including the management and technical
staff of the inventory agency.
The second basic step is data collection. A major distinction involves
which sources should be considered point sources in the inventory and which
should be considered area sources. Fundamentally different data collection
procedures are used for these two source types. Individual plant contacts are
used to collect point source data, whereas collective information is generally
used to estimate area source activity. Much more detailed data are collected
and maintained on point sources.
The third basic step in the inventory compilation effort involves an
analysis of data collected and the development of emission estimates for each
source. Emissions will be determined individually for each point source,
whereas emissions will generally be determined collectively for each area
source category. Source test data, material balances, and emission factors are
all used to make these estimates. Adjustments are necessary if the VOC
inventory is to reflect only reactive VOC and if the resulting emission totals
are to be representative of the ozone season. A special adjustment called
"scaling up" is necessary in some cases to account for sources not covered in
the point source inventory. Estimates of projected emissions would be made as
part of this step.
The fourth step is reporting. Basically, reporting involves presenting the
inventory data in a format that serves the agency in the development and
implementation of an ozone control program or other regulatory effort.
Depending on the capabilities of the inventory data handling system, many kinds
of reports can be developed that will be useful in numerous facets of the
agency's ozone control effort.
2-1
-------
2.2 GENERAL PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Before an agency initiates the actual compilation of the emission
inventory, the agency's management and technical staff must determine the
specific inventory needs with respect to ozone strategy development and must
define the inventory objectives. A number of other items must also be
considered before the inventory is actually initiated. These considerations
involve technical, economic, and legal requirements and constraints. The time
and resources expended in dealing with these various requirements and
constraints will vary depending on the agency's needs. This chapter provides
guidance to help agency management and technical staff decide how these various
considerations can best be addressed with resources available to design and
complete the emission inventory.
During the planning step of the emission inventory, the agency should
address a number of questions which occur in developing the inventory. The
following questions should be answered prior to initiating the collection phase
of the inventory effort.
o Has the point source cutoff level been defined? What level of
resolution will be needed in the area source inventory to account for the large
number of various industrial/commercial solvent users that exist whose
emissions are below the chosen point source cutoff level?
o How will source data be collected for point and area sources?
o What procedures will be used to obtain data from sources to identify
nonreactive VOC emissions and exclude them from the inventory?
o Will emission projections be needed? What data will the agency need
to project emissions? Will general growth factors be used, or will
facility-specific growth information be solicited during the plant contacts?
Will the procedures used for estimating projected emissions be methodologically
consistent with those in the base year? What will be the projection period,
including the end year and intermediate years?
o Will inventory be projected based on actual or allowable emissions?
o What are the end uses of the emission inventory (i.e., State
Implementation Plan [SIP] submittal, toxic emission inventory development,
community or constituency reports, air quality studies, etc.)?
o What point and area source categories will be included in the
inventory? Are these categories compatible with the source and emissions
information available? Are they detailed enough to facilitate making control
strategy projections, to readily define emissions of nonreactive VOC, and to
use photochemical air quality emission models if appropriate?
o What manpower and budget allocations are required and available for
the inventory effort?
2-2
-------
o Has the geographical area that will be inventoried been outlined?
What level of spatial resolution is needed for the source/receptor model that
will be used? What are the smallest political jurisdictions within the
inventory area for which area source activity level information is readily
available?
o Is the inventory base year appropriate for the inventory end use?
What year has been selected?
o What sources will have seasonally varying emissions and what
information will be needed to estimate emissions during the ozone season? Will
annual or daily emissions be compiled? Will rule effectiveness be applied?
Will rule effectiveness be determined for each category or will rule
effectiveness be applied uniformly?
o Can an existing inventory (including background data) be used as a
starting point for the update? Are important VOC, NOX, or CO sources omitted
from the existing data base?
o Is the inventory to be used in ozone modeling? If so, is a NOX
and/or CO inventory also needed? If so, are all sources of NOX and/or CO
identified, including those noncombustion industrial processes that do not emit
any VOC?
o What inventory data handling system will be utilized? Is it
compatible with other appropriate systems?
o What quality control and assurance measures are to be applied to the
emissions inventory?
o What inventory documentation will be required?
o Does the agency anticipate running a photochemical model using the
basic inventory as a starting point for a more resolved inventory? If so, has
Volume II been reviewed so that the additional data needs and data handling
requirements can be considered in the planning stages?
The subject of each of the above questions is discussed briefly in the
next sections.
2.2.1 EMISSION INVENTORY END USES
The most basic consideration in inventory planning is the ultimate use(s)
of the emission inventory. The end uses of an inventory fall into two general
categories: (1) air quality studies and (2) air quality control strategy
development.
An air quality studies inventory could fulfill any number of data
requirements for understanding the relationship between VOC, NOX, and CO
emissions and ozone concentrations in any given study area. Usually, inventory
requirements are determined only by the inventory agency's study needs. Thus,
2-3
-------
most study area inventories are unrestricted, allowing the agency unlimited
consideration of inventory methodologies, data reporting formats, projection
techniques, and the other items discussed in the remaining sections of this
chapter.
While air quality or emission control strategy inventories can be
initiated by an individual agency, most inventories are undertaken in response
to legal requirements which usually include specific procedures to be used.
The most commonly required inventory is the SIP inventory. Requirements for
these inventories are outlined in EPA guidance before the SIP submittals are to
be completed.
In addition to fulfilling legal requirements, a good VOC control strategy
inventory can be very useful to an air pollution agency. On a day-to-day
basis, the point source listing of the inventory can be useful in investigating
citizen complaints and possible violations of emission codes. In the long
term, an accurate compilation of emissions in the inventory will lead to better
assessment of the impact of community growth on air quality. The inventory can
achieve a number of program objectives, whether investigative or regulatory in
nature.
2.2.2 DEFINITION OF VOC
EPA defines VOC as "any organic compound which participates in atmospheric
photochemical reactions; or which is measured by a reference test method"
(40 CFR, Part 60.2). These organics include all carbonaceous compounds except
carbonates, metallic carbides, CO, C02, and carbonic acid. No clear
demarcation between volatile and non-volatile organics exists; however,
organics which evaporate rapidly at ambient temperatures contribute the
predominant fraction to the atmospheric burden.
A few VOCs have been exempted from control strategies under ozone SIPs
because of their negligibly low photochemical reactivity. These exempt
compounds are discussed in 2.2.11.
A complete discussion of the nomenclature of organic compounds is beyond
the scope of this work, although a brief mention of some of the more common
generic names may be beneficial. Most common aromatic compounds contain a
benzene ring, which is a six carbon ring with the equivalent of three double
bonds in a resonant structure. If the compound is not aromatic, it is said to
be aliphatic. Aliphatic hydrocarbons include both saturated and unsaturated
compounds. Saturated compounds have all single bonds. Unsaturated compounds
have one or more double or triple bonds. Halogenated compounds contain
chlorine, fluorine, bromine, or iodine. Alcohols and phenols contain a
hydroxyl group (-OH). Ketones and aldehydes contain a carbonyl group (^C=0).
Acids contain a carboxylic acid group (-C^QH) . Esters resemble carboxylic
acids, having an organic radical, R, substituted for hydrogen (-C£°
2-4
-------
2.2.3 SOURCES OF VOC EMISSIONS
An important consideration affecting the emission inventory is whether all
sources of VOC are included in the inventory. Table 2.2-1 presents those major
sources of VOC that should be considered in the inventory. Some sources in
this table are usually considered point sources, some are usually handled
collectively as area sources, while others, such as dry cleaners, can be either
point or area sources, depending on the size of each operation and the
particular cutoff made between point and area sources.
The entries in Table 2.2-1 include general source categories but not all
of the emitting points that may be associated with any of the particular
source categories. For example, petroleum refining operations actually include
many emitting points ranging from process heaters to individual seals and
pumps. Table B-l in Appendix B contains a more detailed listing of processes
included in the categories shown in Table 2.2-1. General process and emissions
information on these sources may be obtained from AP-42, Compilation of Air
Pollution Emission Factors (including supplements) and in Appendix C of this
document.
Those stationary sources of VOC for which EPA has published Control
Techniques Guidelines (CTG) are included in the categories listed in Table
2.2-1 and Appendix B. Summary information on many of these sources is
presented in Appendix C. Additional process, emission, and control device
information is available on these sources in the CTG documents which are
available from the Director, Emission Standards Division, MD-13, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. Many of
these documents are cited in the following chapters and in Appendix C of this
volume.
2.2.4 EMISSION INVENTORY MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS
Cost and manpower requirements should be evaluated in the planning stage
of the emission inventory project. Technical manpower and budget allocations
required will be a function of the number and type of sources to be
inventoried, the pollutants being inventoried, and the desired data base
detail. These inputs, in turn, will be affected by the inventory end use, the
size of the inventory area, and the agency's data handling capabilities.
Administrative and secretarial support will be a function of the technical
manpower and budget allocations determined by all of the above factors.
2.2.5 GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
The responsible agency must determine geographical boundaries within which
emissions will be inventoried. Statewide inventories provide a broad
comprehensive data base which can be useful but which requires increased data
handling. The basis for deciding the area to be inventoried should include
meteorological and air quality data as well as control strategy
considerations.
2-5
-------
TABLE 2.2-1. VOC, CO AND NOx EMISSION SOURCES
SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
POLLUTANTS
VOC CO
Storage, Transportation, and Marketing of Petroleum
Products and Volatile Organic Liquids
Oil and Gas Production X
Petroleum Product and Crude Oil Storage X
Bulk Terminals X
Bulk Plants X
Volatile Organic Liquid Storage and Transfer X
Vessels X
Barge, Tanker, Tank Truck and Rail Car Cleaning X
Barges, Tankers, Tank Trucks and Rail Cars in Transit X
Service Station Loading (Stage I) X
Service Station Loading (Stage II) X
Formulation and Packing VOL for Market X
Local Storage (airports, industries that use fuels, X
solvents and reactants in their operation).
Industrial Processes
Petroleum Refineries X
Natural Gas and Petroleum Product Processing X
Lube Oil Manufacture X
Organic Chemical Manufacture X
Inorganic Chemical Manufacture X
Iron & Steel Production X
Coke Production X
Coke By-Product Plants X
Synthetic Fiber Manufacture X
Polymers and Resins Manufacture X
Plastic Products Manufacture X
Fermentation Processes X
Vegitable Oil Processing X
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing X
Rubber Tire Manufacture X
SBR Rubber Manufacture X
Ammonia Production X
Carbon Black Manufacture X
Phthalic Anhydride Production X
Terephthalic Acid Production X
Maleie Anhydride Production X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2-6
-------
TABLE 2.2-1. VOC, CO AND NOX EMISSION SOURCES (Continued)
POLLUTANTS
SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
VOC CO
Industrial Processes (Continued)
Pulp and Paper Mills XXX
Primary and Secondary Metals Production XXX
Plywood, Particle Board, Pulp Board, Chip or Flake X
Wood Board
Charcoal Production XXX
Carbon Electrode and Graphite Production X
Paint, Varnish and Other Coatings Production X
Adhesives Production X
Printing Ink Manufacture X
Scrap Metals Clean Up X
Adipic Acid Proction X X
Coffee Roasting X X
Grain Elevators (fumigation) X
Meat Smokehouses XXX
Asphalt Roofing Manufacture XXX
Bakeries X
Fabric, Thread and Fiber Dying and Finishing X
Glass Fiber Manufacture X
Glass Manufacture XXX
Soaps, Detergents and Cleaning Agents Manufacturing, X
Formulation and Packaging
Food and Animal Feedstuff Processing and Preparation X
Bricks and Related Clays X X
Industrial Surface Coating
X
Large Appliances X
Magnet Wire X
Autos and Light Trucks X
Cans X
Metal Coils X
Paper/Fabric X
Wood Furniture X
Metal Furniture X
Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products X
Flatwood Products X
Plastic Products X
Large Ships X
Large Aircraft X
2-7
-------
TABLE 2.2-1. VOC, CO AND NO* EMISSION SOURCES (Continued)
POLLUTANTS
SOURCES OF EMISSIONS ___________
VOC CO
Nonindustrial Surface Coating
Architectural Coatings X
Auto Refinishing X
Other Solvent Use
Degreasing3 X
Dry Cleaning X
Graphic Arts X
Adhesives X
Solvent Extraction Processes X
Cutback. Asphalt X
Consumer/Commercial Solvent Use X
Asphalt Roofing Kettles XXX
Pesticide Application X
External Combustion Sources3
Industrial Fuel Combustion XXX
Coal Cleaning X X
Electrical Generation XXX
Commercial/Institutional Fuel Combustion XXX
Residential Fuel Combustion XXX
Resource Recovery Facilities XXX
Solid Waste Disposal XXX
Recycle/Recovery (Primary Metals) XXX
Sewage Sludge Incinerators XXX
Stationary Internal Combustion3
Reciprocating Engines XXX
Gas Turbines XXX
Waste Disposal
Publicly Owned Treatment Works X
Industrial Wastewater Treatment X
Municipal Landfills X
Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal X
Facilities
2-8
-------
TABLE 2.2-1. VOC, CO AND NO* EMISSION SOURCES (Continued)
POLLUTANTS
SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
VOC CO
Mobile Sources
Highway Vehicles XXX
Nonhighway Vehicles XXX
Emissions from these sources may occur from source categories
identified elsewhere in Table 2.2-1. For example, carbon monoxide and
oxides of nitrogen are emitted from industrial boilers at organic and
inorganic manufacturing facilities. Likewise, carbon monoxide and
oxides of nitrogen are emitted from reciprocating engines at oil and
gas production facilities, and volatile organic compounds are emitted
from many industries involved in degreasing operations. An effort
should be made to avoid double counting from these sources.
2-9
-------
Because ozone can form as a result of photochemical reactions many miles
downwind from the precursor pollutant sources, a fairly broad area should be
covered by the emissions inventory. At a minimum, the inventory should
encompass the Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) or Consolidated Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (CMSA) urban and suburban areas. Ideally, the inventory area
should include (1) all major emission sources that may affect the urban area,
(2) areas of future industrial, commercial, and residential growth, (3) as many
ambient pollutant monitoring stations as possible, and (4) downwind receptor
sites of interest. In this last regard, the inventory area should encompass
areas downwind of the urban area where peak ozone levels occur. In general,
the area inventoried for a less data intensive source/receptor model, such as
EKMA,^ should be the same as the area to be covered for use in a photochemical
dispersion model.
Modeling considerations are not the only factors influencing the
designation of the area covered by the inventory. In many cases, the inventory
area will be prescribed to follow certain existing political boundaries. Most
commonly, county boundaries are followed. In certain cases, however, other
jurisdictions will be considered, such as cities, towns, townships, or
parishes. Typically, the inventory area includes a collection of jurisdictions
representing air basins or at least areas•enduring common air pollution
problems.
In cases where the inventory area has not been prescribed, or if
uncertainties exist about future land use or the effect of meteorological
conditions, the agency should include as much area as possible. In this way,
the emission inventory used for modeling and control strategy analyses will
include most of the emissions possibly affecting air quality in a given area.
2.2.6 SPATIAL RESOLUTION
Because the less data intensive source/receptor relationships, such as
EKMA, are not sensitive to changes in the location of emissions, data compiled
at the county (or county equivalent) level generally provide sufficient spatial
resolution. The county limits are logical boundaries for compiling an emission
data base for two reasons. The first is because of the areawide nature of the
ozone problem. Ozone is generally not a localized problem since formation
occurs over a period of several hours, or in some cases, days, as a result of
reactions among precursor pollutants emitted over broad geographical areas.
Consequently, less spatial resolution is usually required for volatile organic
emissions than is necessary for other pollutants.
The second reason for compiling volatile organic emission inventories on a
county basis is that of data availability. The county represents the smallest
basic jurisdiction for which various records appropriate for use in developing
area source emission estimates are typically kept. Thus, because it provides
sufficient resolution for the less data intensive source/receptor
relationships, and because of the convenience it affords the agency, the county
is generally the optimum jurisdictional unit for compiling inventories to be
used in developing an ozone control strategy. However, townships may provide a
more convenient basis for data collection in certain New England states.
2-10
-------
Emissions by county (or township) can be summed to compile total emissions for
an entire inventory area.
2.2.7 BASE YEAR SELECTION
Selecting the appropriate base year for the emission inventory is a
relatively straightforward task. The selection of the base year may depend on
the years for which the agency has good air quality data, if the agency is
attempting to relate air quality and emissions. However, in most control
strategy inventories, the inventory base year will be determined by regulatory
requirements, such as those set forth by EPA for SIP inventories. In any case,
the base year should be determined before initiating data collection.
Another adjustment applicable to base year emissions is rule effectiveness
(RE). RE is a factor applied to an individual source's or a source category's
average emission control efficiency in order to adjust the estimated emissions
to more realistic levels. EPA has allowed two approaches to establishing a RE
factor. The inventorying agency may apply a RE of 80 percent for all
categories. Alternatively, the inventorying agency may develop RE's for
individual source categories using long term emission and process data,
inspection information, or other information indicating the RE is other than
80 percent. Chapter 6 describes the calculation procedures required to apply
RE.
2.2.8 TEMPORAL RESOLUTION
Because simpler source/receptor models are not as sensitive to small scale
temporal variations in emissions, emission inventories used in these models do
not need to be temporally resolved to the extent necessary for the more complex
photochemical models. Annual emissions data are collected by most agencies for
various reasons, and can be adjusted to reflect average or typical emission
rates during the ozone season. An alternative approach is to collect data that
represent average ozone season activity rates and emissions for each source
whose emissions are likely to differ during the ozone season.
The major categories whose emissions may be significantly different
during the ozone season are mobile sources and petroleum product storage and
handling operations. Of course, any source whose activity is known to vary
seasonally will have varying emission rates. Seasonal adjustment of emissions
is discussed in Chapter 6.
2.2.9 POINT/AREA SOURCE DISTINCTIONS
A major distinction typically made in inventories is between point and
area sources. Point sources are those facilities/plants/activities for which
individual source records are maintained in the inventory. Under ideal
circumstances, all sources would be considered point sources. In practical
applications, only sources that emit (or have the potential to emit) more than
some specified cutoff level of VOC are considered point sources. This cutoff
level will vary depending on the needs of and resources available to the
2-11
-------
agency. Area sources, in contrast, are those activities for which aggregated
source and emission information is maintained for entire source categories
rather than for each source therein. Sources that are not treated as point
sources must be included as area sources. The cutoff level distinction is
especially important in the VOC inventory because there are so many more small
sources of VOC than of most other pollutants. Cutoff level for sources of NOX
and CO is less critical because of the significant contribution from large
emitters.
If too high a cutoff level is chosen, many facilities will not be
considered individually as point sources, and, if care is not taken, emissions
from these sources may not be included in the inventory at all. Techniques are
available for "scaling up" the inventory to account for missing sources (see
Section 6.4). However, such procedures are invariably less accurate than point
source methods.
If too low a cutoff level is chosen, the result will be a significant
increase in (1) the number of plant contacts of various sorts that must be
made and (2) the size of the point source file that must be maintained. While
a low cutoff level may increase the accuracy of the inventory, the tradeoff is
that many more resources are needed to compile and maintain the inventory.
An historical common upper limit on the VOC point source cutoff level is
100 tons per year. If resources allow, a lower cutoff level is encouraged. A
study in several urban areas has shown the existence of many VOC sources
emitting less than 25 tons per year. Moreover, many of these sources are in
categories for which no reliable area source inventory procedures currently
exist. Because of this, some agencies have opted to define lower cutoff levels
in order to cover a larger percentage of VOC emissions in a point source
inventory. Lower limits, such as 10 tons per year required for VOC point
sources in ozone SIP inventories, are encouraged.
Deciding the point/area source cutoff level should be done carefully. For
this reason, the reader is referred to the additional discussion on the
point/area source cutoffs in Chapter 3.0.
2.2.10 DATA COLLECTION METHODS
Several methods are presented in this volume for collecting data for point
and area sources of VOC emissions. However, the inventorying agency must
decide which procedures to use in the inventory effort. Point source methods
include mail surveys, plant inspections, use of agency permit and compliance
files, and source listings. Area source methods include modified point source
methods, local activity level surveys, apportioning of state and national data,
per capita emission factors, and emissions-per-employee factors.
To a certain extent, determining which data collection methods to employ
will occur during the data collection as the agency receives feedback on the
success o£ data collection. However, the agency should, whenever possible,
determine in the planning phase which data collection methods will be used.
Determining in advance which methods to use will allow time to obtain
necessary reference and support materials and will help to better allocate work
2-12
-------
hours to the individual data collection tasks as well.
The data collection methods and considerations for their use are discussed
in greater depth in Chapters 3 and 4. The reader should refer to these
chapters prior to selecting point and area source collection procedures for a
VOC emission inventory.
2.2.11 EXCLUSION OF NONREACTIVE COMPOUNDS AND CONSIDERATION OF SPECIES
INFORMATION
While most volatile organic compounds ultimately engage in photochemical
reactions, some are considered nonreactive under atmospheric conditions.
Therefore, controls on the emissions of these nonreactive compounds do not
contribute to the attainment and maintenance of the national ambient air
quality standard for ozone. These nonreactive compounds are listed below:
Methane
Ethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (methyl chloroform)
Methylene chloride
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC 11)
Dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC 12)
Chlorodifluoromethane (CFC 22)
Trifluoromethane (FC 23)
Trichlorotrifluoroethane (CFC 113)
Dichlorotetrafluoroethane (CFC 114)
Chloropentafluoroethane (CFC 115)
These compounds should be excluded from emission inventories used for ozone
control strategy purposes.
Most of the nonreactive volatile organic compounds that should be excluded
are halogenated organics that find principal applications as cleaners for
metals and fabrics, as refrigerants, and as aerosol propellants. Hence, major
emitting sources of many of these nonreactive compounds can be readily
identified because the sources should be able to specify which solvents are
being used in their operations. To this end, solvent use information is
generally requested on most questionnaires and should be solicited in any other
types of plant contacts.
All combustion sources will emit methane and lesser amounts of ethane.
Most emission sources will not be able to tell the agency what fraction of
their VOC emissions are comprised of these nonreactive compounds. Reference 6
should be consulted for information on species compositions of various VOC
emitting sources. Highway vehicles represent the most important combustion
source emitting significant quantities of methane. Available EPA emission
factors allow the user to exclude methane from highway vehicle emissions.
Even though species data are not needed in the basic inventory, the agency
may find it worthwhile in some instances to collect available speciation
information when plant contacts and surveys are made during the basic inventory
2-13
-------
compilation effort. Species data are necessary if an agency anticipates using
a photochemical model. Moreover, certain toxic organic materials data may be
needed for use in other regulatory programs. If either of these other
activities is planned for the near future, species data should be collected at
the same time that the other source and emissions data are collected for the
basic inventory. In this regard, the agency should minimize the number of
contacts required to any one source. Where speciation data are not collected
directly, source—specific speciation profiles in Reference 6 can be used to
develop an inventory of VOCs grouped into reactivity classes suitable for
oxidant modeling, and can also be used to develop preliminary estimates of
specific toxic emissions. While this application for a few specific toxics
would be fairly practical, speciation of an entire area's inventory in this
manner is a major project requiring extensive data processing support.
2.2.12 EMISSION PROJECTIONS
An essential element in an ozone control program is emission projections.
Two types of projections are usually made: baseline and control strategy.
Baseline projections are estimates of emissions in some future year that take
into account the effects of growth and existing control regulations. Because
it takes anticipated growth into account but does not allow for changes in
control regulations, a baseline projection is essentially an estimate of what
emissions would be if no new control measures were put in place. The baseline
projection inventory is important in a control program as a reference point to
determine if precursor pollutant reduction is sufficient to meet the ambient
ozone standard. The baseline projection inventory can serve as an accurate
reference point only if expected growth is included.
In contrast, control strategy projections are estimates of emissions in
some future year and take additional control measures into consideration.
Control strategy projections should be made for the same projection years as
the baseline projection inventories. This enables the agency to compare
directly the relative effectiveness of each strategy as well as to determine
which strategy provides the necessary control of ozone precursor emissions as
indicated by the source/receptor relationship.
Two fundamentally different approaches can be used to make projections.
Simple but somewhat crude projections can be made by multiplying base year
summary emission estimates by general growth factors such as industrial output.
Typically, such growth factors have been adjusted to reflect some average
measure of control reduction for each source category.
The alternative to the above approach is to make detailed projections for
each point source. In such a detailed approach, information on anticipated
expansion, process changes, and control measures is collected from each source
at the same time and in the same manner as are the base year source and
emissions data. As a result of this approach, an entire inventory file is
created for the projection year. This second approach should result in more
accurate projections because growth to capacity, new growth, and individual
control measures can all be taken directly into account. Because of increased
accuracy, the agency should consider making projections at the greatest level
2-14
-------
of detail possible within given resource constraints. If the agency
anticipates building on the basic inventory at some later date in order to run
a photochemical model, detailed projections are needed to provide the temporal
and spatial resolution necessary in such models. Emission projections are
discussed in Chapter 6.
When making projections, the agency should check that consistent
methodologies are used for each source category in both the base year and
projection year inventories. If different procedures are used for estimating
emissions, the agency cannot be sure if changes in emissions are due to its
proposed control program or are simply due to methodological differences. For
example, if local dry cleaning solvent consumption is determined from plant
questionnaires in the base year, projection year solvent consumption should not
be estimated by apportioning projected nationwide solvent use to the local
level.
Another important planning factor consider is that the structure of the
inventory determines how readily the effect of various control strategies can
be estimated. For example, if a certain control measure is to be imposed on
"perc11 dry cleaning plants, the effect of that control is more readily
simulated in a projection year inventory if emission totals for perc plants are
maintained separately from emissions from plants using petroleum or
fluorocarbon solvents. Thus, the agency should anticipate what control
measures are likely candidates for evaluation and should structure the source
categories, data elements, and reporting capabilities accordingly, so these
measures can be easily reflected in the projection inventory. Table 2.2-1 and
Appendix B illustrate a format which includes most categories for which control
measures have been or will be developed.
2.2.13 STATUS OF EXISTING INVENTORY
A major inventory design consideration, especially if the agency is faced
with limited resources, is whether an existing inventory can be used as is, or
can be selectively modified, to meet the current needs of the ozone control
program. No specific guidance can be offered here, since existing inventories
will obviously differ as will the current needs of each agency. At a minimum,
the existing inventory should be examined to see if the appropriate sources
have been included and if the emissions data therein are reasonably
representative of current conditions. The point source cutoff level should be
compared with current requirements. An existing inventory that cannot meet
current needs and cannot readily be updated or modified should not be
discarded. Previous inventories can serve as a starting point for the
development of a mailing list for questionnaire distribution. The agency must
be careful, however, not to rely on an existing inventory to the degree that
important sources or source categories are excluded. These sources may either
have been (1) erroneously omitted when the original was prepared or (2) omitted
because sources were never required to obtain permits. In the latter case,
many inventories have historically been compiled for particulates (PM) and SOX
with little emphasis on sources exclusively emitting VOC. Any backup
information, such as the response time required for questionnaires, kept on the
existing inventory can also be helpful. Likewise, any specific emission
2-15
-------
factors, per capita factors, or other rules of thumb resulting from a previous
inventory may be applicable in a current effort.
2.2.14 CORRESPONDING NITROGEN OXIDES (NOX) AND CARBON MONOXIDE (CO)
INVENTORIES
Nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide, along with volatile organic
compounds; are precursor emissions that react to form photochemical oxidants.
Consequently, NOX and CO emission inventories are important in an ozone control
program. In the EKMA model, estimates of VOC, NOX, and CO are directly used to
generate the city-specific ozone isopleths.
NOX and CO emissions are generally easier to inventory than VOC because
most originate from combustion sources. Mobile sources and boilers typically
account for the bulk of NOX and CO emissions in most urban areas. Other
combustion sources include internal combustion engines, incinerators,
industrial sources using in-process fuels, and various open burning operations.
In general, the procedures presented in this volume will adequately cover all
of these sources. Reference 5 was developed as a general guidance for
preparation of criteria pollutant emission inventories and therefore is also
recommended for use in inventorying NOX and CO.
2.2.15 DATA HANDLING
The agency conducting an emission inventory should be aware that data
handling and retrieval can be done by computer or manually. Combinations of
these two. basic approaches are also possible. The selection of one approach
over the other will depend on several factors:
o availability of a computer
o size of the inventory data base
o complexity of the emission calculations
o number of calculations to be made
o variety of tabular summaries to be generated
o availability of clerical and data handling personnel
o time constraints.
The computer approach becomes significantly more cost effective as the data
base, the variety of tabular summaries, or the number of iterative tasks
increases. In these cases, the computer approach generally requires less time
and has the added advantage of forcing organization, consistency, and accuracy.
Some of the activities which can be performed efficiently and rapidly by
computer include:
o printing mailing lists and labels
o maintaining status reports and logs
o calculating and summarizing emissions
o storing source, emissions, and other data
2-16
-------
o sorting and selective accessing of data
o generating output reports.
Therefore, during the planning stages, an agency should anticipate the
volume and types of data handling needed in the inventory effort and should
weigh relative advantages of manual and computerized systems. In general, if
an agency must deal with large amounts of data, a computerized inventory data
handling system allows the agency to spend more time gathering and analyzing
the inventory data. In this sense, the computerized approach is superior in
large areas having a diversity of sources comprising a complex inventory.
If the agency anticipates use of a photochemical dispersion model, a
computerized data handling system is imperative. The added complexity
involved in developing spatially and temporally resolved estimates of several
VOC classes from the basic inventory simply represents too much work to
complete manually. Data handling requirements for inventories used in
photochemical models are discussed in Volume II.
Quality assurance is another consideration for selecting a computer system
for data handling. Emission calculations and editorial checks can be conducted
much faster by computer than by manual means. Thus, how an agency intends to
conduct quality assurance tests on the emission inventory should be considered
when deciding between manual or computer data handling systems.
2.2.16 DOCUMENTATION
Documentation is an integral part of an emission inventory. When an
inventory's supporting materials are documented, errors in procedures,
calculations, or assumptions are detected more easily. In addition, a
well-documented inventory will be a defensible data base which is valuable in
enforcement actions, source impact assessments, and development of emission
control strategies.
While documentation requirements may evolve during the data collection,
calculation, and reporting steps of the emission inventory, these requirements
should be anticipated in the planning phase. Planning what level of
documentation is required will (1) ensure that important supporting information
is properly developed and maintained, (2) allow extraneous information to be
identified and disposed of, thereby reducing the paperwork burden, (3) help
determine hard copy file and computer data storage requirements, and (4) aid in
identifying aspects of the inventory on which to concentrate quality assurance
efforts. Thus, planning documentation for the emission inventory will benefit
both the emission inventory effort and the agency.
2.2.17 ANTICIPATED USE OF A PHOTOCHEMICAL DISPERSION MODEL
The basic inventory compiled for use with a less data intensive
source/receptor model can serve as a good starting point for creating a
photochemical modeling inventory. If the agency expects to use a photochemical
dispersion model at some subsequent date without redoing the existing data
2-17
-------
base, certain considerations should be incorporated in the basic inventory
effort from the outset.
An example of such a consideration is given in Section 2.2.15. Because of
the extensive data handling activities required in producing a photochemical
modeling inventory, a computerized inventory file should be developed from
which a "modeler's tape" can be created. (The modeler's tape is the final
inventory product that is actually input to the photochemical model.)
The amount of source data that should be collected during the basic
inventory update will be increased if the agency anticipates the use of a
photochemical dispersion model. Information sufficient to allow the agency to
develop the necessary spatial and temporal resolution and VOC classifications
is needed by these models. Specifically, (1) detailed locational coordinates
and stack data should be obtained for each point source (this information is
already maintained in many basic inventory systems), (2) socioeconomic data
should be obtained for subsequent area source apportioning, (3) daily and
hourly operating patterns are needed for the ozone season, and (4) VOC species
profiles should be defined for each emissions category. In order to minimize
the number of contacts made to any particular source, the agency should obtain
as much of this additional information as possible during the contacts made to
update the basic inventory. Volume II further discusses the data requirements
for photochemical modeling inventories.
A third consideration influences the structure of the basic inventory.
Because VOC emissions must be apportioned into various classes in the
photochemical modeling inventory, the basic inventory should be structured to
facilitate this step. To a large extent, this can be effected by a judicious
choice of source categories. As an example, dry cleaning plants using
perchloroethylene should be distinguished from those using petroleum solvent
because each of these solvents needs to be apportioned differently into VOC
classes. As another example, evaporative and exhaust emissions from gasoline
powered vehicles should be distinguished because their emissions mix of organic
species will differ. In general, if separate emission totals can be maintained
for the important solvents used in an area, and the exhaust/evaporative
distinction is maintained for gasoline powered vehicles, the basic inventory
can readily be used for generating the VOC classifications needed by
photochemical models. Maintaining separate totals for various solvent types is
useful in the basic inventory as well, because the agency can more readily
exclude those particular compounds (discussed in Section 2.2.11) that do not
participate in ozone formation. As discussed in Section 2.2.10, speciation
profiles in Reference 6 can be used to create a full inventory of VOC
reactivity classes appropriate for use on a modeler's tape.
The agency should review Volume II of this series during the planning
stages of the basic inventory process if the agency contemplates a
photochemical model for future modeling analyses.
2-18
-------
2.2.18 PLANNING REVIEW
By the completion of the planning phase of the inventory effort, and prior
to initiating the data collection phase, the agency should have addressed the
items listed below.
o The end use(s) of the inventory are established.
o Source categories have been defined which are compatible with
available source and emission information and are of sufficient detail to
facilitate control strategy projections excluding nonreactive compounds.
o Manpower and budget allocations have been made.
o The geographical inventory area has been identified and the necessary
spatial allocation determined.
o The inventory base year has been selected.
o Decisions have been made on how to adjust emissions seasonally, which
sources will be seasonally variable, and whether emissions will be compiled
annually and/or daily.
o The point source cutoff has been defined, the relative quantity of
sources below the emissions cutoff level has been estimated, and scale up and
area source procedures selected.
o The best collection methods for point and area source data have been
determined.
o Procedures for excluding nonreactive emissions have been established.
o The agency has decided how emissions will be projected, and the
projection period, including end year and intermediate years, has been
designated.
o The role of existing inventory data has been determined and any
previously omitted important sources have been identified.
o All sources of N0y and CO emissions have been identified, including
noncombustion industrial processes which do not emit VOC.
o An inventory data handling system has been selected.
o Quality assurance procedures have been selected.
o The agency's future use of a photochemical dispersion model has been
considered and the appropriate adjustments in inventory plans have been made,
including review of Volume II, if necessary.
2-19
-------
References for Chapter 2.0
1. Procedures for the Preparation of Emission Inventories for Volatile
Organic Compounds, Volume II, EPA-450/4-79-018, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, September 1979.
2«, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Fourth Edition and
Supplements, AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1985.
3. Uses, Limitations and Technical Basis of Procedures for Quantifying
Relationships between Photochemical Oxidants and Precursors,
EPA-450/2-77-021a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, November 1977.
4. Mahesh C. Shah and Frank C. Sherman, "A Methodology for Estimating VOC
Emissions from Industrial Sources," presented at the 71st Annual Meeting,
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Miami Beach, FL, November 1978.
5. Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volumes I-V,
EPA-450/4-81-026, a-e, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1981.
6. Air Emissions Species Manual, Volume I: VOC Species Profiles,
EPA-450/2-88-003a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, April 1988.
7- User's Guide to MOBILE3. EPA-460/3-84-002, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Ann Arbor, MI, June 1984. (MOBILE4 currently under development.)
2-20
-------
3.0 POINT SOURCE DATA COLLECTION
3.1 INTRODUCTION
As discussed in Chapter 2, point sources are those facilities/plants/
activities for which individual records are maintained in the inventory.
Inventory planning decisions affecting the scope of the point source inventory
include: the cutoff level distinguishing point from area sources and data
collection procedures for each facility or category.
The choice of a point source cutoff level will not only determine how many
point sources will be contained in the inventory, but also will affect the
kinds of sources included. As a rule, the lower this cutoff level is, (1) the
greater the cost of the inventory, (2) the more confidence users will have in
the source and emissions data, and (3) the more applications that can be made
of the inventory. Historically, all facilities exceeding 100 tons of VOC per
year have been inventoried as point sources and each process emission point or
set of mission points per vents identified. If possible, a point source
cutoff level of less than 100 tons per year, such as the 10 ton per year SIP
cutoff, should be selected to avoid handling the myriad of medium size VOC
emitters found in most urban areas as area sources. In some cases, the agency
may decide to pursue lower cutoff levels or to include all of a certain type of
source in the point source inventory, regardless of size. This may be
desirable, for example, if all sources in a certain category are subject to
control regulations such as RACT.
All planning considerations discussed in Chapter 2 should also be taken
into account prior to the point source data collection effort. At a minimum,
every source category shown in Table 2.2-1 and the process emission points
shown in Appendix B should be considered for inclusion, with an emphasis on
those RACT categories for which controls are anticipated in the ozone control
program. As an aid to the agency in this regard, Appendix C contains summary
information on each source category for which EPA has published a Control
Techniques Guideline (CTG) document. This information can help the agency
decide whether a given source category (or some segment thereof) should be
included in the point source inventory, what processes need to be identified
as distinct emitting points, what kinds of controls represent reasonably
available technology, and what presumed reductions are related to the
implementation of these controls. The CTG documents cited in Appendix C should
be reviewed by the inventory agency, as they contain a great deal of detailed
source, emissions, and control device information on the major sources that a
VOC inventory should encompass.
The second major decision regards what particular data collection
procedures are to be applied for each point source category. Most point source
procedures have two common elements: (1) some sort of direct plant contact and
(2) an individual point source record generated as a result of the plant
contact and maintained as a separate entry in a point source file. Plant
contacts of various sorts can be made. The two most common types of plant
contact are the mail survey and direct plant inspections. A type of indirect
plant contact also commonly employed is the use of permit applications or
3-1
-------
compliance files. These three techniques for collecting point source data are
discussed in this chapter.
An alternate method for collecting data for small VOC point sources, i.e.,
those plants that emit between 10 and 25 tons per year, involves surveying a
statistical sample of sources in each source category to estimate emissions in
the geographical area under consideration. For each source category
inventoried using this method, the sample survey should identify the location,
activity (production, throughput, and number of employees), and emissions for a
representative sample (e.g., ten percent) of the 10 to 25 tons per year plants
in the area. The location and activity level of the remaining 10 to 25 tons
per year plants can be identified using information from business survey
statistics, trade associations, Chambers of Commerce, etc.
Under this method, emissions for each plant should then be estimated by
extrapolating the data collected in the sample survey (e.g., emissions-per-
throughput or emissions-per-employee) to the remaining sources. The advantage
of this alternate method is that locations and emission estimates are
identified for individual plants without having to contact each plant. These
statistical estimates for the 10 to 25 tons per year plants should not be used
as a baseline for new source review or emissions trading policies.
It is often difficult to estimate emissions from sources that operate on a
batch or intermittent schedule. These sources may be found in many different
source categories (Chemical Manufacturing, Surface Coating, etc.). Differing
levels of operation may be due to varying demand for the product(s), changes in
the type of items produced, availability of raw materials, and other causes.
Emissions from such sources can vary from day to day, month to month, or year
to year. Personnel involved in such operations may find it difficult to
estimate their "average ozone season" emissions, especially on a daily basis.
Another problem associated with these types of facilities is that records
of material usage needed for estimating emission rates are often not
maintained. Materials usage fluctuates as to the amount and the type used when
processes are changing over time. Therefore, estimates of emissions from
material usage for a "typical" operating period are not readily available.
A few approaches to address these problems are described in the following
discussion. The most precise approach requires that the source have adequate
advanced notice prior to beginning data collection. This requires the agency
performing an inventory to plan in advance of the inventory period and to
identify the facilities that will be included in the inventory that are likely
to have such operations. Those facilities can be contacted before the actual
inventory and advised as to what information must be collected. Data can then
be averaged over the period of interest (month, ozone season, year, etc.)
either by the agency or the facility. Any such inventory should include
information as to the proportion of the facility operating schedule dedicated
to each process, as well as separate material usage for each process. Such
information can then be used to develop emission factors if they do not already
exist for such a source category or process.
3-2
-------
Often, time or resources for advanced planning will not be available for a
pre-inventory contact of facilities or a sample of facilities. In such cases,
the agency may apply generalized estimates of process schedules, materials
usage, and other information from the recollections of plant operators and the
available plant records (bills of lading, receipts for raw materials, etc.).
Combinations of the above two approaches may also be undertaken. In such
a study, a sample of facilities (either randomly selected or those deemed
representative) are contacted before the study period of the inventory-
Information collected for each process should include schedule for the period,
type of materials used, quantity of materials used, and the amount of end
product produced. Emission factors based on the amount of product for each
surveyed process could then be used to estimate emissions from the facilities
outside the pre-inventory sample. For example, the amount of each product
shipped from a facility could be collected through facility records and could
be used with an emission factor to determine an emission rate.
It should be noted that the above mentioned approaches are general in
nature. Gaining an accurate picture of the emissions from batch or
intermittent processes may be costly in time and resources. The contribution
of such proqesses to the emissions in a study region should be considered
before determining which approach is most appropriate for the particular
inventory.
3.2 QUESTIONNAIRES (MAIL SURVEY APPROACH)
The mail survey is a technique commonly used by air pollution control
agencies for gathering point source emission inventory data. The primary
purpose of a mail survey is to obtain source and emissions data by means of a
questionnaire mailed to each facility. In order to conduct this type of data
gathering operation, the facilities surveyed must be identified; mailing lists
must be prepared; questionnaires must be designed, assembled, and mailed; data
handling procedures must be prepared and organized; and response receiving
systems must be established. The following text discusses the details of each
of these general operations.
3.2.1 PREPARING THE MAILING LIST
A necessary step in the mail survey is the preparation of a mailing list
that tabulates the name, address, and general process category of each facility
to be surveyed. The basic function of the mailing list is to identify those
sources to which questionnaires will be sent. The mailing list may also serve
other functions. For example, the general process category information
obtained from the mailing list can assist the agency in determining those
categories for which questionnaires must be designed. In addition, the size of
the resulting mailing list gives the agency an indication of the numbers and
types of sources that can effectively be considered in the point source
inventory within resource limitations. In this regard, the mailing list can be
used to help the agency determine whether the resources allocated for the
compilation effort will be sufficient.
3-3
-------
The mailing list is compiled from a variety of information sources,
including the following:
o Existing inventories - A recent or recently updated, well-documented,
existing inventory is a good starting point. Note that many inventories are
compiled for pollutants other than VOC and certain sources, such as solvent
users emitting only VOC, may not be well-represented in existing inventories.
Moreover, some sources of VOC considered collectively as area sources within
the existing inventory may, instead, need to be treated as point sources in the
updated VOC inventory.
o Other air pollution control agency files - Compliance, enforcement,
permit application, or other air pollution control agency files may provide
valuable information on the location and types of sources that exist in the
area of concern. These files can also be used later to cross check certain
information supplied on questionnaires.
o Other government agency files - Files maintained by labor departments
and tax departments frequently aid in the preparation of the mailing list.
Such files will include various state industrial directories wherein companies
are listed alphabetically by SIC and county. The information available in
these files will vary from state to state. Thus, it is advisable to contact
the appropriate personnel within these agencies to become familiar with what
listings are available.
o EPA/CTG source listings - EPA's Stationary Source Compliance
Division has developed point source listings for several source categories for
which CTG documents have been published. The listings provide a company
name, address, and in some cases, a phone number for each source. These
listings are available through EPA Regional Offices upon request by a state or
local air pollution control program. In addition, EPA is developing a more
detailed RACT compendium for VOC sources.
o Other local information sources - The following local information
sources can be consulted, where available:
- Local industrial directories - A local industrial development
authority may provide a list of the latest sources which operate in the
inventory area.
Yellow Pages - The local telephone directory will have names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of many industrial/commercial VOC sources.
Note that telephone directory areas often do not correspond to county or
community boundaries.
Manufacturers and suppliers - Contact firms that make or supply
equipment and materials such as solvents, storage tanks, gasoline pumps,
incinerators, or emissions control equipment used in industries emitting VOC,
NOX, and CO. Some firms have good contacts within industry and may be able to
provide information concerning the existence and location of such sources.
3-4
-------
o National publications - The national publications listed below can be
used when available. However, the information contained in them may be older
and less accurate than local primary references.
Q
- Dun and Bradstreet, Million Dollar Directory - Companies with
sales over $1,000,000 a year are compiled by SIC and county.
Dun and Bradstreet, Middle Market Directory - Companies with
sales between $50,000 and $1,000,000 a year are compiled by SIC
and county.
- Dun and Bradstreet, Industrial Directory
- National Business Lists - Companies are listed by SIC and
county with information on financial strength and number of
employees.
- Trade and professional society publications ' - Names and
addresses of members are listed along with their type of
business.
In the compilation of the final mailing list, special attention should be
given to the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code associated with each
source. SICs are a series of codes devised by the U.S. Office of Management
and Budget to classify establishments according to the type of economic
activity in which they are engaged. If an SIC corresponds to one given in
Table 3.2-1, an increased likelihood exists that the source is an important
source of VOC emissions.
The mailing list should be organized to facilitate the necessary mailing
list and followup activities. A logical order in which to list companies is by
city or county, then by SIC, and finally, alphabetically. Ordering the list in
this manner will increase the efficiency of all subsequent data handling tasks
and will allow a quick, quality control checking of the resulting listing.
3.2.2 LIMITING THE SIZE OF THE MAIL SURVEY
If more sources are identified on the mailing list than can be handled
within available resources, the agency should screen the mailing list in some
manner to reduce the number of facilities to be sent questionnaires. This can
be done in a number of ways. One way is to limit the mailout to only those
sources believed to emit more than a certain quantity of VOC (or NOX or CO)
annually. Appendix C contains estimates of typical VOC emissions associated
with industrial processes within many important source categories. These
typical emission estimates can be used to determine if certain operations
should be handled as point or area sources. For example, in Table C-21 of
Appendix C, typical coin operated ("coin-op") and commercial dry cleaning
plants are estimated to emit only 1.6 and 3.6 tons per year, respectively.
Hence, if the point source cutoff level is 25 tons per year, the agency may
decide to treat all coin-op and commercial plants as area sources, and not to
send them questionnaires.
3-5
-------
TABLE 3.2-1 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATIONS (SICS) ASSOCIATED
WITH VOC EMISSIONS; EMISSIONS-PER-EMPLOYEE RANGES16'17
General 2-Digit
SIC Categories
Specific 4-Digii
SIC Categories
Emi ssions-Per-Employee
Ranges Ctons/employee/yr)
20 Food
21 Tobacco
22 Textiles
23 Apparel
24 Lumber & Wood
25 Furniture &
Fixtures
26 Paper
27 Printing
28 Chemicals
29 Petroleum
30 Rubber, Plastic
31 teacher
32 Stone, Clay, etc.
33 Primary Metal
34 Fab. Metal
35 Machinery
36 Elect. Machinery
37 Transpt. Equip.
38 Instruments
39 Misc. Mfg.
51 Nondurable Goods
- Wholesale
Alcoholic beverages 0.075
(2085)
Coating (2295), 0.536-0.89
Non-wovens (2297),
Dyeing (2231)
Finished produce (2435), 0.024-0.07
(2492)
SIC: (2511), (2514), 0.08-0.24
(2521), (2522), (2542)
Bags, box (2643), 1.0-1.25
(2651), (2653),
Coated papers (2641)
Newspaper publishing 0.08-0.5
(2711), Comm.
printing (2751),
(2754)
Organic chemical mfg. 0.32-0.357
(2821), (2823), (2861),
Chemical coating (2851),
Specialty chemical (2842),
Carbon black. (2895)
All companies 0.11-2.12
Footwear (3021), Plastics 0.16-0.256
(3021) (3089) Mfg. shoes 0.13
(3149), Bags (3161), Personal
goods (3172), Leather
refinishing (3111)
Class products (3221) 0.03-0.092
Treating (3398), Tubing 0.10-0.267
(3357)
Screws (3451-2), Metal 0.19-0.281
stampings (3469), Plating
(3471), Tool mfg. (3423),
(3429)
Industrial machines 0.03-0.048
Devices (3643), Semicond. 0.04-0.07
(3674)
Boats (3732), Motor vehicles 0.11-0.855
(3711-15)
Optical frames (3832) 0.04-0.199
Precision instruments
Jewelry (3914-15), Toys 0.07-0.59
(3944), Writing instr.
(3951,53)
Bulk terminals (5171)
72 Personal Services Dry cleaning (7216)
3-6
-------
In many instances, the number of employees in a company will be known, and
an estimate of the potential magnitude of emissions can be made by applying
emissions-per-employee factors, such as are shown in Table 3.2-1. The range of
emissions in Table 3.2-1 for some two-digit SIC categories suggests that this
technique may yield widely varying estimates of a source's annual emissions.
If the agency has sufficient budgeted resources, the higher
emissions-per-employee factors
-------
TABLE 3.2-2. SURROGATE PARAMETERS TO IDENTIFY SMALL SOURCES
EXCEEDING 10 AND 25 TPY VOC EMISSIONS
Emission Source
Standard
Industrial
Classification
No. Employees per Facility for:
10 TPY 25 TPY
Graphic Arts
Commercial
Flexographic
Commercial
Rotogravure
2759
275A
12
12
30
30
Metal Coil
Coating
3479
15
40
Furniture
Coating
2511,2514
2517-2542
15
65
40
160
Miscellaneous
Metal Parts
& Products
Coating
3412-3449
3465-3499
3511-3599
40
25
60
100
60
150
Bulk Gaso-
line Plants
4226,5171
Gallons per Month per Facility fori
10 TPY 25 TPY
65,000
Gasoline
Service
Stations1*
5541
80,000
200,000
aPlants emitting 25 TPY VOC would have a throughput exceeding 100,000 gallons
per month and would be considered bulk terminals.
Estimates based on service stations operating with submerged fill, vapor
balance with no Stage II controls.
3-8
-------
assure adequate, timely, and accurate responses. A questionnaire can be mailed
to every APCD permitted source.
Another approach which can be used is to develop long-form and short-form
industry-specific questionnaires. In this approach, long-form questionnaires
can be designed to gather detailed information about major industrial groups.
Specific process instructions should be developed to accommodate different
types of industries. The short-form questionnaires can specifically address
certain categories of industries such as: General Industrial, Natural Gas
Processing, Grain Elevators, Mineral Products, Wood Products, Metal Products,
Cotton Gins, and VOC Storage Terminals. Depending on the type of industry,
each facility will receive either a long-form or a short-form questionnaire.
The use of general questionnaires may be advisable if the mailing list is
long, if the agency is unfamiliar with many of the sources on the list, or if
agency resources are limited. Oftentimes in practice, a general questionnaire
is merely a collection of process-specific questionnaires.
Questionnaire design entails the establishment of a suitable format, the
selection of appropriate questions, the wording of questions, and the
development of an cover letter and instructions for filling out the
questionnaire. The basic rule is to design the questionnaire for the person
who will be asked to complete it. The agency should consider that the person
who will complete the questionnaire may not have the benefit of a technical
background in air pollution, engineering, or physical sciences. Hence,
questionnaires should be designed to be understood by persons without
specialized technical training.
The format of the questionnaire should be as simple and as functional as
possible. When data handling is to be done by computer, time will be saved if
the questionnaire format is such that data entry personnel can readily enter
the information directly from each questionnaire. The questions should be
well-spaced for easy readability with area sufficient for complete responses.
The questionnaire should be as short as possible as lengthy questionnaires can
be intimidating. Also, shorter questionnaires reduce postal costs. When
preparing the questions, use terminology with which the recipient will be
familiar. Each question should be self-explanatory or accompanied by clear
directions. All necessary information should be solicited on the
questionnaire, thus avoiding later requests for additional data. Any
additional data needed for subsequent application of a photochemical model
should also be collected at this same time, as well. (Volume II describes
these necessary additional data. )
Each questionnaire sent out should be accompanied by a cover letter
stating the purpose of the inventory and citing any statutes that require a
response from the recipient. The letter should include a simple explanation of
the ozone problem and should relate VOC, NOX, and CO emissions- to ozone
formation. If the inventory is for an ozone nonattainment area, some
discussion of the implications of the nonattainment designation might be
advisable. Cooperation in filling out and returning the questionnaire should
be respectfully requested. In addition, each questionnaire should be
3-9
-------
accompanied by a set of general procedures and instructions telling the
recipient how the questionnaire should be completed out and by what date it
should be returned to the agency. In lieu of putting a specific reply date in
the cover letter, a specific number of calendar or working days in which to
respond can be included. In this manner, delays in mailouts will not require
the changing of the reply date in each letter. If a general questionnaire is
sent out, the instructions should carefully explain that the questionnaire has
been designed for a variety of operations and that some questions or sections
of the questionnaire may not apply to a particular facility. In all cases, a
contact name, telephone number, and mailing address should be supplied in case
a recipient has questions. The cover letter and instructions can be combined
in some cases, but this should only be done when the instructions are brief.
An example cover letter and set of instructions are shown in Appendix D. A
variety of additional examples are presented in Reference 19.
The ultimate use of the data should always be considered when determining
the information to request on the questionnaire. Process information should
also be requested in addition to general source information such as location,
ownership, and nature of business. Since activity levels, including
indicators of production and fuel consumption, are generally used with emission
factors to estimate emissions from most sources for which source test data are
not available, the appropriate activity levels must be obtained for each type
of source. The type of activity levels needed to calculate emissions from
point sources are defined for most VOC emitters in AP-42. ° In addition,
since many of the emission factors in AP-42 represent emissions in the absence
of any controls, control device information should also be obtained in order to
estimate controlled emissions. Control device information is also helpful for
determining potential reductions in emissions from applying various control
strategies, especially for those source categories for which CTG documents have
been published. Finally, any information that is needed to make corrected or
adjusted emission estimates should be solicited. For example, since emissions
from petroleum product storage and handling operations are dependent on a
number of variables, including temperature, tank conditions, and product vapor
pressure? appropriate values should be obtained for these variables that will
allow the agency to apply the correction factors given in Chapter 4 of AP-42.
If seasonal adjustments are considered, special emphasis should be given to
variables such as activity levels, temperature, and windspeed that cause
seasonal variations in emissions. (Seasonal adjustment of emissions is
discussed in Chapter 6.)
Other information may be solicited in the questionnaires depending on the
agency's needs in its ozone control program. For example, stack data such as
stack height and diameter, exhaust gas temperature, and flow rates may be
required for modeling purposes. Information on fuel characteristics, generally
sulfur, ash, and heat contents, may also be desirable. Certain compliance
information may be needed if the agency is using the inventory for enforcement
purposes. Information on the nature or brand name of any solvents is
particularly helpful to the agency in excluding nonreactive VOC from the
emission totals. Process schematics, flowcharts, and operating logs may be
requested to be returned with the questionnaire in cases where the source is
3-10
-------
unique and/or complex. Each source should be requested to include documented
emission estimates or to enclose source test results, if available.
An example cover letter, instruction sheet, and questionnaire package
aimed specifically at obtaining information on solvent users is shown in
Appendix D. A number of the elements required in a questionnaire package are
illustrated in this example. It should be noted that the questionnaire will
not be applicable to all major VOC emitting sources. Additional questionnaires
must be developed to cover refineries, chemical manufacturers, and other VOC
sources. Various example questionnaires dealing with many of the major source
categories are presented in Reference 19. Before adopting any of the example
questionnaires, the agency should carefully consider the objectives of the
inventory in an ozone control program, and should then determine if the data
supplied in response to these questionnaires will meet these objectives.
Questionnaires accommodating all variations of process operation even in
the same industry category are difficult to design and keep to manageable size.
Thus, segments of some of the questionnaires may be unformatted, asking the
plant contact to describe the source and its emissions. Unformatted areas on
questionnaires should be avoided to minimize confusion both to the person
completing the questionnaire and to the agency. Each section of the
questionnaire should describe what information is needed, the units in which
the data should be expressed, and where on the form the requested data should
be located.
While questionnaires are tools generally used for obtaining point source
data, they can be used to collect certain area source data as well. For
example, many questionnaire recipients emit so little that the agency may not
want to maintain an individual record for each source. Instead, the agency
could group them in an area source category such as small dry cleaning
establishments. In some situations, questionnaires can be used to obtain area
source information directly. For example, the amount of fuel or solvent
consumed collectively by residential and commercial customers may be collected
by contacting suppliers. Frequently, area source emissions will be determined
through other techniques, such as field surveys or the use of information found
in special publications. Area source data collection techniques are included
in Chapter 4.
3.2.4 MAILING AND TRACKING THE QUESTIONNAIRES AND LOGGING RETURNS
Once the final mailing list has been compiled and the appropriate
questionnaire packages are assembled (including mailing label, cover letter,
instructions, questionnaires, and self-addressed stamped envelope), the agency
should proceed with the mailout activities. The mailing of the questionnaires
can be performed in two ways. The first method is by registered mail, which
informs the agency when a questionnaire is received by the company. This does
not guarantee that the company will return the form, but the rate of response
will probably be somewhat greater than if the questionnaires are sent by first
class mail. However, the slight increase in response may not justify the added
expense of sending every company a registered letter. As a compromise,
registered mail may be used to contact only major sources.
3-11
-------
The second method is to send the questionnaires by conventional first
class mail. This method has proven to be effective if the address includes the
name of the plant manager or if "Attention: PLANT MANAGER" is printed on the
outside of the envelope. This directs the envelope to the proper supervisory
personnel and reduces the chances of the questionnaire package being discarded.
It is highly recommended that a stamped envelope be included with each
questionnaire as the questionnaire is thus more likely to be returned.
Generally, responses will begin arriving in within a few days after
mailing. Many of the early returns may be from companies that are not sources
of VOC emissions. Also, some of the questionnaires will be returned to the
agency by the postal service because either the establishment is out of
business or the company is no longer located at the indicated mailing address.
New addresses for companies that have moved can be obtained by either calling
the establishments, looking up their addresses in the telephone book or
contacting an appropriate state or local agency, such as the tax or labor
departments.
A simple computer program can be helpful in the mailing and logging-in of
the questionnaires. Such a program should be designed to produce a number of
duplicate mailing labels for each source sent a questionnaire. One label is
attached to the outside of the envelope containing the questionnaire materials.
A second label is attached to the cover letter or instruction sheet of the
questionnaire. This facilitates the identification of the questionnaires as
they are returned, as well as name and mailing address corrections. Additional
mailing labels may be used for other administrative purposes or to recontact
those sources whose responses are inadequate. An example label is shown below:
0000 (SIC Code) 0000 (ID Number)
INDIVIDUAL'S NAME (or PLANT MANAGER)
TITLE
COMPANY NAME
STREET
CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE
It may be helpful to print the SIC code on the upper left and an assigned
identification number on the upper right of the labels. The ID number is used
to keep records of all correspondence with a company. If the study area is
large, a county identification number may also be included on the mailing
label.
It is important to develop some sort of tracking system to determine the
status of each facet of the mail survey. Such a tracking system should tell
the agency: (1) to which companies questionnaires are mailed; (2) the dates
the questionnaires are mailed and returned; (3) corrected name, address, and
SIC information; (4) preliminary information on the nature of the source; (5)
whether recontacting is necessary; and (6) the status of the followup contact
effort. Tracking can be accomplished manually through the use of worksheets or
through the use of a simple computer program. A computer printout of the
mailing list can be formatted for use as a tracking worksheet.
3-12
-------
As soon as the questionnaires are returned, some useful analyses can be
performed. One activity that can help enhance the timely completion of the
mail survey, as well as assist in estimating the amount of resources that will
be subsequently needed in the inventory effort, is to classify each response
with respect to the pollutant in one of the five categories listed below:
P - point source
A - area source
N — No emissions (non-source)
OOB - Out of business
R - Recontact for reclassification
In addition, the agency can begin performing emission calculations for those
sources that do not supply emission estimates, and the resulting source and
emission information can begin to be loaded into the inventory files. All
responses should then be filed by SIC, source category, geographic location,
alphabet, or by any other criteria that enable orderly access for additional
analysis.
3.2.5 RECONTACTING
The agency may have to recontact sources by the agency for either of two
reasons: the source may not have returned the questionnaire at all, or the
response provided may not have been adequate to meet the agency's needs. If
the source has not returned the questionnaire as requested, the source can be
recontacted by a more formal letter citing statutory reporting requirements on
completing the questionnaire. When the number of sources to be recontacted is
small, the information can be obtained through telephone contacts or plant
visits. If the source refuses to complete the questionnaire, the agency may
(1) take legal action to force a response, or (2) estimate a crude emission
level based on activity levels or number of employees.
Recontacting activities should begin two to four weeks after the
questionnaires are mailed. Telephone calls are advantageous when recontacting
sources in that direct verbal communication is involved and additional mailing
costs can be avoided. Caution is urged that, when making extensive telephone
contacts, the agency observe all Federal, state, or other applicable clearance
requirements. A second followup mailing may be necessary if a large number of
sources must be recontacted. In either case, recontact should be completed 12
to 16 weeks after the first mailing.
3.3 PLANT INSPECTIONS
Plant inspections are another technique commonly used to gather data for
the point source inventory. During plant inspections, agency personnel usually
examine the various processes at a particular facility and interview
appropriate plant personnel. If the agency's resources permit, source testing
may be conducted as a part of the plant inspection. Because plant inspections
are generally much more time consuming than questionnaires, they are usually
performed only at major point sources.
3-13
-------
Plant inspections may constitute either the initial contact an agency has
with a source or, alternatively, they can be used as a method of recontacting
sources either to obtain additional information or to verify data that were
submitted in the questionnaire. In either case, the goal of plant inspections
is to gather source data not ordinarily obtainable through other means. The
major advantage of the plant inspection is that it may provide more thorough
and accurate information about an emitter than does the questionnaire alone.
In addition, errors resulting from a source's misinterpretation of the
questionnaire, or the agency's misinterpretation of the response, are avoided.
Finally, in cases where a process is unique or complex, the only realistic way
for the agency to gain an adequate understanding of the emitting points and
the variables affecting emissions is to observe the plant equipment personally
and to go over the operations and process schematics with the appropriate plant
personnel.
However, the point source questionnaires should not be completed during a
plant inspection. Plant managers and engineers usually do not have immediate
access to data on equipment specifications, process rates, or solvent
purchases. Plant personnel need time prior to and following the plant visit to
assemble materials necessary to complete questionnaires. For these reasons,
the agency should make an appointment with the plant personnel and provide the
plant manager with questionnaires prior to an inspection.
The data that are acquired in the plant inspection are basically the same
as are solicited in a questionnaire. Generally, more data may be obtained than
would normally be requested on the questionnaire, such as plant flow diagrams,
logs of various process variables, photographs of various emission points, and
control device characteristics. Naturally, if the plant has source test data
for processes within the facility, the agency should obtain test results for
use in the inventory. The agency should review any source test data supplied
by a particular plant before using in the inventory to make sure that
acceptable sampling and analytical procedures were employed and that the test
conditions were reasonably representative of the time period covered by the
inventory.
Special plant inspection forms may be developed to help the agency conduct
the plant visit. Because of the extra resources required, such forms should
be developed only when many plant inspections are anticipated, when certain
major sources are prevalent, and when the same kind of information will be
requested during each visit. This latter condition may not hold in situations
where the agency is using the plant inspection as a followup to the
questionnaire.
3.4 OTHER AIR POLLUTION AGENCY FILES
During the point source data collection effort, the agency should consider
using information included in its own permit and/or compliance files. Permits
are typically required for construction, start up, and continuing operation of
an emission source. Permit applications generally include enough information
about a potential source to describe the nature of the source as well as to
3-14
-------
estimate the magnitude of emissions that will result from its operations. The
inventory effort should make maximum practical use of information in permit
files. At least, the permit application file can be used for the development
of the mailing list or for determining the need for a plant inspection or
telephone contact when the source comes on line.
Another type of file that may be maintained by some agencies is the
compliance file. A compliance file is a record of the agency's dealing with
each source on enforcement matters. For example, a compliance file might
contain a list of air pollution regulations applicable to a given source, a
history of contacts made with that source on enforcement matters, and an
agreed-upon schedule for the source to effect some sort of control measures.
Because the compliance file will usually contain basic equipment information
as well as baseline emissions data, it can be a useful tool in the inventory
effort. Again, at a minimum, each source in the compliance file should be a
candidate for the emission inventory, especially if an SIC code indicates that
a source is a potential source of VOC emissions.
The agency should consult both permit and compliance files when
developing projection inventories. The information therein on proposed new
facilities or control device applications on existing facilities will be useful
to the agency in determining baseline projection year emissions.
3.5 PUBLICATIONS
Another approach to collecting point source data is to use information
found in selected publications. The term "publication" in this context refers
to any industrial and governmental file, periodical, list, or report that
contains information on process descriptions, activity levels, or control
devices for various kinds of sources, either individually or collectively.
Publications are primarily used to obtain activity level information on area
sources, although to some extent, they can also be employed for point sources.
The types of reports that are useful in this method include census reports,
chemical business surveys, marketing reports, trade association journals, and
energy and fuel consumption reports. As a specific example, Federal Power
Commission Form 67 contains data sufficient to make estimates of VOC
emissions from fossil fuel-fired power plants. As another example, Post's Pulp
and Paper Directory contains equipment and production information with which
to estimate approximate emissions from pulp mills. Periodicals such as The Oil
and Gas Journal and Chemical and Engineering News intermittently list
summary information on individual refineries and chemical manufacturing
operations that can also be used to generate emission estimates. Most of
these publications will not provide emission data. Instead, emissions should
be estimated through use of appropriate activity level emission factors or
emissions-per-employee factors.
As a rule, emission estimates based on publications should be used only
for point sources where a questionnaire is not received, where no plant contact
can be made, or where it is necessary to get individual estimates of an
emission potential. In these circumstances, the agency should consider use of
publications to obtain individual point source data as a default mechanism to
3-15
-------
be employed only if the other approaches described in this document cannot be
used. Often, the most appropriate use of such publications is to help the
agency in the development of the point source mailing list. In certain
instances, publications can also be useful in determining collective estimates
of total capacity, production, number of employees, and planned expansion
associated with particular industries. This collective information can aid the
agency in scaling up the inventory to account for missing sources.
3.6 EXISTING INVENTORIES
The agency should examine any available inventory that may exist for the
particular area of concern before electing to employ one or several of the data
gathering approaches detailed in the previous sections,. If an inventory of
VOC or any other pollutant has been compiled, and either is well-maintained or
was initially well-documented, many of the data elements therein can be used
directly in a new emission inventory. In many cases, the existing point source
information can be made current simply by telephone calls, personal visits, or
through the use of abbreviated questionnaires. A limited number of contacts
will minimize the effort that both the source and the agency must expend in
updating the inventory data base.
If the existing inventory is computerized, a retrieval program can be
developed which prints out letters and questionnaires. The questionnaires
could contain existing inventory data on each source and could ask the source
operators to verify or to correct the information. Such a verification form
could be used with telephone contacts or plant visits. This approach should
reduce the time needed to conduct an inventory and should ease the paperwork
burden of the source.
One point should be stressed if an existing inventory is employed. If the
inventory that is used as a starting point in the current effort was not
conducted primarily for VOC, a number of major VOC emitting sources may be
either omitted from such an inventory or treated collectively as area sources
because their emissions of other pollutants are negligible. Hence, the agency
should consider the possibility that additional sources may have to be
included. Conversely, there may be many sources in an existing inventory that
are considered major sources of some other pollutant but not necessarily of
VOC, NOX, or CO. Care should be taken in this latter instance that a
significant quantity of resources is not expended in soliciting additional
information from those sources that are not significant emitters of the
pollutant(s) under consideration.
3.7 RULE EFFECTIVENESS (RE)
Past inventories have assumed that regulatory programs would be
implemented with full effectiveness, achieving all of the required or intended
emission reductions and maintaining that level over time. However, experience
has shown regulatory programs to be less than 100 percent effective in most
source categories in most areas of the country. The concept of applying RE in
the SIP emission inventory has evolved from this observation. In short, RE
reflects the ability of a regulatory program to achieve all the emission
3-16
-------
reductions that could be achieved by full compliance with the applicable
regulations at all sources at all times.
Several factors should be taken into account when estimating the
effectiveness of a regulatory program. These include: (1) the nature of the
regulation (e.g., whether any ambiguities or deficiencies exist, whether test
methods and/or recordkeeping requirements are prescribed); (2) the nature of
the compliance procedures (e.g., taking into account the long-term performance
capabilities of the control); (3) the performance of the source in maintaining
compliance over time (e.g., training programs, maintenance schedule,
recordkeeping practices); and (A) the performance of the implementing agency in
assuring compliance (e.g., training programs, inspection schedules, follow-up
procedures).
In the proposed post-1987 ozone/carbon monoxide policy, it was stated that
a factor of 80 percent should be used to estimate RE in the base year
inventories. The final policy will similarly contain the 80 percent default
value, but will also give states the option to derive local category-specific
RE factors within some tightly prescribed guidelines as EPA deems appropriate.
Whichever option is exercised to estimate RE, the results of a local source-by-
source evaluation performed for a particular source category according to the
protocol published by the Stationary Source Compliance Division will override
estimated factors.
In the SIP inventory, the RE determined for the source category should be
applied to all sources in the category with the following exceptions:
(1) sources not subject to the regulation; (2) sources achieving compliance by
means of an irreversible process change that completely eliminates solvent use;
and (3) sources for which emissions are directly determined by calculating
solvent use over some time period and assuming all solvent was emitted from the
source during the time period.
The RE factor should be applied to the estimated control efficiency in the
calculation of emissions from a source. An example of the application is
given below.
Uncontrolled emissions = 50 Ibs/day
Estimated control equipment efficiency = 90%
Rule effectiveness = 80%
Controlled emissions = 50 [1 - (0.90M0.80) ]
= 50 [1 - 0.72]
= 14 Ibs/day
3-17
-------
Thus, the application of RE results in a total emission reduction of 72
percent.
3-18
-------
References for Chapter 3.0
1. Enforceability Aspects of RACT for Factory Surface Coating of Flat Wood
Paneling. EPA-340/1-80-005, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC, April 1980.
2. Overview Survey of Status of Refineries in the U.S. with RACT
Requirements, EPA Contract No. 68-01-4147, PEDCo Environmental, Inc.,
Dallas, TX, 1979.
3. RACT Enforceability Aspects for Pneumatic Tire Manufacturing, EPA Contract
No. 68-01-4147, PEDCo Environmental, Inc., Arlington, TX, March 1980.
4. Demography; Plants Subject to Phase I Surface Coating Regulations, EPA
Contract No. 68-01-4141, Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1980.
5. Enforceability Aspects of RACT for the Chemical Synthesis Pharmaceutical
Industry, EPA Contract No. 68-01-4147, PEDCo Environmental, Inc.,
Cincinnati, OH, May 1980.
6. Enforceability Aspects of RACT for the Rotogravure and Flexography Portion
of the Graphic Arts Industry, EPA Contract No. 68-01-4147, PEDCo
Environmental, Inc., Cincinnati, OH, March 1980.
7. Enforcement Aspects of Reasonably Available Control Technology Applied to
Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products, EPA Contract
No. 68-01-4147, PEDCo Environmental, Inc., Cincinnati, OH, May 1980.
8. Overview Survey of the Dry Cleaning Industry, EPA Contract No. 68-01-4147,
PEDCo Environmental, Inc., Dallas, TX, March 1980.
9. Million Dollar Directory, Dun and Bradstreet, Inc., New York, NY.
10. Middle Market Directory, Dun and Bradstreet, Inc., New York, NY.
11. Industrial Directory, Dun and Bradstreet, Inc., New York, NY.
12. National Business Lists, Inc., 162 N. Franklin St., Chicago, IL.
13. Craig Colgate, Jr., ed., National Trade and Professional Associations of
the United States and Canada and Labor Unions, Fifteenth Edition, Columbia
Books, Inc., Washington, DC, 1980.
14. Nancy Yanes and Dennis Akey, eds., Encyclopedia of Associations, Volumes
1-3, Fourteenth Edition, Gale Research Company, Detroit, MI, 1980.
15. Standard Industrial Classification Manual, Executive Office of the
President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC, 1987.
3-19
-------
16. P. Di Gasbarro and M. Borstein, Methodology for Inventorying Hydrocarbons,
EPA-600/4-76-013, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, March 1976.
17- Lew Heckmen, "Organic Emission Inventory Methodology for New York and New
Jersey," Presented at the Emission Inventory/Factor Workshop, Raleigh, NC,
September 13-15, 1977.
18. Procedures for the Preparation of Emission Inventories for Volatile
Organic Compounds, Volume II, EPA-450/4-79-018, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, September 1979.
19. Development of Questionnaires for Various Emission Inventory Uses,
EPA-450/3-78-122, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, June 1985.
20. Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors, Fourth Edition and
Supplements, AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1985.
21. "Steam-Electric Plant Air and Water Quality Control Data for the Year
Ended December 31, 19 ," Federal Power Commission Form 67- Annual
Publication.
22. Post's Pulp and Paper Directory, Miller Freeman Publications, Inc., 500
Howard Street, San Francisco, CA.
23. Oil and Gas Journal, Petroleum Publishing Co, 1021 S. Sheridan Road,
Tulsa, OK. Weekly Publication.
24. Chemical Engineering News, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
3-20
-------
4.0 AREA SOURCE DATA COLLECTION
4.1 INTRODUCTION
The area source inventory enables an agency to estimate emissions
collectively for those sources that are too small and/or too numerous to be
handled individually in the point source inventory. While the VOC sources are
generally small sources and are usually associated with solvent use, most NOX
and CO sources are large and are associated with combustion. Considerable
attention should be given to the area source inventory, as significant
quantities of VOC emissions will generally be associated with the important
area source categories. Historically, emissions from area sources have been
underestimated because of either the lack of appropriate inventory procedures
or little emphasis on obtaining area source data. This chapter provides
several approaches to collecting data at the county or equivalent level, from
which .annual or seasonal area source estimates can be derived. In addition,
procedures are presented to account for emissions from source categories which
have been often overlooked in previous VOC emission inventories.
4.1.1 AREA SOURCE INVENTORY STRUCTURE AND EMPHASIS
Table 4.1-1 lists those categories that are inventoried primarily as area
sources in a VOC emission inventory. (SIC codes for these sources are
available in Table 7.2-1.) Sources listed in Table 2.2-1 which are not in
Table 4.1-1 and are below the point source inventory cutoff can also be
tabulated collectively and reported as area sources. The importance of area
source categories may vary from area to area. For certain areas, inventories
may need to include the resources of local importance or define additional
subcategories. The area source categories in Table 4.1-1 can be divided into
two broad groups characterized as evaporative emissions or fuel combustion
emissions. Most evaporative emission sources, with the exception of service
stations, are characterized by some type of solvent use. Service stations emit
gasoline vapors as a result of various loading and fueling operations.
As is discussed in more detail in subsequent sections of this chapter,
some of the source categories in Table 4.1-1 will usually be handled entirely
as area sources. However, some source categories will be handled only
partially as area sources if a number of the facilities in those categories is
large enough for individual treatment as point sources. Care is needed not to
double count a source's emissions in both the point and area source
inventories. Area source emission totals should be adjusted downward to
reflect emissions included in the point source inventory.
Another important consideration in preparing an area source inventory is
the extent to which a regulation may cover emissions from the source category.
The "top down" approaches discussed in the next section do not contain specific
instructions on how to account for emission reductions expected to result from
application of a regulation. When estimating emissions using these area source
methodologies, agencies should be careful to incorporate an estimate of rule
penetration by means of the following formula:
4-1
-------
TABLE 4.1-1. AREA SOURCES OF VOC EMISSIONS
Evaporative Loss -
Gasoline Distribution
- Tank truck unloading (Stage I)
- Vehicle fueling (Stage II)
- Underground tank breathing
- Gasoline tank trucks in transit
Stationary Source Solvent Use
- Dry cleaning
- Degreasing, small industrial/commercial
Open top vapor and conveyorized
Cold cleaning
- Surface coating
Architectural
Automobile refinishing
Other small industrial
- Graphic arts
- Cutback asphalt paving/asphalt cement
- Asphalt roofing kettles and tankers
- Pesticide application
- Commercial/consumer solvent use
Waste Management Practices
- Publicly owned treatment works (POTWs)
- Hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDFs)
- Municipal and other nonhazardous waste landfills
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Combustion -
Highway Mobile Sources
- Light duty vehicles (LDV)
- Light duty gasoline powered trucks <6000 Ibs (LDT1)
- Light duty gasoline powered trucks 6000-8500 Ibs (LDT2)
- Heavy duty gasoline powered trucks (HDG)
- Heavy duty diesel powered trucks (HDD)
- Motorcycles
Stationary Source Fossil Fuel Use (by fuel type)
- Residential
- Commercial/institutional
- Industrial
4-2
-------
TABLE 4.1-1. AREA SOURCES OF VOC EMISSIONS (continued)
Nonhighway Mobile Sources
- Aircraft
Military
Civil
Commercial
- Railroad locomotives
- Vessels
- Off-highway vehicles
Off-highway motorcycles
Farm equipment
Construction equipment
Industrial equipment
Lawn and garden equipment
Snowmobiles
Solid Waste Disposal
- On-site incineration
- Open burning
Other Sources
- Forest Fires
- Slash burning/prescribed burning
- Agricultural burning
- Orchard heaters
4-3
-------
Uncontrolled emissions
covered by the regulation x 100 percent
Total uncontrolled emissions
Once uncontrolled emissions and rule penetration are determined, RE should
be applied as discussed previously in Section 3.7. An example of how to
incorporate both penetration and RE in the same source category is presented in
Section 6.4.
The selection and structuring of area source categories are important
aspects of the planning process which affect the resources required for
inventory completion as well as the inventory's usefulness in the agency's
ozone control program. Generally, highway vehicles will be the largest VOC
emitting category and should be emphasized accordingly. All of the evaporative
loss sources may be important, especially those covered by Control Techniques
Guidelines (CTGs). Special attention should be given to these VOC sources as
well.
Because an important use of the inventory is to study the effects of
applying various control measures, the area source categories should be defined
so that emission reductions from anticipated controls on area sources can be
readily summarized from the data maintained in the area source files. For
example, if the effect of vapor recovery on tank truck unloading emissions at
service stations (Stage I control) is to be evaluated, then emissions from
these operations should be distinguished from vehicle fuel tank loading
(Stage II operations) emissions. As another example, in order to estimate the
effect of RACT on dry cleaning plants, data for systems using perchloroethylene
should be maintained separately from those for sources using petroleum
(Stoddard) solvents because of the different control technologies that may be
applied to each system. Judicious definition of area source categories will
also help the agency exclude nonreactive compounds from the emission totals.
In this regard, if separate emission totals are maintained for different
solvents in the inventory, most of the nonreactive halogenated solvents can be
readily identified.
4.1.2 SOURCE ACTIVITY LEVELS
Area source emissions are typically estimated by multiplying an emission
factor by some known indicator of collective activity for each source category
at the county (or equivalent) level. An activity level is any parameter
associated with the activity of a source, such as production rate or fuel
consumption, that may be correlated with the air pollutant emissions from that
source. For example, the number of landings and takeoffs (LTO) provides an
estimate of aircraft activity at an airport. In this example, the number of
LTOs can be multiplied by appropriate emission factors to estimate airport
emissions. As another example, the total amount of gasoline handled by service
stations in an area can be used to estimate evaporative losses from gasoline
marketing. In this case, to estimate total emissions from this source
category, the gasoline handling activity can be multiplied by an emission
4-4
-------
factor representing all of the individual handling operations at each service
station.
4.1.3 METHODS FOR ESTIMATING AREA SOURCE ACTIVITY LEVELS AND EMISSIONS
Several methodologies are available for estimating area source activity
levels and emissions. Estimates can be derived by (1) treating area sources as
point sources, (2) surveying local activity levels, (3) apportioning national
or statewide activity totals to local inventory areas, (4) using per capita
emission factors and (5) using emissions-per-employee factors. Each approach
has distinct advantages and disadvantages when used for developing emission
estimates, as discussed below.
1. Applying point source methods to area sources - Small sources that
would normally be treated as area sources may be handled as point sources for
several reasons. For example, collective activity level estimates may not be
readily determinable for certain source categories.
In other cases, sufficient data may be available on individual sources to
allow the agency to estimate activity levels and emissions for each facility.
For example, records may be available from another agency that show the
location and amount of solvent handled by each dry cleaner within the inventory
area; in which case, the inventorying agency may calculate emissions for each
plant. At this point, the agency must decide whether an individual point
source record will be coded and maintained for each facility or whether the
resulting individual activity levels and emission estimates will be handled
collectively in the area source inventory. This decision will depend on the
resources available for the point source inventory and whether the agency
elects to handle sources individually or collectively in the projection year
inventory. In this latter regard, more accurate projections will result if
sources are treated as point sources, because individual control reductions
can be estimated for each facility.
2. Local activity level surveys - In some instances, collective activity
level estimates for a given category may be available from a local source. For
example, local trade associations may have data on the amount and types of
architectural surface coating, or the amount and types of dry cleaning solvents
used in an area. Tax, highway, energy, and other state or local agency records
may provide collective activity level estimates for other area source
categories, including gasoline sales and cutback asphalt use. Hence, the
inventorying agency should survey various local associations and agencies to
determine what information is maintained for the area that can be used in the
area source inventory. Specific associations or ag.encies that may be contacted
for selected area source activity level information are suggested in the
following sections of Chapter 4.
3. Apportioning state or national totals to the local level - If
countywide activity level information is not available locally, state totals
may be apportioned to compute local estimates. For example, the quantity of
fuel used in railroad locomotives is generally available at the state level
from the Department of Energy. Fuel use can be approximated at the local level
4-5
-------
by apportioning statewide fuel use to the county level on the basis of miles of
track per county. Residential, commercial, and industrial fuel consumption are
other categories that are commonly handled in this manner. Major drawbacks of
this approach are that additional data and resources are needed to apportion
activity level estimates to the local level, and accuracy is lost in the
process. If state level data are not available and no alternatives are
accessible, then national data may have to be apportioned to the local
inventory area. However, apportioning national data to the local level is
generally less accurate than most available methods and should be done only
when absolutely necessary.
The National Air Data Branch of EPA uses state and national totals from
various available publications to estimate area source emissions at the county
level for NEDS. Those interested in obtaining NEDS emission estimates for
particular area sources in specific counties should contact their EPA Regional
Office or the National Air Data Branch, MD-14, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. In general, these NEDS area source
estimates will not be as sensitive to local conditions as estimates made by an
agency using locale-specific information. The techniques used in NEDS for
developing area source estimates are described in References 1-3.
4. Per capita emission factors - Sources in certain area source
categories are not only numerous and diffuse, but are difficult to inventory by
any of the above procedures. As an example, solvent evaporation from consumer
and commercial products such as waxes, aerosol products, and window cleaners
can neither be routinely determined by the local agency for many local sources,
nor will any kind of survey that will yield such information generally be
possible. The use of per capita factors is based on the assumption that, in a
given area, emissions can be reasonably associated with population. This
assumption is valid over broad areas for certain activities such as dry
cleaning, architectural surface coating, small degreasing operations, and
solvent evaporation from household and commercial products. Per capita factors
for these categories are suggested in the following sections of this chapter.
Per capita factors should not be developed and used indiscriminately for
sources whose emissions do not correlate well with population. Large,
concentrated industries, such as petrochemical facilities, should not be
inventoried using per capita factors.
5. Emissions-per-employee factors - This approach is conceptually
equivalent to using per capita factors, except that employment rather than
population is used as a surrogate activity level indicator. Emissions-per-
employee factors are used usually to estimate emissions for those source
categories for which a Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code has been
assigned and for which employment data (typically by SIC) at the local level
are available. Generally, this involves SIC categories 20-39, as shown in
Table 3.1-1 of Chapter 3. Since, in most cases, a large fraction of VOC
emissions within SICs 20-39 will be covered by point source procedures, the
emissions-per-employee factor approach can be considered a backup procedure to
cover emissions from sources that are below the point source cutoff level.
This approach can also be used where the agency surveys only a fraction of the
area sources within a given category. In this case, employment is used as an
4-6
-------
indicator to "scale up" the inventory to account collectively for missing
sources and emissions in the area source inventory. Parameters other than
employment, such as sales data or number of facilities, can be used to develop
emission estimates. However, employment is generally the most readily
available parameter. Scaling up is discussed in detail in Chapter 6.
4.1.4 CONTENTS OF CHAPTER 4
The remainder of this chapter discusses specific methodologies that may be
used to determine emissions for the more important source categories shown in
Table 4.1-1 except for mobile sources. Agencies will be referred to other
documents for guidance on inventorying highway and nonhighway mobile sources
(see Section 4.7). In each case, alternative approaches that vary in
complexity, cost, and the accuracy of the resulting emission totals are
presented. Although certain approaches may be recommended, local data may
suggest the use of alternative procedures in a given situation.
4.2 GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION LOSSES
A generalized flowchart of gasoline marketing operations is shown in
Figure 4.2-1. This flowchart depicts the operations typically involved in
transporting gasoline from refineries to final consumption in gasoline powered
vehicles. As indicated in Figure 4.2-1, evaporative emissions occur at all
points in the distributive process. The operations generally inventoried as
area sources are gasoline dispensing outlets and gasoline tank trucks in
transit. Bulk terminals and gasoline bulk plants, which are intermediate
distribution points between refineries and outlets, are usually inventoried as
point sources. Most gasoline dispensing outlets emit less than 10 tons VOC
per year and therefore are generally inventoried using area source methods.
VOC emissions from gasoline dispensing outlets result from vapor losses
during tank truck unloading into underground storage tanks, vehicle fueling,
and underground storage tank breathing. Evaporative losses from each of these
activities in this source category should be tabulated separately, so that
various control reduction measures may be evaluated readily. EPA has made
available Control Techniques Guidelines (CTG) for Stage I operations covering
gasoline vapors emitted during storage tank filling.
Service stations traditionally have been the primary retail distributors
for gasoline. Gasoline can be purchased from other types of businesses or
stores, such as auto repair garages, parking garages, and convenience stores.
In addition, gasoline may be distributed to vehicles through various nonretail
outlets. Because outlets other than service stations account for roughly a
quarter of all gasoline handled, care should be taken that all gasoline
outlets are covered in the area source inventory. '
4.2.1 DETERMINING GASOLINE SALES
Area source gasoline evaporative losses can be inventoried in several
ways. The most accurate approach is to acquire gasoline sales data, which can
be multiplied by a composite emission factor to determine evaporative losses.
4-7
-------
FACILITY GASOLINE FLOW
<
«
c
tf
c
u
H
j
c
?
•
J
Storage Tank
(Floating/ Fixed
Roof)
•
Loading Rack
r
Tanker Truck
(Area)
H
2
<
Q
is
0
i
Miscellaneous —
1
u
H
C
c
z
C?
•z
UJ
a
w:
5
J
•
•
:
f
I
j
3
•^
I
1
)
)
Storage Tank
(Fixed Roof)
i
Loading Rack
i
Truck
Storage Tank
(Underground)
i
Pump
i
Vehicles
Transport Out of
Inventory Area
Transport From
Other Areas
Transport Out of
Inventory Area
Transport From
Outside Inventory
Area
VOC
EMISSION
SOURCES
Standing
Breathing'
Transfer.
Transport •
Transfer-
Breathing •
Transfer •
Transport-
Transfer-
Breathing'
Dispensing-
Point
— Source
Inventory
Area
— Source
Inventory
Figure 4.2-1. Gasoline marketing operations and emission sources.^
4-8
-------
Gasoline sales statistics are collected and maintained by petroleum
distributors and state motor vehicle and fuel tax offices, as well as federal
and local government agencies involved in transportation planning and energy
management. The statistics are developed from delivery records which are
collected from drivers, compiled, and sent to petroleum company accounting
offices. These statistics are summarized by county or other local political
jurisdictions and are forwarded to the state tax office. Thus, as the tax is
collected per gallon sold, the actual total gasoline consumption within a
jurisdiction can be back-calculated with the tax formulas. Calculation of fuel
consumption from fuel tax data may already be done in some transportation
planning agencies. Once derived, tax-calculated consumption should be cross-
checked with data from associations of service station owners and operators,
oil company distributors, jobbers, and other local sources. Cross-checking is
important, since gasoline for nonhighway uses and gasoline distributed to
government agencies may not be taxed. Therefore, care should be taken that all
gasoline consumed in the inventory area is accounted for, including that
dispensed at marinas, airports, military bases, and government motor pools, as
well as service stations.
Gasoline distributors may be able to provide consumption data on these
sources. However, direct contact with a possible source is often the only
viable way to determine gasoline consumption from the nonhighway sources of
gasoline evaporation. Also, when using fuel tax data to determine gasoline
consumption, exclude diesel fuel and any other fuel of low volatility from
consideration.
Several less desirable alternatives exist for obtaining estimates of
gasoline sales in an area. Questionnaires have been used in some instances as
a means of obtaining information on each facility. Information collected in
such a questionnaire could include not only the quantity of gasoline which is
dispensed over a given year or season, but also the type of equipment used and
the number of employees at the station. While this type of direct plant
contact is potentially more accurate because information can be obtained on the
type of filling and the existence of controls at each station, the use of
questionnaires does involve several drawbacks. A major obstacle is the sheer
number of stations usually present in most areas. In addition, because of the
rapid rate at which stations open and close or change locations, a current list
of sources may be difficult to define. Moreover, since many stations
invariably will not respond to the questionnaires, the inventory will have to
be scaled up to account for the missing stations. Scaling up can be
accomplished using either employment in SIC 5541 or the number of gasoline
stations as a indicator of coverage. Scaling up is discussed in Section 6.4.
Contacting distributors of gasoline through questionnaires or telephone
calls has been discussed as a possible method of checking gasoline consumption
obtained through tax records. However, while contacting distributors is a
direct source of consumption data, it can be difficult if there is (1) a large
number of distributors, (2) distribution areas which overlap the inventory
boundaries, or (3) a lack of cooperation by the distributors. Fuel tax data
should be easier to obtain in most areas and are therefore preferred over
direct contacts to gasoline distributors.
4-9
-------
Another alternative for estimating gasoline consumption is to use data
from various national publications. For example, FHWA's annual publication,
Highway Statistics, contains gasoline consumption data for each state.
Countywide estimates can be determined by apportioning these statewide totals
by the percent of state gasoline station sales occurring within each county.
Countywide service gasoline sales data are available from the Bureau of the
Census8 Census of Retail Trade. (Note: Data in the Census of Retail Trade
are usually too old to use directly in estimating countywide sales; however,
they are useful in allocating other data to the county level.) Other
apportioning variables, such as registered vehicles or VMT, can be used if the
local agency feels that their use results in a more accurate distribution of
state totals at the county level. These apportioning procedures are used in
EPA's National Emissions Data System (NEDS) to estimate emissions for gasoline
service stations. Even if the agency uses local sales data in the area source
inventory, this approach should be used as a cross-check of the local
consumption estimates. One distinct advantage of using data in Highway
Statistics is that sales are tabulated by month which facilitates a seasonal
adjustment of the gasoline station emission totals.
Another method of estimating gasoline sales is to use VMT data available
as a result of the ongoing transportation planning process. This alternative
is not generally recommended for several reasons. First, it requires local
information on both the percent of VMT attributable to diesel versus gasoline
fuel and the average miles-per-gallon fuel efficiency of the gasoline powered
motor fleet. None of these data may be available locally, and the use of
nationwide averages may introduce errors in certain applications. Moreover,
highway travel will not account for all gasoline sold at various off-highway
applications. Hence, because less data-intensive and more accurate procedures
are usually available in any area to estimate gasoline sales, the VMT based
approach generally should not be considered.
Using state or local air pollution permit files for inventorying gasoline
dispensing outlets is not likely to be an effective alternative. Permit
information is not usually collected because of the large number of stations
and because each station's emissions are much lower than traditional point
source cutoff levels. Registration systems are being attempted in some states
whereby major retail chains are required to compile and submit service station
lists. Generally, such a detailed approach is not warranted when gasoline
distribution data will yield adequate emission estimates.
4.2.2 ESTIMATING GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION EMISSIONS
Whatever approach is used to account for gasoline consumption, the flow of
gasoline through the inventory area should be mapped. The best approach is to
develop a chart depicting overall gasoline flow within the geographical area in
question, from the point of entry, through bulk storage, to service stations
and vehicle loading operations. Figure A..2-1 can serve as the basis for such a
flowchart. Construction of this flowchart provides a valuable overview of the
gasoline distribution system and facilitates detection of gross anomalies in
the distribution data.
4-10
-------
Once an estimate of total gasoline sales is made, gasoline dispensing
emissions can be estimated using the average emission factors shown in
Section 4.4 of AP-42. To facilitate the subsequent development of control
strategy estimates, separate subcategories should be maintained for (1) tank
truck unloading, (2) vehicle fueling, (3) underground tank breathing, and (4)
tank trucks in transit. When evaluating control scenarios, tank truck
unloading and vehicle refueling are defined respectively as Stage I and
Stage II controls. A detailed description of gasoline marketing operations is
available in Reference 4.
4.2.2.1 Tank Truck Unloading (Stage I)
Emissions from tank truck unloading are affected by whether the service
station tank is equipped for submerged, splash, or balance filling. Therefore,
information must be obtained on the fraction of stations using each filling
method. A weighted average emission factor can then be based on the quantity
of gasoline delivered by each method. A survey of several service stations in
the area will produce an estimate of the number of stations employing each
filling method. Trade associations are another source of information on
station characteristics. Information from major brand owner/operators may also
be readily available but should be used with care, as company policy may direct
the use of certain equipment not representative of all stations within an
inventory area.
4.2.2.2 Vehicle Fueling and Underground Tank Breathing
Losses from vehicle fueling, including spillage, and from underground tank
breathing are determined by multiplying gasoline throughput by the appropriate
AP-42 emission factors. Gasoline sales data can be used as a collective
measure of gasoline throughput. Determining which service stations have
vehicle refueling (Stage II) emission controls is important in projection year
inventories. If Stage II controls are planned in a projection year, a
composite emission factor will have to be determined representing the mix of
controlled and uncontrolled refueling operations in the area. At present,
Stage II controls are not widely implemented. Underground tank breathing may
be affected by Stage II controls but is unaffected by Stage I controls.
4.2.2.3 Losses from Gasoline Tank Trucks in Transit
Breathing losses from tank trucks during the transport of gasoline are
caused by leaking delivery trucks, pressure in the tanks, and thermal effects
on the vapor and on the liquid. A worst case situation arises if a poorly
sealed tank has been loaded with gasoline and pure air becomes saturated.
During the vaporization process, pressure increases and venting occurs.
Emission factors for gasoline trucks in transit are given in Section 4.4
of AP-42. These factors are given in terms of lb/10 gallons of gasoline
transferred in two modes: (1) tanks loaded with fuel and (2) tanks returning
with vapor. For convenience, these factors may be added and applied to each
round trip delivery.
4-11
-------
Because some gasoline is delivered to bulk plants rather than delivered
directly to service stations from bulk terminals, the amount of gasoline
transferred in any area may exceed the total gasoline consumption, due to the
additional trips involved. Therefore transit emissions involve not only end
consumption but also gasoline transport from outside the inventory area to the
intermediate bulk plants, and should be based on total gasoline transferred
rather than on consumption. As an example, if gasoline sales in an area are
300 million gallons per year, and 50 million gallons of this goes through bulk
plants, then 350 million gallons is the amount transported by tank trucks and
is the appropriate figure to use to estimate transit losses. A nationwide
average of roughly 25 percent of all gasoline consumed goes through bulk
plants. Hence, gasoline distribution in an area could be multiplied by 1.25
to estimate gasoline transported. Because this percentage will vary so much
from area to area, the amount of gasoline handled by bulk plants should be
obtained from the point source inventory to be used in making this adjustment.
One method which can be used to account for bulk-plant handling involves
contacting local air agencies to determine the throughput at bulk plants. If,
for example, a small percentage of gasoline passes through bulk plants in the
area under consideration, this additional gallonage would be added to the
annual consumption. Emissions from tank trucks in transit, however, will
generally be minimal in most areas. Hence, a great deal of effort is not
warranted in making this adjustment.
4.3 STATIONARY SOURCE SOLVENT EVAPORATION
Solvents are any liquid organic compounds (or groups of compounds) that
are used to dissolve other materials. Solvent use can be broadly classified
into two categories: (1) cleaning, including degreasing and dry cleaning, and
(2) product application, such as surface coating, printing, and pesticides,
where the solvent serves as a vehicle for the product being applied. Each of
these two types of solvent use results in some or all of the solvent being
evaporated into the atmosphere.
The widespread use of solvents in all sectors of the economy makes
inventorying VOC emissions a difficult task. The most accurate means to
account for solvent use in the inventory is to identify as many sources as
possible using the point source methods in Chapter 3. Unfortunately, because
so many small solvent users are present in most, especially urban, areas, all
of these small sources cannot be economically handled as point sources. Hence,
area source procedures are necessary to include these small solvent users in
the VOC inventory. The source categories covered in Section 4.3 are shown in
Table 4.1-1. In certain areas, other solvent evaporation sources may be of
local importance, and should be included in the area source inventory.
4.3.1 DRY CLEANING
Dry cleaning operations vary in size, type of service, and type of solvent
used. Industrial, commercial, and self-service facilities clean not only
personal clothing, but also uniforms, linens, drapes, and other fabric
4-12
-------
materials. Three basic solvent types are used in dry cleaning: petroleum
(Stoddard), perchloroethylene ("perc"); and trichlorotrifluoroethane (Freon 113
or FC 113). Perchloroethylene is used in approximately 80 to 90 percent of all
dry cleaning establishments and constitutes about 70 percent of all cleaning
solvent consumed. Almost all other establishments use petroleum solvent.
Fluorocarbons represent only a small percentage of dry cleaning solvent
use.15'18
VOC emissions from dry cleaning vary with the type of process and solvent
used. Perchloroethylene systems emit less VOC for a given quantity of clothes
cleaned due to the higher cost of synthetic solvents, while petroleum solvent
operations typically have greater evaporative losses. VOC emissions occur
mainly from the dryer and the filter muck, treatment systems. Miscellaneous
fugitive losses occur from valves, flanges, and seals as a result of poor
maintenance. Detailed process descriptions and information on emissions and
controls can be obtained from References 16 and 17 as well as AP-42.
Both point and area source methods can be used to inventory dry cleaners.
Industrial dry cleaning is done at large plants whose emissions will often
exceed 100 tons of VOC per year and should be inventoried by point source
procedures described in Chapter 3.
Commercial and self-service dry cleaning facilities typically emit less
than 10 tons per year, and large numbers of these facilities may operate within
an urban area. A number of area source methods may be used in conjunction with
point source procedures to inventory commercial and self-service dry cleaning
emissions. Optimally, all plants may be handled using point source procedures.
The easiest way to accomplish this is to send brief survey forms to each plant
or to a representative sample of plants identified in the yellow pages of the
telephone directory. An example of such a form is shown in Appendix D. In
general, all that is needed to develop an area source emission total from such
a survey is information on the quantity of solvent annually consumed at every
plant below the point source cutoff level. Emissions are usually assumed equal
to the total quantity of makeup solvent consumption in the area. Information
should also be obtained on the type of solvent used at each plant and on any
control measures in place. If incineration is practiced at any petroleum
plant, emissions from that plant will not be equal to makeup solvent
consumption, but rather, will be reduced according to the efficiency of the
control device. In contrast, when the more common nondestructive control
measures are employed, such as condensers and adsorbers, emissions approximate
makeup solvent consumption, because the collected solvent is cycled for reuse
in the process. Because the agency may elect to send questionnaires to only a
sample of dry cleaners below the cutoff level, the resulting emission totals
from the point source inventory and the area source survey should be scaled up
to account for missing emissions. Scaling up should be based on (1) employment
within SICs 7215 (coin-operated laundries and dry cleaning), 7216 (dry cleaning
and dyeing plants), and 7218 (industrial launderers) or (2) number of plants
covered by the point source survey. If employment is used as the coverage
indicator, the survey form should also ask for the number of employees working
at each plant. Scaling up is discussed in detail in Chapter 6.
4-13
-------
It has been suggested that SIC 7218 (industrial launderers) should not
represent industrial dry cleaners as well. Communication with industrial
launderers in one area (individual companies as well as the Institute of
Industrial Launderers) revealed that by and large the type of cleaning agents
they use are not volatile organics. The agents used are detergents or soap and
water. Of the nine industrial launderers contacted, five did no dry cleaning;
of those facilities that did, only 10 to 20 percent of their operation was dry
cleaning in nature. In this case, SIC 7216 (dry cleaning and dyeing plants)
can be used to represent commercial as well as industrial plants.
The following factors may be applied to estimate nonindustrial dry
cleaning emissions within a broad area:
Commercial plants: 1.2 Ib/capita/yr
Self-service (coin-op) plants: 0.3 Ib/capita/yr
If any commercial or coin-op plants are known to be included in the point
source inventory, the emission estimates resulting from the above per capita
factors must be reduced accordingly. About 30 percent of the above per capita
factor for commercial plants represents petroleum solvent whereas the remaining
70 percent of the commercial plant solvent and all of the coin-op solvent are
perchloroethylene. The use of trichlorotrifluoroethane can be assumed to be
nominal when applying these per capita factors.
The following example illustrates the use of these factors.
Example; An urban area with an inventory base year population of
1,032,500 people has been inventoried by questionnaires sent
mainly to large industrial dry cleaning plants. The
questionnaires identified an industrial dry cleaning plant using
petroleum solvent of which 102 tons were emitted during the base
year. Fifteen commercial dry cleaning plants were also
identified, emitting a total of 105 tons of perchloroethylene
and petroleum solvents.
Solution; Total commercial and self-service plant emissions can be
estimated by applying a per capita emission factor, as follows:
1,032,500 x (1.2 + 0.3) Ib VOC x 1 ton = 774 tons/yr
capita/yr 2000 Ib
Since 105 tons/yr of this 774 tons/yr are accounted for in the
point source inventory, the resulting area source total for
commercial and coin-op plants is:
(774 - 105) = 669 tons/yr
Hence, total dry cleaning emissions for the area are:
669 + 105 + 102 = 876 tons/yr
4-14
-------
Note in this example that the commercial plant point source total is
subtracted from the per capita derived emissions. Also, the industrial plant
point source emissions are not subtracted from per capita emissions. Finally,
note that these factors apply only to perchloroethylene and petroleum solvent
emissions.
A small percentage of dry cleaning establishments uses trichlorotri-
fluoroethane (FC 113) as a fabric cleaning solvent. FC 113 is classified by
EPA as a nonreactive compound. Therefore, information on the type of solvent
used at each dry cleaning plant needs to be elicited during any plant contacts
or surveys -so that FC 113 emissions can be excluded from the SIP emissions
inventory. Nationwide, FC 113 is used only in about 5 percent of the
coin-operated units, accounting for only about 0.4 percent of total annual dry
cleaning solvent consumption. Hence, in most situations, little error is
involved if all dry cleaning solvent is assumed to consist of perchloroethylene
and petroleum solvents. The per capita factors recommended earlier exclude
FC 113.18
4.3.2 DECREASING OPERATIONS
Solvent metal cleaning or degreasing operations employ nonaqueous solvents
to remove soils from the surface of metal articles which are to be
electroplated, painted, repaired, inspected, assembled, or machined. Metal
workpieces are cleaned with organic solvents in applications where water or
detergent solutions cannot do an adequate cleaning job. A broad spectrum of
organic solvents may be used for degreasing, such as petroleum distillates,
chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones, and alcohols.
There are basically three types of degreasers: small cold cleaners, open
top vapor degreasers, and conveyorized degreasers. According to recent
estimates, there are about 1,300,000 small cold cleaning units operating in the
U.S. Seventy percent of these units are devoted to maintenance of servicing
operations, including service stations, auto dealerships, and miscellaneous
repair stations, while the remaining 30 percent are devoted to manufacturing
operations. A typical cold cleaning unit emits approximately one third ton of
VOC per year. In contrast, typical open top vapor degreasers and conveyorized
degreasing units emit on average 10 and 27 tons of VOC per year respectively.
These larger units are commonly used in the metal working industry. The design
and operation of each of these types of degreasers will vary, as will emissions
and the types of control measures used. References 16 and 20 should be
consulted for detailed descriptions of processes and emissions from degreasing
units.
Development of degreasing emission estimates is complicated by a number of
factors. First, some degreasers will be large enough to be considered point
sources, and yet, a large fraction of all degreasers will fall below any
reasonable point source cutoff and thus will have to be tallied as area
sources. Second, degreasing operations are not associated with any particular
industrial activity. Instead, degreasing of some sort may be carried out in a
wide variety of industries, including (1) metal working facilities (e.g.,
4-15
-------
automotive, electronics, appliances, furniture, jewelry, plumbing, aircraft,
refrigeration, business machinery, fasteners), (2) nonmetal working facilities
(e.g., printing, chemicals, plastics, rubber, textiles, glass, paper, electric
power), (3) maintenance cleaning operations (e.g., electric motors, fork lift
trucks, printing presses), and (4) repair shops (e.g., automobile, railroad,
bus, aircraft, truck, electric tool). Third, the practice of solvent waste
reprocessing at some degreasing facilities complicates the making of material
balance estimates of solvent loss. Fourth, the fact that much of the VOC
emissions associated with degreasing occurs at the solvent waste disposal site
complicates the location of emissions within the inventory area. Fifth, many
of the solvents used for degreasing are considered photochemically nonreactive,
and trance, must be excluded from the inventory totals. »
A general chart illustrating the flow of degreasing solvent in an area is
shown in Figure 4.3-1. Ideally, the agency could develop an areawide estimate
of total degreasing emissions from both point and area sources from the totals
in this flowchart. Basically, total areawide emissions would approximately
equal the amount of solvent purchased by degreasers minus that quantity of
solvent sent to commercial reprocessing plants for reclamation. In practice,
such a flowchart may be difficult to construct for several reasons. First,
manufacturers, distributors, and commercial reprocessors may be reluctant to
disclose sales information. Second, they may not know how much of their
product is used for degreasing as opposed to other end uses. Third, they may
be unable to determine where their product is used, especially if they are not
the final distributors in the area, or if they are selling to companies located
at a number of sites. Fourth, some fraction of degreasing solvent most likely
will be shipped from outside the inventory area. Hence, while it is a valuable
concept in understanding degreasing emissions, and a possibility in some
circumstances, such a flowchart is not considered practical in most areas.
4.3.2.1 Open Top Vapor and Conveyorized Degreasing
Open top vapor degreasers and conveyorized degreasers should be handled as
point sources to the extent possible, even though these units individually may
not exceed the agency's point source cutoff level. General point source
procedures are covered in Chapter 3. A questionnaire covering degreasing
emissions is shown in Appendix D. Likewise, solvent reprocessing plants should
be handled as point sources. The major advantage of handling these larger
operations as point sources is that source-specific data can be elicited on the
amounts and kinds of solvents consumed at each facility, as well as on the
amounts of waste solvent sold for reprocessing or disposal by some other means.
With this kind of detailed information, material balances can be employed to
estimate degreasing emissions from each unit.
Because all open top vapor degreasers and conveyorized degreasers may not
be covered in the point source inventory, procedures should be considered for
scaling up to account for missing emissions. As discussed in Chapter 6,
scaling up is best accomplished using employment data in appropriate SIC codes
as indicators of inventory coverage. Hence, to encompass missing open top
vapor degreasers and conveyorized degreasers, the agency should scale up the
inventory in SIC categories 25 and 33 through 39. Because comprehensive
4-16
-------
Uncontrolled
Emissions
Fraction
New
Solvent
Distributors of
Decreasing
Solvents
r
Solvent Reclaimed
by Reprocessor
Purchased
Solvent
(B) Emissions
Destructive
Controlled
Emissions
Fraction
Uncontrolled
Emissions
Fraction
Degreasing Including
Cold Cleaning
and Vapor Degreasing
Distillation
(A) Emissions ; k
Destructive
Controlled
Emissions
Fraction
Uncontrolled
Emissions
Fiaction
Unrecoverable
Solvent and
Solvent
Containing
Waste
(C) Emissions
Destructive
Control or
Permanent Capture
Emissions Fraction
Waste Solvent
Disposal
Open Storage
Landfills and Dumps
Iiici neratlon
Deep Wei 1 Inject
Used Solvent
Sold to
Preprocessor
Reprocessor
Wastes
Containing
Solvent
Residue
Solvent
Ruprocessor
New Solvnnt Purchased Reprocessed
Total Degreasing Emissions = (A I B -t C) = Z Produced (or = £ Degreasing - 11 Decreasing
Deyreasing Solvent Solvent
Figure 4.3-1. Mass balance o£ solvent used in dcgreasing operations,
-------
emissions-per-employee factors are not available from the literature for
scaling up emissions in degreasing operations, the agency will have to develop
its own emissions-per-employee factors from the point source data obtained
through plant contacts. Specifically, for each SIC code for which degreasing
activities are carried out in the local area, the ratio of reported emissions
to reported employment should be calculated and multiplied by total employment
for each SIC code, as shown in Equation 6.6-2 in Chapter 6. This results in an
estimate of area total emissions associated with open top vapor degreasing and
conveyorized degreasing operations. The area source component is determined by
subtracting reported point source emissions from this total. This process is
repeated for each SIC associated with degreasing emissions.
Several points should be noted if the agency chooses to scale up the open
top vapor and conveyorized degreasing emissions in the above manner. First,
the need for scaling up should be reviewed. The agency may have made such
extensive plant contacts that all open top vapor degreasers and conveyorized
degreasers are adequately covered as point sources. One way to check this is
to compare the reported employment in SICs 25 and 33 through 39 (as determined
from the point source records) with the total employment in the county for each
SIC. The latter figures are available in Reference 21. Scaling up is
probably not necessary if a significant fraction of total employment is
accounted fore Note that this type of comparison is best done at the SIC four
digit level rather than at the two digit level. This is because not all
employment in two digit SIC categories will be associated with VOC emissions.
Second, in order to develop locale-specific emissions-per—employee
factors, the agency will need to obtain the following information from each
point source: (1) SIC code, (2) employment within each SIC, and (3) type of
degreasing operation employed (cold cleaning, open top vapor cleaning, or
conveyorized cleaning). The last delineation is required to exclude cold
cleaning from the derived factors. A potential drawback of this procedure is
that the quantity of data the agency must collect is increased and the data may
not be available for each source* If this is the case, emissions-per-employee
factors can be developed from a subset of the point source data for which
adequate data are available to do so.
Third, only photochemically reactive VOC should be scaled up. Information
on solvent type will also have to be elicited during the plant contact, so that
any resulting emissions-per-employee factors only represent reactive VOC. See
Section 6.5 for a detailed discussion on excluding nonreactive VOC from
emission totals.
These preceding three points indicate that data requirements will be
substantially increased if scaling up is to account for open top vapor
degreasing and conveyorized degreasing emissions. The agency should be aware
of these requirements from the outset of the compilation effort. Scaling up
cannot be accomplished if the proper data are not available.
4-18
-------
4.3.2.2 Cold Cleaning Degreasing
The best alternative for estimating total areawide degreasing emissions is
to apply a per capita factor to cover small cold cleaning operations and to
handle larger vapor degreasers as point sources. A factor of 3 Ib/capita/year
is recommended for estimating small cold cleaning emissions. A major
advantage of this approach is that contacts to many indifferent and frequently
small facilities are avoided, as is the processing and storage of a great
amount of data. A potential disadvantage of a per capita approach is that the
correlation between degreasing emissions and population is not known. However,
assuming that a correlation exists is probably reasonable in making estimates
for broad urban areas.
The use of a per capita factor for estimating VOC emissions from small
cold cleaning operations should be qualified. First, the use of this factor
will include all cold cleaning emissions in the area of application. Hence, to
yield area source emissions, any cold cleaning solvent use identified in the
point source inventory should be subtracted from the total. To this end, cold
cleaning degreasing should be distinguished from open top and conveyorized
degreasing in the point source inventory, as is discussed previously in this
section.
Second, the 3 Ib/capita/year factor represents only reactive VOC. A
factor of 4 Ib/capita/year would include all VOC of which approximately
25 percent is 1,1,1-trichloroethane, methylene chloride, and trichloro-
trifluoroethane.
Third, the assumption is that most of the solvent contained in the waste
evaporates inside the inventory area and is not encapsulated or incinerated.
If the agency is aware of different disposal practices within its jurisdiction
or is planning any control measures that would alter these practices, this
factor should be changed to reflect these different practices. One estimate
indicates that half of the emissions occur during disposal of the waste
solvent. Therefore, only this fraction of the factor should be adjusted.
For example, if 400 tons of solvent waste are disposed of outside the inventory
area, and 200 tons of solvent waste are brought into the inventory area, then
the net disposal outside the inventory area is only 200 tons. If the 200 tons
represent 25 percent of the waste solvent, which means that 75 percent remains
in the inventory area, then the factor would be adjusted accordingly (1.5 + 1.5
x 0.75 = 2.6).
An alternative to inventorying cold cleaner emissions by per capita
factors is the use of cold cleaning emissions-per-employee factors. While this
method may be theoretically more accurate than using per capita factors because
of the large number of SIC codes associated with cold cleaning operations, many
such emissions-per-employee factors would be needed to scale up the inventory
to encompass all cold cleaning emissions. Moreover, emissions-per-employee
factors that can be applied to cover only cold cleaning operations have not yet
been defined. Thus, while being theoretically more accurate, the
emissions-per-employee approach will require more effort and documentation than
will the per capita factor method.
4-19
-------
A.3.3 SURFACE COATING
Surface coating operations can be separated into two groups, industrial
and nonindustrial. Industrial surface coating operations for such products as
appliances, automobiles, paper, fabric, and cans are usually major sources of
volatile organic compounds and should be listed as point sources, although
small sources do exist. Nonindustrial surface coating includes refinishing of
automobiles and architectural coatings which are customarily inventoried as
area sources.
Section A.3.3 discusses various techniques available for inventorying
surface coating area sources. Emphasis is placed on the nonindustrial
applications of surface coating, specifically automobile refinishing and
architectural surface coating. Be aware that other small industrial surface
coating operations may exist which emit less than the agency's point source
cutoff level. Small metal finishing shops are an example of this. Since no
reliable techniques are available for handling small industrial surface coating
operations as area sources, the agency should try to identify as many as
possible in the point inventory.
A.3.3.1 Architectural Surface Coating
Architectural surface coatings, often called "trade paints," are used
primarily by homeowners and painting contractors to coat the interior/exterior
of houses and buildings and on the surfaces of other structures such as
pavements, curbs, or signs. Coating materials are applied to surfaces by
spray, brush, or roller, and dry at ambient conditions. Architectural coatings
differ from industrial coatings, which are applied to manufactured products and
are usually oven cured. Painting contractors and homeowners are the major
T5 22
users of architectural coatings. '
Emissions result when the solvent which carries the coating material
evaporates and leaves the coating material on the applied surface., Solvents
used for thinning architectural surface coatings and for clean up after
application also contribute significantly to VOC emissions associated with the
architectural coating process. Waterborne coatings generally contain much less
solvent than do solventborne coatings. Additional information on architectural
surface coating can be found in References 15 and 22.
The most accurate method of inventorying VOC emissions from the
application of architectural surface coatings is to obtain sales and
distribution data from local wholesale and retail suppliers of solventborne
paints, varnishes, and other coatings. Direct contacts may be made to all
distributors or, alternatively, brief survey forms may be mailed if a large
number of contacts are necessary. Information should be elicited during such
contacts on the quantity of both solventborne and waterborne coatings sold and
on the average solvent content of each type of coating. Moreover, information
on the use of associated solvents for thinning and cleaning must also be
collected. By assuming typical densities of 6.5 and 8.6 pounds per gallon,
respectively, of solventborne and waterborne coatings, and applying the average
4-20
-------
solvent contents determined in the survey for each solvent type, emissions can
be readily computed. Thinning solvent emissions can be similarly calculated by
assuming a density of 7.0 pounds per gallon. One study suggests average
solvent contents for solventborne and waterborne coatings are 54 and 8 percent
by volume, respectively. However, because the ranges of solvent contents in
these two types of coatings can vary so greatly, local data should be used if
available. A basic assumption in such calculations is that all the solvent in
the coating evaporates upon application.
An advantage of using local sales data to estimate architectural surface
coating emissions is that local consumption practices are taken into account,
which should enhance inventory accuracy. A disadvantage is that much more work
is required to develop emission estimates in this manner than is required using
the per capita factor, which is discussed in the subsequent paragraph. Another
disadvantage is that distributors may not be willing to divulge sales
information and may not know where their product is finally used. In this last
regard, sales data must necessarily be adjusted to account for coatings
distributed into and out of the inventory area.
If local data cannot be obtained on architectural surface coating, a
national average factor of 4.6 Ib/capita/year is recommended for estimating
architectural surface coating solvent evaporation. This factor is derived in
Reference 18 from national consumption data. Thinning and cleanup solvent use,
which accounts for 25 to 40 percent of all solvent loss associated with
architectural surface coating, is included in this per capita factor.
None of the solvents used in architectural surface coatings or thinning
and cleanup contains any of the nonreactive compounds discussed in Chapters 2
and 5. A breakdown of architectural surface coating emissions by constituent
compounds is available in Reference 22.
4.3.3.2 Automobile Refinishing
Automobile refinishing is the repainting of worn or damaged automobiles,
light trucks, and other vehicles. Surface coating during manufacture is not
considered refinishing. In automobile refinishing, lacquers and enamels are
usually spray applied in paint booths. Since vehicles contain heat sensitive
plastics and rubber, the solventborne coatings used are those which can dry in
low temperature ovens. Paint booths may be equipped with paint arresters or
water curtains to handle overspray. Additional process, emissions, and control
information may be obtained from References 24 and 25.
One approach to inventorying auto body shops is to contact each one, or a
representative sample, and to obtain information on the quantity of paint and
solvent used in these operations. Such an approach is generally not
recommended except for larger facilities, because of the large number of small
shops in most areas and because of the unlikelihood that the shop owners or
managers would be able to provide the consumption or average solvent
information needed by an air pollution control agency.
4-21
-------
Another approach is to use an emissions-per-employee factor and to apply
it to the number of employees in SICs 7531 and 7535. Based on nationwide
estimates of solvent loss from automobile refinishing and employment in these
two SICs, an average factor of 2.6 tons/employee/year may be applied as an
estimate of auto body shop emissions in the area. Employment by SICs is
available at county levels in Reference 21.
An agency might conduct a survey of auto painting businesses as another
approach to estimating emissions from automobile refinishing. The following
information could be requested; the number of cars painted on a typical summer
day or during the summer quarter; the percentage of total coat paint jobs (as
opposed to partial coat); the amounts of paint, lacquer, enamel, and primer
that were used; and the amount of thinning solvents used. Information from
this type of survey can then be used to determine the emission factors for
total and partial paint jobs. A factor of pounds VOC per total paint job and a
factor of pounds of VOC per partial paint job would then applied to the number
of shops and number of jobs of each kind per shop to estimate annual VOC
emissions.
Solvents used in auto body refinishing will consist entirely of reactive
VOC. Thus, all solvent usage associated with auto body refinishing should be
included in the inventory used in the agency ozone control program.
4.3.3.3 Other Small Industrial Surface Coating
Industrial surface coating includes the coating, during manufacture, of
magnet wire, automobiles, cans, metal coils, paper, fabric, metal and wood
furniture, and miscellaneous products (see Table 2.2-1). Materials applied in
coating include adhesives, lacquers, varnishes, paints, and other solventborne
coating material. Many surface coating facilities generate sufficient
emissions to be considered major sources. However, small sources most probably
will still be present in any developed inventory area.
To the maximum extent possible, small industrial surface coating
operations should be treated as point sources. Only if the agency is aware of
numerous facilities emitting less than its point source cutoff level, but does
not have the resources to contact these small facilities, should the point
source totals be scaled up to account for the missing emissions. Scaling up is
discussed in Chapter 6.
Scaling up is usually based on employment totals within various industrial
sectors. The agency will need to develop emissions-per-employee factors from
data in its point source inventory on various surface coating operations. The
point source totals are scaled up by applying these factors to estimates of
total employment within appropriate SICs. Data on total employment by
industrial sector should be obtained from local planning agencies. If local
employment data are unavailable, Reference 21 presents employment by SIC at the
county level.
If scaling up is attempted to cover missing small industrial surface
coating operations, care should be taken because these operations are carried
4-22
-------
out in a wide variety of applications covered by numerous SICs. Moreover, some
small operations may be found in facilities whose principal business is not
typically associated with surface coating, business such as the manufacturing
of transformers, computers, or even crockpots. Particular attention should be
paid to the miscellaneous metal parts and products surface coating operations
discussed in Reference 27. A thorough effort is needed to locate all of the
sectors where surface coating is done, and to develop reliable factors for
scaling up the inventory totals. An example for scaling up emissions is
presented in Chapter 6.
4.3.4 GRAPHIC ARTS
The graphic arts or printing industry consists of approximately 40,000
facilities. About half of these establishments are in-house printing services
in nonprinting industries. Printing of newspapers, books, magazines, fabrics,
wall coverings, and other materials is considered a graphic arts application.
Five types of printing are used in the industry: letterpress, flexography,
Lithography, (roto) gravure, and screen process printing. Detailed
descriptions of the different types of printing operations are given in
References 16 and 28.
An emission factor of 0.8 Ib/capita/year is recommended for estimating VOC
emissions from small graphic arts facilities which emit less than 100 tons per
year. Graphic arts facilities which emit more than 100 tons of VOC per year
are excluded from this factor and should be inventoried by point source
procedures in Chapter 3. Any emissions associated with less than 100 tons per
year sources identified in the point source inventory should be subtracted from
the per capita derived emissions total. The following example demonstrates
the use of the factor.
Example; An urban area with an inventory base year population of 808,500
people has been inventoried with a point source cutoff of 25
tons per year per plant. Plant visits and stack tests at a
major publication plant equipped with rotogravure presses have
determined controlled emissions of 110 tons per year at the
facility. A questionnaire survey has identified four additional
plants with uncontrolled VOC emissions of 18, 22, 45, and 65
tons per year, respectively.
Calculations; Per capita derived emissions = 808,500 x 0.8 Ib VOC/capita/yr
= 649,000 Ib VOC/yr
= 320 tons VOC/yr
Area source emissions = 320 tons - (18 + 22 + 45 + 65) tons
= 320 - 150 = 170 tons VOC/yr
Point source emissions = 150 + 110 = 260 tons VOC/yr
4-23
-------
Total graphic arts emissions = 260 + 170
= 430 tons VOC/yr
Note that the major point source is not subtracted from the per capita
derived emissions. Generally, major plants engaged in publication and package
printing are very large emitters and thus would be included in the point source
inventory.
The agency may elect to handle many of the smaller printing establishments
in its inventory as point sources. A questionnaire covering graphic arts
facilities is shown in Appendix D. However, because so many thousands of small
printing establishments exist in the U.S., and because each unit emits, on
average, less than ten tons per year of VOC, the agency may need considerable
resources to handle all of these establishments in the point source data base.
Moreover, care will have to be taken in (1) locating all of these small
operations, because so many are found in nonprinting industries and (2)
accounting for additional solvents used for thinning and cleanup. An
emissions-per-employee approach is not recommended for the graphics arts
industry because so many SIC codes other than 27 (printing and publishing)
would have to be covered in the scaling up process.
All of the solvents used in the graphic arts industry are considered
reactive and should be included in the VOC inventory developed for use in the
agency's ozone control strategy.
4.3.5 CUTBACK ASPHALT PAVING
Cutback asphalt is a type of liquified road surface that is prepared by
blending or "cutting back" asphalt cement with various kinds of petroleum
distillates. Cutback asphalt is used as pavement sealant, tack coat, and as a
bonding agent between layers of paving material. VOCs are emitted to the
atmosphere as the cutback asphalt cures and as the petroleum distillate, used
as the diluent, evaporates. The diluent content of cutbacks ranges from 25 to
45 percent by volume, averaging 35 percent. Gasoline or naphtha is used as the
diluent in "rapid cure" cutback (RC), kerosene is used in "medium cure" cutback
(MC), and low volatility fuel oil type solvents in "slow cure" road oils
(sc).29
VOC emissions from cutback asphalts result from the evaporation of the
petroleum distillate solvent, or diluent, used to liquify the asphalt cement.
Emissions occur at both the job site and the mixing plant. At the job site,
VOCs are emitted from the equipment used to apply the asphaltic pro.duct and
from the road surface. At the mixing plant, VOCs are released during mixing
and stockpiling. The largest source of emissions, however, is the road surface
itself. Additional information on cutback asphalts is found in Reference 29.
For any given amount of cutback asphalt, total emissions are assumed to be
the same, regardless of stockpiling, mixing, and application times. The two
major variables affecting both the quantity of VOC emitted and the time over
which emissions occur are (1) the type and (2) the quantity of petroleum
4-24
-------
distillate used as diluent. As an approximation, Long term emissions from
cutback asphalts can be estimated by assuming that 95 percent of the diluent
evaporates from rapid cure cutback asphalts, 70 percent from medium cure
cutbacks, and about 25 percent from slow cure cutbacks, by weight percent.
These percentages are applicable in estimating emissions occurring during the
ozone season. Some of the diluent appears to be retained permanently in the
road surface after application. »y
Because the use of cutback asphalts varies so much from area to area,
local records should be accessed to determine usage in the area of concern.
Ideally, data should be obtained from the state or local highway department or
from highway contractors on the quantity of each type of cutback applied, as
well as the diluent content of each. If local information is not available,
the Asphalt Institute in College Park, Maryland, prepares annual reports of the
total cutback asphalt usage by state. These state totals can be allocated to
specific counties relative to the percentage of the state employment for SIC
category 1611 located in each county. Employment data can be obtained from the
Bureau of Census County Business Patterns. From these data, the equations or
tables in Section 4.5 of AP-42 can be used to compute long term solvent
evaporation. If the diluent content is not known by the local highway
department personnel, default values of 25, 35, and 45 percent can be assumed
for slow cure, medium cure, and rapid cure cutbacks, respectively.
All of the VOC from the petroleum-based diluents used in cutbacks is
considered photochemically reactive. Thus, all evaporative emissions
associated with cutback asphalt use should be included in any VOC control
strategy inventory.
4.3.6 ASPHALT ROOFING KETTLES AND TANKERS
One approach to estimating emissions in this category involves sending
survey forms to asphalt roofing operators requesting the amounts of asphalt
used and fuel burned. It is assumed that only particulate emissions occurred
during application of the asphalt. VOC emissions would occur from fuel
combustion during the operation of the asphalt roofing kettles and containers.
AP-42 emission factors can be used for fuel combustion (Table 1.4-1 for natural
gas; Table 1.5-1 for propane and butane; Table 3.3-1 for diesel and gasoline).
To compute the VOC emissions from asphalt roofing operations, the total
amount of fuel used in each of the five fuel categories should be multiplied by
the AP-42 emission factor for the fuel and converted into tons.
4.3.7 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
Pesticides broadly include any substances used to kill or retard the
growth of insects, rodents, fungi, weeds, or microorganisms. Pesticides fall
into three basic categories: synthetics, nonsynthetics (petroleum products), -
and inorganics. Formulations are commonly made by combining synthetic
materials with various petroleum products. The synthetic pest killing
compounds in such formulations are labeled as "active" ingredients, and the
petroleum product solvents acting as carriers or diluents for the active
4-25
-------
ingredients are labeled "inert." Neither of these toxicologic designations,
active or inert, should be interpreted as indicators of photochemical
reactivity; these designations refer only to their toxicological action. For
the purposes of a VOC emissions inventory, both the active and the inert
ingredients of the pesticides should be inventoried.
It has been noted that the "inert" portion of the pesticide is not
required to be listed on the pesticide label. One approach to estimating the
solvent (inert) carriers uses figures of pounds of solvents used in pesticide
formulations and pounds of synthetic organic pesticides used (from the 1977
Census of Manufacturers - Agricultural Chemicals). The active ingredient can
then be multiplied by 1.A5 to get the solvent (inert) carrier, or by 2.45 to
get total usage. This approach assumes that the amount of solvent used is
proportional to the amount of organic pesticide used.
Petroleum products are often applied directly to control insects on trees
(dormant and summer oils ), weeds (weed oils), and fungus on produce (light
mineral oils). Inorganic pesticides are not of interest in the inventory,
since they contain no organic fraction. '
Pesticide use is typically associated with agricultural applications.
However, a significant enough quantity may be used in some urban and suburban
areas to warrant including pesticide emissions in the urban VOC inventory. As
examples of use, municipalities may engage in various spraying programs to
control mosquitoes, tree-damaging insects, or weed growth in shallow lakes or
tidal marshes. Pesticides are also used in homes and gardens.
Local, state, and Federal departments of agriculture should be contacted
to determine the quantities and types of pesticides applied in the inventory
area. The quantity of inorganics, which are mostly sulfur compounds, should
first be eliminated from the above total. Then, as a crude estimate, the
remaining synthetic and nonsynthetic total should be multiplied by a factor of
0.9 to estimate the amount that evaporates and can be considered
photochemically reactive VOC. A much more detailed procedure which may be
applied to estimate emissions for agricultural applications is described in
Reference 31. This procedure is much more data-intensive and is recommended
only in areas where agricultural pesticides applications are a major source of
VOC.
Several studies have shown that pesticide application in agricultural
areas may range from about 2 to 5 Ib/yr/harvested acre.13'31 This use includes
both synthetic and nonsynthetic pesticides. These factors should be applied as
a check on the figures determined from local sources.
Municipal pesticide use in urban areas should be determined by contacting
appropriate state or local agencies, including local public health departments,
parks departments, highway departments, or private concerns such as utilities,
exterminators, and landscapers. These groups will know the extent of pesticide
application for insect control and weed killing, in addition to that used in
agricultural applications. The same types of data should be obtained and the
4-26
-------
same procedures followed for estimating evaporative VOC as are suggested for
agricultural pesticides.
A nominal quantity of pesticides is additionally employed in homes and
gardens. This small amount is reported to be less than 0.25 Ib/capita/year on
average and is covered in the next section as part of commercial/consumer
solvent use.
All of the VOC accounted for by the above procedures is considered
photochemically reactive. If a seasonally adjusted inventory is compiled,
information on the seasonal application of each pesticide will have to be
collected. Contrary to expectation, not all pesticides are applied during the
ozone season. For example, dormant season oils are applied during the cold
months of the year.
4.3.8 COMMERCIAL/CONSUMER SOLVENT USE
Certain commercial/consumer uses of products containing volatile organics
cannot easily be identified by questionnaires, surveys, or other inventory
procedures yielding locale-specific emission estimates. Thus, a factor of 6.8
Ib/capita/year is recommended for estimating emissions from this category.
This factor includes the following commercial/consumer subcategories:
Reactive VOC
Household products 2.0 Ib/capita/year
Toiletries 1.4 Ib/capita/year
Aerosol products 0.8 Ib/capita/year
Rubbing compounds 0.6 Ib/capita/year
Windshield washing fluids 0.6 Ib/capita/year
Polishes and waxes 0.3 Ib/capita/year
Nonindustrial adhesives 0.3 Ib/capita/year
Space deodorants 0.2 Ib/capita/year
Moth control 0.1 Ib/capita/year
Laundry detergents and treatment <0.1 Ib/capita/year
TOTAL 6.3 Ib/capita/year
The above factors are based on national estimates of solvent use in each
of these end use sectors. Because of the difficulty involved in developing
local consumption estimates for the myriad products comprising these
categories, the agency should generally not try to do so. '
EPA is currently revising these factors based on updated national
estimates of solvent use. The number of commercial/consumer subcategories
being considered will also be expanded to provide a more thorough coverage of
the category. The revised factors are currently undergoing internal review and
will be made available following this process.
4-27
-------
It should not be inferred that the commercial/consumer factor is a
catchall estimate to account for deficiencies in point source or area source
inventories. Specifically, the factor does not include! small cold cleaning
degreasing operations? dry cleaning plants; auto refinishing shops;
architectural surface coating applications; graphic arts plants; cutback
asphalt paving applications; and agricultural and municipal pesticide
applications. These categories must be inventoried by point or area source
procedures and be tabulated separately.
The major organic materials comprising this 6.3 Ib/capita/year factor are
special naphthas, alcohols, carbonyls, and various other organics. Nonreactive
halogenates used in aerosols and other products are excluded from this factor.
Thus, this factor differs from what is found in AP-42. This value should be
used in a VOC control program inventory. Speciation data for use in other
applications are available in References 18 and 19.
4.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
The EPA Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) is currently
engaged in activities studying the characteristics and impacts of air emissions
from waste management practices. Included in these efforts are the
development of estimation methodologies for VOC emissions from municipal
landfills and from hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities
(TSDFs) such as land treatment, landfills, surface impoundments, and wastewater
treatment operations. In addition, the Office of Water Regulations and
Standards has conducted studies to evaluate the fate of priority pollutants and
the impacts from the discharge of hazardous wastes on the operations of
publicly owned treatment works (POTWs), as regulated under the Domestic Sewage
Exclusion of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. Based upon the
information provided by these studies, methodologies for the estimation of
county level VOC emissions from POTWs, TSDFs, and municipal landfills have been
developed and are detailed in the following sections.
4.4.1 PUBLICLY OWNED TREATMENT WORKS (POTWs)
Recent research activities with respect to VOC emissions from POTWs have
produced emission estimates which support the contention that 85 percent of all
volatile pollutants discharged to unacclimated wastewater treatment systems
are stripped to the ambient air.36"39 Based upon these findings and the
annual VOC loadings reported for raw POTW influent, a national VOC emissions
level of 78,540 megagrams is predicted for POTWs annually.3^
Additionally the concentration of volatile organic compounds found in POTW
influent has been shown to be directly proportional to the industrial
contribution to a POTW.J5 This implies that national VOC emission estimates
for unacclimated treatment systems can be allocated to the county level based
upon the total industrial flow per county.
The^otal industrial flow discharged to POTWs in 1984 has been reported as
1.6 x 10 gallons. If it is assumed that the industrial wastewater
contribution represents the bulk of the volatile organic constituents of the
4-28
-------
influent wastestream, an emission factor can be derived by dividing the total
estimated VOC emissions by the total industrial flow. The results of this
calculation provide an emission factor of 1.1 x 10 Ibs VOC emitted/gallon
industrial wastewater discharged to a POTW. This factor is recommended for
estimating VOC emissions from POTWs where measured emissions data are not
available. The annual industrial wastewater contribution for an individual
POTW can range from 0 to 100 percent. If the actual annual industrial
wastewater contribution to the POTWs of a county is unknown, then 16 percent of
the total annual flow (which represents the average industrial discharge
percentage for POTWs nationally) can be used to approximate the industrial
wastewater discharge.
4.4.2 INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER TREATMENT AND HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT,
STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL FACILITIES (TSDFs)
Methodologies for estimating emissions of VOCs from TSDF operations are
currently under development in the Emission Standards Division (ESD) of OAQPS.
As part of this effort, models for estimating emissions from TSDF operations
have been compiled and are discussed in Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and
Disposal Facilities (TSDF) - Air EmissionModels.^1These models can be used
to estimate emissions from hazardous waste surface impoundments and open tanks,
land treatment, landfills, and wastepiles as well as from hazardous waste
transfer, storage, and handling and industrial waste water treatment
operations. The use of these models is illustrated below in an example
emission calculation for a surface impoundment.
4.4.2.1 Example Calculation
An example facility operates a storage impoundment which receives
primarily benzene in water at a concentration of 1,000 g/m . The following
input parameters are used:
area 1,500 m2
depth 1.8 m
volume 2.700 m3
retention time 20 days
flow 0.0016 m3/s
temperature 25°C
windspeed 4.47 m/s
constituent benzene in water
concentration 1,000 g/m3
Henry's law constant 5.5 x 10 atm'nr/g mol
diffusivity in air (benzene) 0.088 cm2/s
diffusivity in water (benzene) 9.8 x 10 cm /s
viscosity of air 1.81 x 10 g/cm's
density of air 1.2 x 10~3 g/cm3
The basic relationship describing the mass transfer of a VOC from the
liquid in a quiescent impoundment to the air can be expressed as:
4-29
-------
E = KA
where E = emission rate (g/s)
K = volatilization rate constant (m/s)
A = liquid surface area (m )
CL - concentration of VOC in liquid phase (g/m3)
CG = concentration of VOC in gas phase (g/m3)
Since CQ is assumed negligible compared to CL, the equation simplifies to:
E = KACL
The volatilization rate constant (K) is estimated from a two-phase
resistant model that is based upon the liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient
(kL), the gas-phase mass transfer coefficient (kg), and Henry's law constant in
the form of a partition coefficient (Keq). The liquid-phase mass transfer
coefficient (UL) is calculated for a given UIQ and F/D using the following
equation:42'43
kL - [2.605 x 10~9 (F/D) + 1.277 x 10~7] Ui02 (Dw/8.5 x 10~6)'67 m/s
where: UIQ = windspeed = 4.47 m/s
F/D = fetch/depth = 24.3
kL = 4.2 x 10~6 m/s
The gas-phase mass transfer coefficient (kL) is calculated using:
kc = 4.82 x 10~3 U°-78 ScG ~'67 de ~'U (m/s)
where: SCQ = Schmidt No. for gas = 1.71
de = effective diameter = 43.7 m
kc = 7.1 x 10~3 m/s
The partition coefficient (Keq) is calculated as:
Keq = H/RT = .225
Volatilization rate constant (K) can now be calculated using:
1 = 1+ 1
K kL kc K
K = 4.2 x 10~6 m/
eq
m/s
To calculate the concentration in the liquid phase (CL), the
following is used:
4-30
-------
QC0 = KCLH + QCL
CL = QCO/(KA + Q)
where: Q = flow rate = 0.0016 m3/s
C0 = influent concentration = 1,000 g/m
CL = 198 g/m3
To estimate emissions (E), the equation presented above is used:
E = KACL = 1.25 g/s = 39 megagrams/year = 43 tons/year
Thus, benzene emissions from the surface impoundment are estimated to be
39 megagrams per year. Algorithms and example calculations for other TSDF
operations are located in Reference 41.
4.4.3 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS
A municipal solid waste landfill is regulated under Subtitle D of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and receives primarily household
and/or commercial waste. In the United States, approximately 209 million
megagrams of waste are received each year by an estimated 6,033 active
municipal solid waste landfills. About 54 percent of the 209 million megagrams
of waste is household waste and 28 percent is commercial waste.
VOC emissions are produced from municipal solid waste landfills by
three mechanisms: volatilization, chemical reaction, and biological
decomposition of liquid and solid compounds into other chemical species.
Factors affecting volatilization include: partial pressure of the constituent;
constituent concentration at the liquid-air interface; temperature; and
confining pressure. Chemical reactions are also affected by temperature, as
well as: waste composition; moisture content; and the practice of separate
disposal areas for different waste types. Factors affecting biological
decomposition are: nutrient and oxygen availability; refuse composition; age
of the landfill; moisture content; temperature; pH; and waste that is toxic to
bacteria.
An estimate of VOC emissions from landfills is more accurate if field test
data and gas generation rate models are used. Procedures for estimating
landfill air emissions are being developed by EPA in setting air standards for
municipal solid waste landfills. Until these procedures are available and if
field test data or if collection of the data is not feasible, average emission
factors may be used to estimate VOC emissions from municipal solid waste
landfills. However, the estimate of emissions will be a crude approximation
because of the many factors affecting landfill air emissions which are not
considered (e.g., age of landfilled waste, pH, refuse type, and composition).
An emission factor of 13.6 tons of VOC per year per million tons of refuse was
derived from field data collected by the South Coast Air Quality Management
District. Emissions of VOC were correlated to the amount of landfilled waste
using data from eleven landfills where the moisture content of the refuse was
4-31
-------
less than 30 percent. This emission factor represents an estimate of the
average annual emissions over the lifetime of a landfill and does not account
for changes in emissions over time.
Because the moisture content of a landfill has been found to affect the
rate of landfill gas generation, an additional emission factor was developed
for landfills where the moisture content of the landfill is average or above
average. The moisture content of a landfill is a function of the annual
precipitation in the area concerned as well as the type of refuse. This
additional factor of 2.6 was developed to take into account the effect of
average or above average moisture content using data from 20 landfills. To
predict emissions from a landfill located in a state with average or above
average precipitation, the additional factor of 2.6 is used in conjunction with
the 13.6 tons VOC per year per million tons of refuse. These states are
defined as the states with annual precipitation greater than 23 inches and
include all except the following twelve: Arizona, California, Colorado,
Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah,
and Wyoming. These emission factors should be used only in cases where a gross
approximation of emissions is needed. For a discussion of models and field
test procedures that can be used to generate a more reliable estimate of VOC
emissions from municipal solid waste landfills, see Reference 44.
4.4.4 SOLID WASTE INCINERATION
Solid waste may consist of any discarded solid materials from industrial,
commercial, or residential sources. The materials may be combustible or
noncombustible and are often burned to reduce bulk, unless direct burial is
either available or practical.
In some local areas, solid waste disposal by burning can be a significant
source of organic emissions. The area source solid waste VOC emissions
category includes on-site refuse disposal by residential, industrial, and
commercial/institutional sources. On-site incineration is the confined
burning of waste leaves, landscape refuse, or other refuse or rubbish. Slash
and large scale agricultural open burning are not included in this VOC emission
category. Large open burning dumps and municipal incinerators are usually
classed as point sources, but many smaller incinerators may be so classified,
depending on the needs of the agency. For emission inventory purposes, only
solid waste actually burned is of interest. Unfortunately, very little
quantitative information about on-site solid waste disposal is available.
Some locales have conducted comprehensive surveys of solid waste disposal
practices. Where such a survey is available, it should be used to estimate
solid waste quantities. Many such surveys cover only collected waste,
however, and are of limited value for determining on-site waste disposal
quantities.
If solid waste survey data are not available, quantities are usually
estimated by per capita generation factors. Nationwide, it is estimated that
about 10 pounds of solid waste are generated per capita per day. By
proportioning the various disposal methods, waste generation can be estimated
4-32
-------
for on-site incineration and open burning. In addition, data useful for
estimating area source solid waste quantities are available in several surveys
of nationwide solid waste disposal practices. It should be noted that
data on nationwide or regional solid waste generation may yield extremely
inaccurate predictions for local areas. The tremendous variation in solid
waste disposal practices from one community to another renders such nationwide
averages rough estimates at best. Furthermore, local regulations governing
solid waste disposal should be taken into account. In some areas and under
certain conditions, on-site incineration is regulated or may be prohibited. If
so, the corresponding generation factor(s) should not be applied. Under such
circumstances, assume that the solid waste normally allotted to on-site
disposal is handled by some method not involving burning, such as landfilling
or resource recovery.
4.4.4.1 On-Site Incineration
The waste generation factors given in Table 4.4-1 may be used with
appropriate emission factors for VOC, NOX, and CO in AP-42 to estimate on-site
solid waste incineration by residential, commercial/institutional, and
industrial sources. Care should be taken in the application of these waste
generation factors. If a number of on-site incinerators have been identified
as point sources, it may be appropriate to reduce or eliminate the area source
estimates. In addition, these factors are 1975 data and should be updated to
the inventory base year with procedures which can be obtained from NEDS
contacts in EPA Regional offices. If data are available from registration or
permit files for solid waste disposal equipment, these data may provide a more
accurate estimation of on-site incineration quantities than the factors given
here. Reference 48 presents additional data on incinerators, such as size of
units or controls, that may be useful in making more detailed estimates for
on-site incineration.
4.4.4.2 Open Burning
Little national data are available to estimate open burning activities.
However, since many areas require open burning permits, open burning can be
best estimated by contacting the most knowledgeable local official and by
taking into account the effects of any local open burning restrictions or
prohibition. If no local estimates can be made, the waste generation factors
in Table 4.4-2 may be used to estimate the quantity of solid waste to be
multiplied by the appropriate VOC, NOX, or CO emission factor from AP-42. Note
that the factors for residential and commercial/institutional open burning are
applied to rural populations. Also, these factors should be updated to
inventory base year levels using procedures available from NEDS contacts in EPA
Regional Offices.
4.5 SMALL STATIONARY SOURCE FOSSIL FUEL USE
This source category includes small boilers, furnaces, heaters, and other
heating units too small to be considered point sources. Note that both point
and area source combustion equipment produce only small amounts of organics
relative to most other sources. Thus, the agency many not consider it
4-33
-------
TABLE 4.4-1. FACTORS TO ESTIMATE TONS OF SOLID WASTE BURNED IN
ON-SITE INCINERATION3
EPA
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
National
average
Residential
(Tons/1000
(population/yr )
52
11
4
4
61
23
75
87
90
90
41
Commercial /Institutional
(Tons/1000 population/
yr)
64
65
54
23
87
33
37
49
5
29
50
Industrial
(Tons/1000 mfg
employees/yr )
125
180
560
395
420
345
325
430
80
170
335
References 21, 46, 47, 50,
TABLE 4.4-2. FACTORS TO ESTIMATE TONS OF SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL THROUGH
OPEN BURNING3
Residential
(Tons/1000
(population/yr)
Commercial/Institutional Industrial
(Tons/1000 population/ (Tons/1000 mfg
yr) employees/yr)
National
average
450£
24C
160
References 21, 46, 47, 49, 50.
b
For rural population only. Open burning assumed banned in urban areas.
4-34
-------
worthwhile to perform the detailed procedures given below if its primary
concern is updating the VOC inventory and if an existing inventory already
includes combustion. The procedures below may be followed if a detailed VOC
inventory is needed or if other pollutants, for example NOX or CO, from small
stationary source fuel combustion are of concern. Because VOC emissions from
this source are estimated by simply multiplying the typical quantity of fuel
used by an appropriate emission factor, the techniques below are designed to
yield fuel use data for various types of combustion equipment. Also, the same
methodologies can be used to estimate NOX and CO emissions.
Area source stationary source fuel use may be divided into three
categories: residential, commercial/institutional, and industrial.
Residential dwellings are all structures containing fewer than twenty living
units, so that large apartment houses are excluded. Commercial/institutional
facilities are establishments engaging in retail and wholesale trade, schools,
hospitals, government buildings, and apartment complexes with more than
twenty units per structure. The commercial/institutional category covers all
establishments defined by SIC groups 50-99. Industrial fuel combustion
includes all manufacturing establishments not classified as point sources.
These establishments are defined by SIC groups 20-39. Collectively, the
three categories account for all the stationary fuel combustion activities not
usually reported as point sources.
The area source fuel use total is determined by subtracting all fuel used
by point sources from the areawide total of fuel use. Hence, before a specific
methodology can be applied to calculate area source fuel use, the total fuel
consumed in an area must be determined. Such data are usually ootained from
fuel dealers and distributors, published references, or government regulatory
agencies. Some fuel retailers maintain sales records that can be a valuable
source of information for determining total fuel consumption. The information
needed from fuel dealers concerns their annual sales to each source category
(preferably by county). The area source totals of residential and
commercial/institutional fuel consumption are then simply the fuel dealers'
figures minus any fuel consumed by the fuel dealers. The accuracy of survey
results will be significantly reduced if some fuel dealers are overlooked. It
may be that not all fuel dealers will be able to furnish adequate information.
Generally, natural gas dealers can best furnish the required data. Other
dealers either are reluctant to release information, or simply do not have the
detailed breakdowns required.
Unfortunately, the above techniques cannot assure that fuel dealer sales
accurately represent fuel consumption. Sales of coal to industrial sources or
of wood to residential sources, for instance, may represent only a part of the
total fuel consumed, since much of the fuel consumed in some areas may not come
from retail dealers. Other methods should be used for those cases in which
fuel dealers cannot provide adequate data on total fuel sales. It should be
emphasized, however, that information provided by dealers, although perhaps
incomplete, can provide insights into fuel use patterns that would not be
discovered by other methods. An example questionnaire for obtaining fuel use
data from fuel suppliers is included in Reference 52.
4-35
-------
Published references are the most common sources of fuel use data.
Reports produced by the U.S. Department of Energy contain data on fuel sales
and distribution. The advantages of using this information are that data for
all parts of the nation are readily available and are updated every year. The
drawback to the use of this material is that fuel data are reported by state
only. They are not broken down into the desired source categories, and county
totals must be estimated by apportioning state totals. This geographical
apportioning step, which may also be necessary for data obtained from fuel
dealers, can become quite complicated and can involve a large number of
calculations.
Finally, useful data may sometimes be obtained from federal and state
regulatory agencies. The Federal Power Commission compiles data on fuel used
by electric utilities and on natural gas company sales and pipeline
distribution. ' State utility commissions may be able to provide similar
data. In addition, state revenue or tax departments may have data that would
be helpful for determining fuel usage.
4.5.1 FUEL OIL CONSUMPTION
Data collection for fuel oil consumption covers the use of both distillate
and residual oil. Distillate oil includes fuel oil grades 1, 2, and 4. Diesel
fuel and kerosene also can be considered distillate oils. Nationwide,
residential and commercial/institutional sources are the largest consumers of
distillate oil. Residual oil includes fuel oil grades 5 and 6. In most areas,
residual oil is not used by residential sources, but significant amounts may be
consumed by industrial and commercial/institutional users.
Literature data must be generally relied upon to determine total fuel oil
consumption. Local fuel dealers and government agencies usually have been
unable to supply adequate data on fuel use. The data published by the
Department of Energy in Petroleum Supply Monthly are the most acceptable.
For selected years, data are also available from the Census of Manufacturers,
published by the Bureau of the Census. This publication is not produced
annually, however, so it is of limited use for most area source inventory
purposes.
A procedure for determining area source fuel consumption can be found in
Census of Manufacturers and other publications. This procedure involves
calculating state fuel oil consumption, subtracting point source consumption
data, and allocating fuel oil use into county inventory area. A full
discussion of this method is found in the AEROS Manual Series, Volume 11.^
Due to the complexity of the method, it may be very cumbersome to apply on
a large scale. Persons who wish to obtain the computer output for selected
counties or further information may contact their EPA Regional Office or the
National Air Data Branch, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, MD-14, Research
Triangle Park, NC 27711.
A simplified version of the method (discussed in AEROS) can be employed,
but it sacrifices the accuracy of the results. Variations of the method may
4-36
-------
include using different correlative relationships to predict fuel oil use. For
instance, to predict distillate oil used for space heating, equations of the
following types may be used:
Oil consumed = # of oil burners x avg size (BTU/hr) x 8760 (hr/yr) x load
140,000 BTU/gallon
Oil consumed =
# of oil burners x heat loss (BTU/hr) x heating degree days x use factor
140,000 BTU/gallon x Design Range (°F)
where the heat loss is dependent on the average square feet of building space.
The design range is the difference between inside temperature and the design
outside temperature for an area.
Use of these relationships requires collection of substantially more
source data and determination of local load and use factors. Fuel oil trade
C Q
association publications, oil dealers, and utility companies may be able to
provide some of this information. Modifications of the above equations may
provide relationships for predicting residential, commercial/institutional, or
industrial space heating fuel oil use, which can be summed to obtain grid,
county, or state totals. The derived totals should be adjusted to conform with
the state totals given in literature. This step corrects for variations in
the parameters used in the above equations.
4.5.2 COAL CONSUMPTION
A determination of both anthracite and bituminous coal consumption may be
necessary. Anthracite, or hard coal, is found almost exclusively in
Pennsylvania and is used in significant quantities only in states within easy
shipping distance from Pennsylvania. Anthracite may be consumed by all source
categories, although most is used by residential sources. Mining of
bituminous, or soft coal, is more widespread than that of anthracite, so that
bituminous coal is available in most areas of the country. Also considered as
bituminous coal are lower grades of subbituminous coal and lignite. Bituminous
coal is often favored for use by electric utilities, industries, and coke
producers. Bituminous coal is used in some areas for residential and
commercial/institutional heating.
The same general techniques used for fuel oil may be adapted to determine
coal consumption. Residential coal use is calculated for each county with the
following equation:
Tons of coal per dwelling unit = 0.003874 e t7'6414 ' UOOO/degree days)]
The number of dwelling units using coal for space heating is obtained from
Reference 59 and is updated annually with additional data from Department of
Energy or Bureau of the Census data. Degree days are obtained from
Reference 60. The coal use predicted by the above equation is distributed
4-37
-------
between anthracite and bituminous coal based on the estimated residential
market share of each.61 Use of coal for other than space heating purposes is
ignored. Methods used for calculation of commercial/institutional and
industrial coal use are basically the same as those used for fuel oil. State
totals are obtained from References 62 and 63.
4.5.3 NATURAL GAS AND LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS CONSUMPTION
Few problems should be encountered in determining natural gas use by
county. Natural gas companies are usually excellent sources of data. If gas
companies are unable to supply adequate data, information from the Federal
Power Commission, state utilities commissions, and literature may be used.
Liquified petroleum gas (LPG) use may also be considered in area source
inventories. The LPG contribution to total emissions is not significant in
most areas. Wherever LPG use is considerable, however, it may be reported as
"equivalent natural gas" by assuming for emission calculations that each gallon
of LPG is equivalent to 100 cubic feet of natural gas.
Residential natural gas use by county is computed using the following
equation:
Therms of Natural Gas Consumed =
47.5 x A x B °-367 x ( C )°'588 x E °'125
D
Where: A = total number of natural gas customers
B = annual heating degree days
C = number of dwelling units using natural gas for space heating
D = the larger of the number of dwelling units using natural gas for
cooking or hot water heating
E = median number of rooms per dwelling unit.
Item A is obtained from American Gas Association reports, B from Local
60 fi^
Climatological Data, and C, D, and E from the Census of Housing. J For
annual updates of each parameter, contact the NEDS representative in any EPA
Regional Office.
The resulting natural gas use in therms (one therm = 100,000 BTU) is
converted to cubic feet on the basis of natural gas heating value (usually 1000
to 1050 BTU/cubic feet). Residential LPG use is computed by county, using a
simpler equation based only on number of dwelling units, heating degree days,
and a regional use factor for LPG consumed in cooking and water heating.
Therms of LPG consumed = (376 + 0.209 B) x H + (Ixj) + (KxL)
4-38
-------
Where: B = annual heating degree days
H = number of occupied dwelling units using LPG for space heating
I = regional average consumption for water heaters, therms
J = number of occupied dwelling units using LPG for water heating
K — regional average consumption for cook stoves, therms
L = number of occupied dwelling units using LPG for cooking.
Regional average therms consumed by water heaters and cooking have been
estimated by the American Gas Association and are summarized in Reference 61.
Commercial/institutional and industrial use of natural gas and LPG may be
estimated by using the same methodology presented for fuel oil use and by
obtaining state totals for fuel use from References 64 and 66. However, since
natural gas utility companies usually have excellent records of sales, data
preferably are obtained directly from the gas company. If records are not
detailed enough to give county totals, some apportioning may be necessary. If
fuel use totals for these categories can be obtained directly, use of the
equations and procedures for commercial/institutional subcategories can be
avoided. This step is particularly desirable for a detailed source inventory,
since the equations in this section do not always yield accurate predictions of
fuel use in a small area.
4.5.4 OTHER FUELS
Other fuels which may appear as area source fuels are wood, coke, and
process gas. Census of Housing data may be used to estimate residential
consumption of wood, according to the following equation: '
Residential wood use (tons/yr) = 0.0017 x NHUHW x HDG x ARPH
Where: NHUHW = number of housing units heating with wood
HDG = heating degree days
ARPH = average room per housing unit
Commercial/institutional and industrial wood use are usually ignored,
unless surveys of potential sources indicate that wood is consumed by small
sources in significant quantities. The most common users of wood as fuel are
those wood processing plants that burn wood waste.
Users of coke and process gas can usually be identified only through
questionnaire surveys. Neither of these fuels will be used by establishments
which are classed as area sources. Process gas use is most common in petroleum
refineries, certain chemical processing industries, and iron and steel mills.
Coke is consumed mainly by iron and steel mills and foundries.
4-39
-------
4.6 OTHER AREA SOURCES
Area sources yet to be discussed are forest fires, slash burning and
prescribed burning, agricultural burning, structure fires, orchard heaters,
leaking underground storage tanks, and natural organic sources. Although often
intermittent in nature, many of these sources can produce large quantities of
air pollutant emissions. Some of these sources, such as orchard heaters and
certain kinds of agricultural burning, are not active during the oxidant
season. These area sources are discussed briefly in this section, along with
techniques for making crude emission estimates.
4.6.1 FOREST FIRES
Organic emissions from forest fires in certain rural areas can be very
large, at least in the short term. Estimates of the quantity and types of
growth burned in a given area should be available from the U.S. Forest Service,
state forestry or agriculture departments, or local fire protection agencies.
If local estimates are not available, the U.S. Forest Service annually
publishes Wildfire Statistics, which gives the total acreage burned for each
state. However, this document does not provide burned acreage by county, so
local fire and forestry officials should be consulted for estimates. If
sufficient information cannot be obtained from local officials, the state total
from Wildfire Statistics should be apportioned to counties according to forest
acreage per county. If this information is not available from the appropriate
state or local agency, the total acreage burned can be divided equally among
counties with significant forest acreage,.as shown on state maps.
The determination of tons of growth burned per acre ("fuel loading") is
equally important. Local officials should be contacted for this information.
The emissions in the study area are then obtained by multiplying the
appropriate emission factor for VOC, NOX, or CO in AP-42 by the fuel loading,
then multiplying this product by the amount of forest acreage burned.
Average fuel loadings, emission factors, and estimates of organic
emissions from forest fires in the various U.S. Forest Service Regions are
presented in Section 11.1 in AP-42.
4.6.2 SLASH BURNING AND PRESCRIBED BURNING
Waste from logging operations is often burned under controlled conditions
to reduce the potential fire hazard in forests and to remove brush that can
serve as a host for destructive insects. Prescribed burning is used as a
forest management practice to establish favorable seedbeds, remove competing
underbrush, accelerate nutrient cycling, control tree pests, and contribute
other ecological benefits.
Officials from the U.S. Forest Service and/or state forestry departments
should be contacted for estimates of the area burned and the fuel loading
(material burned per acre). If an estimate of the fuel loading cannot be
obtained from these or other sources, a fuel loading factor of 75 tons per acre
for slash burning and 3 tons per acre for prescribed burning can be used.
4-40
-------
Prescribed burning can exhibit a seasonal and a diurnal variation.
Determining when to burn a stand of trees may involve: selection of the year
to burn; selection of the proper stage in the growing cycle, which means the
proper season of the year; and selection of the times when favorable weather
and fuel moisture conditions prevail. Local or state officials should be
contacted to determine when prescribed burning is most likely to occur in a
given area. The emission inventory can then be adjusted accordingly.
4.6.3 AGRICULTURAL BURNING
This source category covers agricultural burning practices used to clear
and/or prepare land for planting. Operations included under this category are
stubble burning, burning of agricultural crop residues, and burning of standing
field crops as part of harvesting (e.g., sugar cane). Little published
information is available on this subject, so burning activity estimates must be
determined through state agriculture departments or extension services.
Average fuel loadings and organic emission factors for various wastes are
provided in Section 2.4 of AP-42. In some cases, agricultural burning may be
reported under residential open burning.
4.6.4 STRUCTURE FIRES
Building fires can also produce short term emissions of organic compounds.
The best procedure for determining information for this source category is to
contact local fire departments, fire protection associations (e.g., the
National Fire Protection Association), and other agencies for an estimate of
the number of structure fires in each county during the year. In the absence
of such information, an average of six fires per 1,000 people per year can be
assumed.
Estimates of the material burned is obtained by multiplying the number of
structure fires by a fuel loading factor of 6.8 tons of material per fire.
Emission factors for VOC, NOX, and CO can be obtained from the OAQPS Technical
Tables.71
4.6.5 ORCHARD HEATERS
In areas where frost threatens orchards, heaters may be used in cold
portions of the growing season. County or state agriculture departments will
often have data on the number and types of orchard heaters in use. Data can
also be obtained from some of the citrus grove operators in the area. . These
sources should also be able to furnish the period of time the units are fired
during the year. An estimate should also be obtained of the number of units
fired at any one time. These data may be used to determine heater hours of
operation. Emission factors for orchard heaters are presented in Chapter 6 of
AP-42. Since the use of heaters does not coincide with the usual months of
high ozone formation, this source will be of little concern. However, in some
locales, fueled heaters may be left in the orchards for major portion of the
4-41
-------
year. This practice will increase evaporative emissions and should be
accounted for in the inventory.
4.6.6 LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS
It is estimated that in the United States between 100,000 and 400,000
underground storage tanks (UST) may be leaking. Many of these tanks are over
15 years old and are constructed of steel, which may rust over time. The
underground piping connected to these tanks also has the potential to leak.
Leaking UST are of concern because they may result in the contamination of
drinking water, subsurface soils, and ground and surface water, and may emit
toxic and/or explosive vapors. The contaminated soil and water may themselves
emit VOC.
Although there are currently no national regulations in place for limiting
emissions from leaking UST, research necessary to support estimates of
emissions from leaking UST and from contaminated soil and water are under
development. If a leaking UST is treated as a small point source, emissions
from the tank and the area immediately surrounding it can be estimated from
actual monitoring of the site and/or from remediation activities.
Remediation can be accomplished by various methods including: soil
venting, air stripping of VOC in water, soil aeration, product recovery, and
carbon adsorption. Each of these methods accounts for initial and final
contaminant levels. Many states require monthly reports containing initial
and final contaminant levels in order to monitor the progress of remediation.
By noting the length of time over which remediation takes place and by adding
up the contaminant level emitted over time, an estimate can be made of
emissions from a particular site.
4.7 MOBILE SOURCES
For inventory purposes, this category is broken down into highway and
nonhighway sources. Highway vehicles included automobiles, buses, trucks, and
other vehicles traveling on established highway networks. In contrast,
nonhighway sources consists of mobile combustion sources such as railroads,
aircraft, marine vessels, off-road motorcycles, snowmobiles, farm equipment,
construction equipment, industrial equipment, and lawn and garden equipment.
Inventory methods of highway and nonhighway mobile source emissions are
distinctly different. Highway vehicles are most often inventoried with traffic
data compiled by transportation agencies. Development of a highway vehicle
emission inventory can be divided into three main technical areas: development
of transportation activity data, generation of vehicle emission factors, and
use of appropriate emission calculation methods. Information on transportation
activity in the area of concern is collected and processed into a suitable data
base for use in emission estimation. Appropriate highway vehicle emission
factors are generated. Emission factors and transportation activity data are
then combined using appropriate calculation methods to produce an inventory
suitable to the analytical level of the overall state implementation plan (SIP)
process, within the constraints of the available data resources.
4-42
-------
In most cases, transportation activity data development is based on
transportation planning data at the most disaggregated level that can be
obtained from the local metropolitan planning organization. Emission factors
are generated using the current recommended version of the EPA MOBILE emission
factor model. At this writing, the current version of the EPA emission
factor model is MOBILES. Major revisions to the MOBILE model are expected to
be included in an updated MOBILE4. Availability of MOBILE4 and descriptive
documentation is projected for early 1989. This updated MOBILE4 is being
produced especially for use in the upcoming ozone SIP preparation cycle. It
will include capabilities for estimating diurnal and RVP-specific evaporative
emissions, on-board evaporative emission controls, RVP control programs, and
other new options not available in the currently documented MOBILES. The
MOBILEA manual and additional SIP guidance will be necessary for state
implementation of these new capabilities and for the definition of national-
level VOC control programs which should be assumed in SIP analyses, such as
gasoline marketing controls.
Inventory methods for nonhighway vehicles vary depending on the source.
Aircraft emissions, for example, are generally based on the number of landing
and takeoff (LTO) cycles performed. Aircraft emission factors can be expressed
either in terms of the quantity of organics emitted per LTO cycle or of the
quantity of organics emitted per hour in each mode of LTO operation.
Railroads, marine vessels, off-highway motorcycles, and various types of
equipment are often inventoried by determining fuel use. Emission estimates
are based either on the total amount of fuel used or on total work output.
AP-A2 is commonly used to provide emission factors for nonhighway mobile
sources.
Off-highway internal combustion engines are both gasoline and diesel fuel-
powered. The first category includes farm tractors, lawnmowers, motorcycles,
and snowmobiles. The latter category also includes farm tractors as well as
construction equipment, emergency generator power units, and compressor
engines. While each of these source categories may be relatively small in many
areas, their collective emission rates can be significant.
The following publications should be referred to for guidance on
inventorying mobile sources:
o AP-A2, Volume II; Mobile Sources73
o Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volume IV; Mobile
Sources'"^
o Users' Guide to MOBILES75
o How to Perform the Transportation Portion of Your State Air Quality
Implementation Plan
o Guidelines for Review of Highway Source Emission Inventories for 1982
State Implementation Plans
4-43
-------
Example Emission Inventory Documentation for 1982 Ozone State
Implementation Plants (SIPs)7S ~
4-44
-------
References for Chapter 4.0
1. AEROS Manual Series, Volume I; AEROS Overview. EPA-450/2-76-001a,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
December 1983.
2. AEROS Manual Series. Volume II; AEROS User's Manual, EPA-450/2-76-029,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
December 1976.
3. AEROS Manual Series, Volume III; Summary and Retrieval, Second Edition,
EPA-450/2-76-009a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, July 1977.
4. Hydrocarbon Control Strategies for Gasoline Marketing Operations,
EPA-450/3-78-017, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, April 1978.
5. Design Criteria for Stage I Vapor Control Systems for Gasoline Service
Stations, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
NC, November 1975.
6. Nonattainment Workshops presented by The Florida Department of
Environmental Regulation at the University of Central Florida, Orlando,
FL, June 28-29, 1979.
7. W.H. Lamason, "Analysis of Vapor Recovery for the Gasoline Marketing
Industry," Pinellas County Department of Environmental Management,
Clearwater, FL, December 1979. Unpublished.
8. Highway Statistics, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway
Administration, Washington, DC. Annual publication.
9. 1982 Census of Retail Trade, Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of
Commerce, Washington, DC. (1987 version expected at end of 1988.)
10. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Fourth Edition and
Supplements, AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1985.
11. Emission Inventory for Enforcement of New Source Review Policies, EPA
Contract No. 68-01-4148, Pacific Environmental Services, Inc., Santa
Monica, CA, April 1979.
12. Florida Oxidant SIP Assistance, Phase I: VOC Emissions Inventory,
EPA-904/9-79-029a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Atlanta, GA,
February 1979.
4-45
-------
13= Emission Inventories for Urban Airshed Model Application in Tulsa
Oklahoma, EPA-450/4-80-021, Monitoring and Data Analysis Division, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
September 1980.
14 „ Tampa Bay Photochemical Oxidant Study; Assessment of Anthropogenic
Hydrocarbon and Nitrogen Dioxide Emissions in the Tampa Bay Area,
EPA-904/9-77-016, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Atlanta, GA,
September 1978.
15. Air Emissions Species Manual, Volume li VOC Species Profiles,
EPA-450/2-88-Q03a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, April 1988.
16. Control Techniques for Volatile Organic Emissions From Stationary Sources,
EPA-450/2-78-022, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1978.
17. Control of Organic Emissions from Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems,
EPA-450/2-78-050, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1978.
18. W. H. Lamason, "Technical Discussion of Per Capita Emission Factors and
National Emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds for Several Area Source
Emission Inventory Categories," Monitoring and Data Analysis Division,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
July 1980.
19. End Use of Solvents Containing Volatile Organic Compounds,
EPA-450/3-79-032, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1979.
20. Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent Metal Cleaning,
EPA-450/2-77-022, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, November 1977-
21. County Business Patterns, U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the
Census, Washington, DC. Annual publication.
22. Control Techniques Guideline for Architectural Surface Coatings, EPA
Contract No. 68-02-2611, Acurex Corporation, Mountain View, CA,
February 1979.
23. Emission Inventory/Factor Workshop, Volume II, EPA-450/3-78-042b,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
May 1978.
24. Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources,
Volume II; Surface Coating of Cans. Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobile
and Light-Duty Trucks, EPA-450/2-77-088, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1977.
4-46
-------
25. Air Pollution Engineering Manual, Second Edition, AP-40, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1973.
Out of print.
26. Written communication from Bill Lamason, to Chuck Mann, Monitoring and
Data Analysis Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1980.
27. Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources,
Volume VI: Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products,
EPA-450/2-78-015, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, June 1978.
28. Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources,
Volume VIII; Graphic Arts - Rotogravure and Flexography,
EPA-450/2-78-033, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1977.
29. Control of Volatile Organic Compound From Use of Cutback Asphalt, EPA-
450/2-77-037, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1977
30. Asphalt Usage 1985 - United States and Canada, The Asphalt Institute,
College Park, MD, July 1986.
31. Steve Leung, et al., "Air Pollution Emissions Associated with Pesticide
Applications in Fresno County", California Air Resources Board Report
No. 77-E-02, Eureka Laboratories, Inc., Sacramento, CA, December 1978.
32. F.J. Wiens, A Methodology for Reactive Organic Gas Emissions Assessment of
Pesticide Usage in California, (Draft Interim Report), California Air
Resources Board, 1977-
33. William H. Lamason (USEPA) and Michael B. Rogozen (SAIC), "Development of
VOC Species Profiles and Emission Factors for Twenty Consumer and
Commercial Products," presented at 81st Annual Meeting, Air Pollution
Control Association, June 1988.
34. Report to Congress on the Discharge of Hazardous Waste to Publicly Owned
Treatment Works (The Domestic Sewage Study), EPA/530-SW-86-004, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Regulations and
Standards, Washington, DC, February 1986.
35. Fate of Priority Pollutants in Publicly Owned Treatment Works: Volume 1,
Final Report, EPA-450/1-82-303, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Effluent Guidelines Division, Washington, DC, September 1982.
36. Telephone communication with Cynthia L. Green, Regional Ozone Specialist,
Air Programs Branch, U.S. EPA Region I, Boston, Massachusetts, April 1988.
4-47
-------
37. Telephone communication with Roch Baamonde, Environmental Engineer, Air
Programs Branch, U.S. EPA Region II, New York, New York, April 1988.
38. Written communication on VOC sampling at two POTWs in Illinois from
Rebecca Calby, Ambient Assessment Unit, to Steve Rothblatt, Chief, Air and
Radiation Branch, U.S. EPA Region V, Chicago, Illinois, July 23, 1987.
39. Telephone communication with Penny Lassiter, Chemical and Petroleum
Branch, Emission Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, Durham, NC, April 1988.
40. Technical Tables to the 1984 Needs Survey Report to Congress; Assessment
of Needed Publicly Owned Wastewater Treatment Facilities in the United
States, EPA-430/9-84-011, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Municipal Pollution Control, Washington, DC, February 1985.
41. Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities (TSDF) - Air
Emission Models, EPA-450/3-87-026, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, December 1987.
42. Springer, C., P.O. Lunney, and K.T. Valsaraj. Emission of Hazardous
Chemicals from Surface and Near Surface Impoundments to Air. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
Division, Cincinnati, OH. Project Number 808161-02. December 1984.
43. GCA Corporation. Air Emissions for Quiescent Surface Impoundments—
Emissions Data and Model Review. Draft Technical Note. Prepared for U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-6871, Assignment 49.
August 1985. p. 5-1.
44. Radian Corporation. Municipal Landfill Air Emissions. Draft of Chapter 3
of Background Information Document for Municipal Landfills. Prepared for
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, March 1988.
45. R.J Black, et al., The National Solid Waste Survey: An Interim Report,
U.S. Public Health Service, Rockville, MD, 1968.
46. National Survey of Community Solid Waste Practices: Interim Report, U.S.
Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1968.
47. National Survey of Community Solid Waste Practices; Preliminary Data
Analysis, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati,
OH, 1968.
48. Ronald J. Brinkerhoff, "Inventory of Intermediate Size Incinerators in the
United States - 1972," Pollution Engineering, 5(ll):33-38, November 1973.
49. OAQPS Data File of Nationwide Emissions, 1971, Monitoring and Data
Analysis Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1973. Unpublished report.
4-48
-------
50. Census of Population, Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce,
Washington, DC. Decennial publication.
51. Standard Industrial Classification Manual, Executive Office of the
President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC, 1987.
52. Development of Questionnaires for Various Emission Inventory Uses,
EPA-450/3-78-122, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, June 1979.
53. "Steam Electric Plant Air and Water Quality Control Data for the Year
Ended December 31, 19 ," Federal Power Commission Form 67-
54. "Natural Gas Companies Annual Report," Federal Power Commission Forms 2
and 2-A.
55. Petroleum Supply Monthly, Energy Information Administration, U.S.
Department of Energy, Washington, DC. Monthly publication.
56. 1982 Census of Manufacturers; Subject Series, "Fuels and Electricity
Consumed," U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC, 1982. (1987
version expected at end of 1988.)
57- Development of a Methodology to Allocate Liquid Fossil Fuel Consumption by
County, EPA-450/3-74-021, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, March 1974.
58. Fuel Trades Fact Book, New England Fuel Institute, Boston, MA, 1973.
59. 1980 Census of Housing, "Detailed Housing Characteristics," HC-B Series,
Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC, 1980.
60. Local Climatological Data: Annual Summary with Comparative Data, U.S.
Department of Commerce, Washington, DC. Annual publication.
61. 1980 National Emissions Data System (NEDS) Fuel Use Report, Monitoring and
Data Analysis Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, October 1980. Unpublished.
62. Coal - Bituminous and Lignite, Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the
Interior, Washington, DC, 1970.
63. 1980 Census of Housing, "Advance Report," Series HC-(Vl), Bureau of the
Census, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC, 1981.
64. Energy Information Administration, Department of Energy, Washington, D.C.
65. Natural Gas Monthly, Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of
Energy, Washington, DC. Monthly publication.
4-49
-------
66. G. Ozolins and R. Smith, A Rapid Survey Technique of Estimating Community
Air Pollution Emissions, 999-AP-29, U.S. Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, October 1966.
67« Wildfire Statistics, Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, DC. Annual publication.
68« Arthur A. Brown and Kenneth P. Davis. 1973. Forest Fire Control and Use.
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. 684 pp.
69. Statistical Abstract of the United States, Bureau of the Census, U.S.
Department of Commerce, Washington, DC. Annual publication.
70. Pacific Environmental Services. Procedures Document for Development of
National Air Pollution Emission Trends Report. Prepared for U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC, December 1985.
71. Technical Tables to the National Air Pollution Emissions Estimates, 1940-
1984, EPA-450/4-85-014, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC,
January 1986.
72. Office of Underground Storage Tanks (OUST), Office of Solid Waste, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.
73. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emissions Factors; Volume II; Mobile
Sources, Fourth Edition, AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Mobile Source Air Pollution Control, Ann Arbor, MI, September
1985.
74. Procedures for Emission Inventory Preparation, Volume IV; Mobile Sources,
EPA-450/4-81-026d, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, September 1981.
75. User's Guide to MOBILE3, EPA-460/3-84-002, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Mobile Sources, Ann Arbor, MI, June 1984. (MOBILE4
currently under development.)
76. How to Perform the Transportation Portion of Your State Air Quality
Implementation Plan, Technical Guidance of the U.S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, and the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, DOT/FHWA 6/80, November 1978.
77. Guidelines for Review of Highway Source Emission Inventories for 1982
State Implementation Plans, EPA-400/12-80-002, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Air, Noise and Radiation, Washington, DC,
December 1980.
4-50
-------
78. Example Emission Inventory Documentation for 1982 Ozone State
Implementation Plans (SIPs), EPA-450/4-80-033, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March 1981.
4-51
-------
5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5.1 PURPOSE
Quality assurance (QA) procedures are used to ensure that data meet a
specific level of quality. QA is the result of planning and implementing steps
to ensure and document data quality. A well-designed QA program promotes
user/agency confidence in the data, provides a better assessment of emission
inputs to air quality models, and lowers program costs for subsequent data base
maintenance.
Conventional QA procedures defined by EPA govern the acquisition and
analysis of environmental measurements. These procedures commonly address the
fundamental concepts of data accuracy (assessing the difference between
measured and true values). Emission inventories are based on emission
estimates, and QA procedures actually involve checking the comprehensiveness
and reasonableness - not the accuracy or precision - of the data.
QA functions in both preventive and corrective manners. It is important
to identify the component processes of an inventory effort, estimate the
potential locations and impacts of errors, and develop techniques to control
(i.e., prevent) and correct errors. Errors can occur in the inventory process
as well as in the data.
5.2 GENERAL PROCEDURES
A QA program applied to an emission inventory would have three general
types of procedures:
o Standard operating procedures
o Error identification and correction techniques
o Product quality and reliability determinations.
These three procedures operate during the four phases of the emission inventory
process previously discussed: planning, data collection and analysis, data
handling, and data reporting.
Standard operating procedures should be outlined during the planning
effort. Properly designed standard operating procedures will serve a
preventive role as well as to direct the corrective process. These procedures
include organizational planning to designate resources and personnel to the QA
process, personnel training, project planning, and development of
step-by-step procedures for technical tasks. Designation of a QA coordinator
at this time will aid in standard application of the QA procedures and
establishment of communication lines. Communication of QA procedures to
affected personnel is vital to the effort, and includes the development of
standardized formats to report the results of the inventory and QA processes.
Identification and correction techniques for errors provide the quality
control process for the data. These techniques include identification of
5-1
-------
potential sources of error and an evaluation of their impacts so that
proportionally greater resources can be focused on the errors with the greatest
impact. The planning process locates checkpoints for optimal problem
detection, and identifies provisions for timely correction of problems. The
correction processes operate during the data collection and analysis and data
handling procedures.
Product quality and reliability determinations, in the context of an
emission inventory, include periodic review of the entire inventory process and
development of standards against which to test the reasonableness of results.
These procedures are useful in judging an inventory as well as in maintaining a
data base. A system audit is advised to maintain efficient use of resources.
5.3 ERROR IDENTIFICATION AND CORRECTION
Two types of errors arise in a VOC inventory effort: errors in the actual
data and errors in data processing. In order to identify potential errors,
tests for comprehensiveness and reasonableness are used. Critical errors,
i.e., those having the greatest impact on inventory results, should be the
subject of the greatest QA emphasis. Comprehensiveness refers to the
completeness of an inventory in terms of facilities, data, and currentness.
Reasonableness encompasses the internal consistency of data elements and the
validity of data based on standard ranges for each element. Typical errors and
error sources are listed in Table 5.3-1.
Comprehensiveness checks are used to locate missing sources or missing
data. Manual comparison with other inventories, permit data bases, or
independently derived lists identifies sources which may be missing. Missing
data elements can be discovered through manual spot checking of the raw and
processed data, or identified through computerized edit routines.
Reasonableness checks involve compilation of standard parameter ranges and
application of the ranges to the inventory data. A computerized data handling
system is well-suited to this task. Where standard emission factors are used,
a computerized system can compute and/or check emission calculations. Emission
and inventory data can then be screened for missing data, implausible entries,
and conformity of results with known data relationships. The National Air Data
Branch (NADB), as part of the NEDS, has developed some 50 parameters and
internal consistency checks for the NEDS inventory. In addition, ranges can
be developed by using local/regional data and statistical tools to define
typical ranges, or by applying staff experience and engineering judgment. If a
computerized system is not available, spot checking can be used to locate
errors or systematic problems. Table 5.3-2 shows valid heat contents by SCC,
as found in NEDS. Tables 5.3-3 and 5.3-4 give NEDS control equipment codes and
percent efficiency range by emission control equipment code, respectively.
"Application of these techniques to locate and correct errors can occur
throughout the inventory process. However, the QA process is more easily
monitored and standardized when discrete points are chosen for the checks.
Four easily identified milestones in the inventory process can serve as
checkpoints; these also serve to formalize and document QA efforts:
5-2
-------
TABLE 5.3-1. ERRORS AND ERROR SOURCES IN THE EMISSION INVENTORY PROCESS
Error
Potential
sources
Related
procedure category
Missing facilities or
sources
Duplicate facilities or
sources
Missing operating or
technical data or
pollutants
Erroneous technical
data
Improper facility
location data
Inconsistent area source
categories or point
source sizes
Inaccurate or outdated
data
Errors in calculations
Permit and inventory systems out of phase;
errors in estimating potential emissions; lost
paperwork; problems with computer file updates
Name changes through corporate acquisitions; use
of multiple data sources with different source
numbering schemes
Ambiguous data request forms; intentional dele-
tion by facility staff; inadequate followup
procedures; inadequate project control, i.e., no
tentative indication of inventory size
Misinterpretation of data request instructions;
assumed units, faulty conversions, etc.; inten-
tional misrepresentation by the facility; poor
handwriting
Recording coordinates of facility headquarters
instead of the operating facility; inability of
technicians to read maps; changes in UTM zones
Failure to designate inventory cutoffs
Use of data without Quality Assurance or update
policies
Transcription of digits; decimal errors;
entering wrong numbers on a calculator; mis-
interpreting emission factor applications;
error in automated calculation system
All categories
Data collection
Data collection,
task planning
Data collection
Data collection,
technical procedures
Task planning
Task planning
Technical procedures
-------
TABLE 5.3-1. ERRORS AND ERROR SOURCES IN THE EMISSION INVENTORY PROCESS (continued)
Error
Potential
sources
Related
procedure category
Errors in emission
estimates
Reported emissions wrong
by orders of magnitude
Imprecise emission factors; applying the wrong
emission factor; errors in throughput estimates;
improper interpretation of combined sources;
errors in unit conversions; faulty assumptions
about control device efficiency} ranges of
sulfur/ash contents in fuels
Recording the wrong SCC code for subsequent
computer emission calculations; ignoring
implied decimals on computer coding sheets;
transposition errors; data coding field
adjustment
Technical procedures
Data recording and
reporting
-------
TABLE 5.3-2. VALID HEAT CONTENTS BY SCC2
(* indicates that any number is accepted)
HEAT
SCC CODE
101001**
101002**
101003**
101004**
101005**
101006**
101007**
101008**
101009**
101011**
101012**
101013**
102001**
102002**
102003**
102004**
102005**
102006**
102007**
102008**
102009**
102010**
102011**
102012**
102013**
MIN
20
18
10
145
130
850
0
24
7
0
10
130
20
18
10
145
130
850
0
24
7
85
0
10
100
MAX
30
30
20
160
150
1200
1200
35
20
18
30
160
30
30
20
160
150
1200
1200
35
20
110
18
30
160
HEAT
SCC CODE
103001**
103002**
103003**
103004**
103005**
103006**
103007**
103009**
103010**
103012**
103013**
10500105
10500106
10500110
10500205
10500206
10500209
10500210
201001**
201002**
201009**
202001**
202002**
20200301
202004**
MIN
20
16
10
145
130
850
0
7
85
10
100
130
850
85
130
850
7
85
130
850
125
130
850
120
130
MAX
30
30
20
160
150
1200
1200
20
110
30
160
150
1200
110
150
1200
20
110
150
1200
145
150
1200
140
150
5-5
-------
TABLE 5.3-2. VALID HEAT CONTENTS BY SCC2 (continued)
HEAT
SCC CODE
2Q2005**
2Q2009**
203001**
203002**
203003**
204*****
30190099
30400406
30400407
30500206
30500207
30500208
30600101
30600102
30600103
30600104
306009**
390001**
390002**
390003**
390004**
390005**
390006**
MIN
145
125
130
850
120
*
*
130
850
850
145
130
*
*
130
700
*
20
16
10
145
130
850
MAX
160
145
150
1200
140
*
*
150
1200
1200
160
150
*
*
160
1200
*
30
30
20
160
150
1200
HEAT
SCC CODE
390007**
390008**
390009**
390010**
390012**
390013**
40201001
40201002
40201003
40201004
50190005
50190006
50190010
50290005
50290006
50290010
50390005
50390006
50390010
50390097
50390098
50390099
MIN
0
24
7
85
10
100
850
130
145
85
130
850
85
130
850
85
130
850
85
*
*
^u
MAX
1200
35
20
110
30
160
1200
150
160
110
150
1200
110
150
1200
110
150
1200
110
*
*
*
For all SCC's not listed above, the heat content should be zero,
5-6
-------
TABLE 5.3-3. POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION2
ID Number Control Device/Method
000 No equipment
001 Wet Scrubber - High Efficiency
002 Wet Scrubber - Medium Efficiency
003 Wet Scrubber - Low Efficiency
OOA Gravity Collector - High Efficiency
005 Gravity Collector - Medium Efficiency
006 Gravity Collector - Low Efficiency
007 Centrifugal Collector - High Efficiency
008 Centrifugal Collector - Medium Efficiency
009 Centrifugal Collector - Low Effficiency
010 Electrostatic Precipitator - High Efficiency
Oil Electrostatic Precipitator - Medium Efficiency
012 Electrostatic Precipitator - Low Efficiency
013 Gas Scrubber (general, not classified)
014 Mist Eliminator - High Velocity, i.e., v>250 ft/min
015 Mist Eliminator - Low Velocity, i.e., v<250 ft/min
016 Fabric Filter - High Temperature, i.e., T>250 F
017 Fabric Filter - Medium Temperature, i.e., 180 F
-------
TABLE 5.3-3. POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION2
(continued)
ID Number Control Device/Method
030 Use of Fuel with Low Nitrogen Content
031 Air Injection
032 Ammonia Injection
033 Control of % 02 in Combustion Air (Off-Stoichiometric Firing)
034 Wellman-Lord/Sodium Sulfite Scrubbing
035 Magnesium Oxide Scrubbing
036 Dual Alkali Scrubbing
037 Citrate Process Scrubbing
038 Ammonia Scrubbing
039 Catalytic Oxidation - Flue Gas Desulfurization
040 Alkalized Alumina
041 Dry Limestone Injection
042 Wet Limestone Injection
043 Sulfuric Acid Plant - Contact Process
044 Sulfuric Acid Plant - Double Contact Process
045 Sulfur Plant
046 Process Change
047 Vapor Recovery System (including condensers, hooding, and
other enclosures)
048 Activated Carbon Adsorption
049 Liquid Filtration System
050 Packed-Gas Absorption Column
051 Tray-Type Gas Absorption Column
052 Spray Tower
053 Venturi Scrubber
054 Process Enclosed
055 Impingement Plate Scrubber
056 Dynamic Separator (Dry)
057 Dynamic Separator (Wet)
5-8
-------
TABLE 5.3-3. POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION2
(continued)
ID Number Control Device/Method
' 058 Mat or Panel Filter
059 Metal Fabric Filter Screen (Cotton Gins)
060 Process Gas Recovery
061 Dust Suppression by Water Sprays
062 Dust Suppression by Chemical Stabilizers of Wetting Agents
063 Gravel Bed Filter
064 Annular Ring Filter
065 Catalytic Reduction
066 Molecular Sieve
067 Wet Lime Slurry Scrubbing
068 Alkaline Fly Ash Scrubbing
069 Sodium Carbonate Scrubbing
070 Sodium-Alkali Scrubbing
071 Fluid Bed Dry Scrubber
072 Tube and Shell Condenser
073 Refrigerated Condenser
074 Barometric Condenser
080 Chemical Oxidation
081 Chemical Reduction
082 Ozonation
083 Chemical Neutralization
084 Activated Clay Adsorption
085 Wet Cyclonic Separator
086 Water Curtain
087 Nitrogen Blanket
088 Conservation Vent
089 Bottom Filling
090 Conversion to Variable Vapor Space Tank
091 Conversion to Floating Roof Tank
5-9
-------
TABLE 5.3-3. POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION2
(continued)
ID Number Control Device/Method
092 Conversion to Pressurized Tank
093 Submerged Filling
094 Underground Tank
095 White Paint
099 Miscellaneous Control Devices
For the particulate control devices (wet scrubbers, gravity collectors,
centrifugal collectors, and electrostatic precipitators), the efficiency ranges
correspond to the following percentages:
High: 95 - 99+
Medium: 80 - 95
Low: < 80
5-10
-------
TABLE 5.3-4. PERCENT EFFICIENCY RANGE BY EMISSION BY CONTROL EQUIPMENT CODE2
Cnt rl . Equ
ft
000
001
002
003
001
005
006
007
uurt
009
OIO
on
012
on
OH
OI5
Olb
01 1
oia
019
020
021
022
023
021
(),"j
026
027
02U
029
0 3 0
031
ip.
P.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Valid for Par
S. II. V. C. Mtn.
X X X X
X 95
X 00
X 70
95
00
20
95
80
20
95
00
60
X X X X
X 70
X 50
X 75
X 80
X 00
X X 80
X X 00
X X 25
X X 25
X X 25
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
t
Max.
HOT
99.9
95.0
00.0
99.9
95.0
00.0
99.9
95.0
00.0
99.9
95.0
00.0
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
95.0
95.0
70.0
70.0
90.0
b
Min.
VALl
75
60
30
70
70
50
20
20
20
% E
Do
Max.
OATEO
97.0
75.0
60.0
99.0
99.0
99.0
00.0
00.0
00.0
Efficiency Range
HOX VUL LU
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
70 99.0 70 99.0 70.0 99.0
90 99.0 90.0 99.9
90 99.0 90.0 99.9
94 99.9 99.0 99.9
91 99.9 - 99.0 99.9
90 99.9 95.0 99.9
20 00.0
20 60.0
20 70.0
20 60.0
20 70.0
10 60.0
10 70.0
10 00.0
-------
Ui
I-
NJ
Cntrl. Li
H
032
033
031
035
036
037
030
039
010
011
012
013
Oil
015
016
017
010
049
050
051
052
053
051
055
056
057
050
059
060
061
062
[|uip.
P.
.X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Valid for
S. N. V. C.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X
X
X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X
Part
Mln.
10
50
70
70
90
90
50
20
20
20
10
50
00
00
Max.
90.0
99,9
99.0
99.0
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.0
99.9
99.9
95.0
99.0
99.9
99.9
S02
Hin.
50
50
50
50
50
75
75
10
00
50
95
05
10
70
70
70
70
20
% Efficiency Range
IIOX VOC
Max. Hin. Max. Mln. Max.
10 80.0
10 80.0
95.0
95.0
95.0
95.0
95.0
90.0
90.0
60.0
90.0
90.0
99.9
99.9
90.0 10 90.0 10 90.0
05 99.0
05 99.0
99.0 70 99.0 70 99.0
99.0 70 99.0 70 99.0
99.0 70 99.0 70 99.0
99.0 70 99.0 70 99.0
99.0 20 99.0 20 99.0
95 99.9
CO
Mtn, Max.
10.0 90.0
70.0 99.0
70.0 99.0
70.0 99.0
70.0 99.0
20.0 99.0
99.0 99.9
-------
TABLE 5.3-4. PERCENT EFFICIENCY RANGE BY EMISSION BY CONTROL EQUIPMENT CODE2 (continued)
% Efficiency Ramje
Cntrl . fquip.
H P.
063 X
06 '1 X
065
066
067
068
069
070
0/1 X
072
0/3
07 'I
0/5 X
076 X
077 X
000 X
OBI
002
003 X
004
005 X
006 X
007
000
009
090
091
092
093
09-1
095
Valid for
S. N. V. C.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Pa
Min.
90
90
90
25
50
50
20
10
20
10
rt S02 NOX
Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
99.9
99.9
75 99.9
95 99.9
50 95.0
50 95.0
50 95.0
50 95.0
99.9
99.0
99.9
99.9
99.9
20 99.9
99.9 10 99.9 10 99.9
99.9
95.0
VOC
Min.
20
20
20
20
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
CO
Max. Min. Max.
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9 20.0 99.9
99.9
99.9 10.0 99.9
99.9
95.0
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
099 X X X X X MOT VALIDATED
-------
o Receipt of data - Returned inventories can be checked for missing or
obviously questionable data.
o Emission calculations - When calculations for each facility are
complete, both the computation and the results should be checked for
accuracy and reasonableness.
o Compilation - When data is placed in the decided format, it should
again be checked for transcription errors and reasonableness on a per
facility basis.
o Assembly of data - When the data are brought together as an
inventory, these should be checked again for completeness as well as
for reasonableness.
5.4 PRODUCT QUALITY
Product quality is more difficult to assess in an inventory application
than in a measurement application. It is essential in this assessment that
errors and corrections have been documented. An inventory can be assessed by
comparison with the results of previous inventories, and by compilation of
missing and unvalidated data.
A powerful tool to improve product quality is a verification process that
includes review by the inventoried facilities. If resources are available,
emission data can be returned to facility contacts for review and comment. It
may be appropriate to identify a subset of facilities, e.g., large emitters, to
contact. In any case, user confidence can be increased by a verification step.
In the case of SIP emission inventory programs, EPA has developed a
checklist for evaluation of submitted ozone inventories. This checklist will
be available with the publication of "Emission Inventory Requirements for
Post-1987 Ozone State Implementation Plans," and will contain an evaluation of
QA including specific points regarding documentation.
5.5 SYSTEM AUDIT
In maintaining an inventory, a periodic and complete review of the QA
system is in order. The auditor examines QA procedures and their
effectiveness, assesses technical and personnel resources, and takes steps to
tune the QA process accordingly. User feedback should play an important role
so that problems in collecting, applying, or reporting the data are reviewed.
This could result in improved emission factors, data formats, retrieval
options, etc.
5.6 APPLICATION OF QA PROCEDURES
A QA program is necessarily specific to the needs, resources, and goals of
the individual agency and inventory purpose. Therefore, general guidelines on
the content of a QA program have been included for the four inventory stages.
5-14
-------
The principles listed below should be considered prior to implementing these
tasks. (Items denoted by a * indicate logical check points.)
Planning:
o Allocate resources for optimal QA.
o Prepare a checklist of sources to be evaluated.
o Account for significant VOC sources.
o Identify critical data elements and impacts on results and utility of
the inventory.
o Review questionnaire design.
o Schedule routine checking of calculations and data entry.
o Prepare data checking programs incorporating standard range and
missing data checks.
o Maintain a separate QA staff with experience in data collection and
analysis.
o Plan audit procedures.
Data collection and analysis;
o Use redundant identification of major sources.
o Check questionnaire design based on response.
* o Check data collected.
o Check emission estimation methods and consistency of application.
* o Check calculated results.
o Initiate verification procedures.
Data handling;
o Check data after conversion to inventory format.
* o Check individual data entries for missing emissions, SIC codes,
implausible operating data, etc.
o Assign agency estimates for missing data on a consistent and
documented basis.
* o Review tabulated data for quality and identification of outliers.
Data reporting;
o Check aggregation of emissions.
o Check disaggregation of emissions.
o Compare results with other inventories.
Additional information on QA concepts and principles is available from
other publications (References 1 through 6). Before planning a QA program, the
reader may want to obtain these references or contact the EPA Regional Office.
5-15
-------
References for Chapter 5.0
1. AEROS Manual Series, Volume II: AEROS Users Manual. EPA-450/2-76-029,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
December 1976.
2. AEROS Manual Series, Volume Vi AEROS Manual of Codes, Fourth Edition,
EPA-450/2-76-005-9, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, November 1985.
3. AEROS Manual Series, Volume III; Summary and Retrieval, Second Edition,
EPA-450/2-76-009a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, July 1977.
4. The Emissions Inventory System/Area Source User's Guide, EPA-450/4-80-009,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
May 1980.
5. The Emissions Inventory System/Point Source User's Guide,
EPA-450/4-80-010, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1980.
6. Rich Bradley, Joan Stredler, Hal Taback, "Improving Emission Inventory
Quality - A QA/QC Approach," presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting of the
Air Pollution Control Association, Montreal, Canada, June 22-27, 1980.
5-16
-------
6.0 EMISSION CALCULATIONS
6.1 INTRODUCTION
After planning and data collection, the third basic step in the inventory
is the calculation of emissions. This involves (1) an analysis of the point
and area source data collected by the procedures outlined in the preceding
chapters and (2) the development of emission estimates for each source. In
some cases, test data will be supplied by the source. However, in most
instances the agency will have to compute emissions using emission factors or
material balance considerations. The following three sections discuss the
making of emission estimates based on source test data, material balances, and
emission factors.
In cases where no data have been obtained for certain point sources, the
agency may choose to "scale up" the inventory to account for these missing
sources indirectly rather than to spend extra effort in an attempt to get the
necessary information directly from each source. Techniques for accomplishing
this are presented in Section 6.6.
Because r.eactive, rather than total, VOC emissions are needed in
inventories used in ozone control programs, nonreactive VOC must be excluded
from the emission totals for each source category. Section 6.7 of this chapter
presents procedures for excluding nonreactive VOC from the inventory.
Section 6.8 discusses the seasonal adjustment of annual emission
inventories. Seasonally adjusted inventories are of interest because higher
ozone concentrations are generally associated with the warmer months of the
year, and because VOC emissions from some sources vary seasonally. Thus, since
most inventories are developed for an annual period, seasonal adjustment may be
desirable to emphasize the relative importance of VOC emissions during the
warmer months constituting the ozone season. Section 6.9 provides guidance on
determining emissions for a typical summer or ozone season day.
A necessary element in any control program is the projection inventory
showing anticipated emissions at some future date(s). Generally, at least two
such projection inventories are required: baseline and control strategy. More
may be required if multiple strategies or alternative growth scenarios are to
be evaluated. The calculation of projection year emissions is discussed in
Section 6.10.
6.2 SOURCE TEST DATA
Another method of estimating a source's emissions is the use of test data
obtained by the agency or supplied by the plant itself. The use of source test
data reduces the number of assumptions regarding the applicability of
generalized emission factors, control device efficiencies, equipment
variations, or fuel characteristics. A single source test or series of tests,
taken over a sufficiently long time to produce results representative of
conditions that would prevail during the time period inventoried, will normally
6-1
-------
account for most of these variables. The most nearly complete type of source
testing is continuous monitoring.
Most source test reports summarize emissions for each pollutant by
expressing them in terms of (1) a mass loading rate (weight of pollutant
emitted per unit time), (2) an emission factor (weight of pollutant emitted per
unit of process activity), or (3) a flue gas concentration (weight or number of
moles of pollutant per some weight or volume of flue gas). Generally, when a
mass loading rate or emission factor is provided, the resulting emission
estimates can be easily calculated. For example, if the average VOC emission
rate for the time period tested was 12 Ibs/hr, and the source operated for
16 hrs/day, 350 days/year, daily emissions would be 12 x 16, or 192 Ibs, and
the annual emissions would be 192 x 350, or 67,200 Ibs (34 tons). Or, if an
emission factor of 5 Ibs of VOC per ton of product was given, and the plant
produced 160 tons of product per day for 100 days per year, annual emissions
would be 5 x 160 x 200,, or 160,000 Ibs (80 tons).
If the source test results are expressed in terms of VOC concentrations,
the emission calculations are more detailed. As an example, assume that VOC
emissions are expressed as parts per million, as shown in Figure 6.2-1. In
this case, the concentration measurements and the flow rate measurements are
used to obtain mass loading rates. (A formula for determining mass loading
rates is shown as part of the calculations in Figure 6.2-1.) Note that in this
example, VOC emissions are expressed as toluene, and a molecular weight of
92 Ibs/lb-mole is used in the mass loading rate formula. If the concentration
were expressed in terms of another organic reference compound, the appropriate
molecular weight would be used. When the mass loading rate (14.0 Ibs/hr, in
this example) has been determined, this rate can be used to establish an
average control efficiency. The control efficiency value is necessary in order
to apply a rule effectiveness factor in calculating a representative daily
emission rate for the inventory. A rule effectiveness of 80 percent is applied
in this example.
Two points should be noted when using source test data to calculate
emissions.. First, because source tests are generally only conducted over
several hours or days, at most, caution is urged in using these data to
estimate emissions over longer time intervals or for conditions different from
those under which the tests were performed. Adjustments may be needed to
account for differing conditions. Second, a source test supplied by a plant
may not adequately describe a given facility's annual or seasonal operating
pattern. In cases where such data are not included in the test reports, an
operating rate will have to be obtained in order to make reliable annual or
seasonal emission estimates. This is best done by contacting the plant and
obtaining operating information for the period during which the test was
conducted. Such information could be obtained from questionnaire data but may
not be as accurate.
6-2
-------
Source Test Example
A single-line paper coating plant has been subjected to an emission test
for VOC emissions. The coating solvent is primarily toluene and the emission
concentrations were measured as toluene. The data averaged for three test runs
are as follows:
Stack flow rate (Qs) = 10,000 scfm
Emission concentration (Ce) = 96 ppm (as toluene)
Fugitive emission capture (Effcap) = 90 percent (from RACT)
Other information needed to complete the calculations includes:
Plant operation = 16 hours/day, 312 days/year
Solvent input rate (M^) = 500 tons/year
Rule effectiveness = 80 percent
The emission calculation begins with determination of the average mass loading
rate (Mo):
M0 = (1.58 x 10~7)(MW)(Ce)(Qs)
= (1.58 x 10~7)(92)(96)(10,000)
= 14.0 Ib/hr
where: 1.58 x 10" - units correction factor Ibmole x min
hr x ppm x scf
MW = molecular weight of toluene (Ib/lbmole)
The emission control efficiency (Effcon) is calculated:
Effcon = (Mi-M0)/Mi
= [500 - (14)(16)(312)/2,000]/500
= 0.93 or 93 percent control efficiency
The daily emission rate (ED) after applying rule effectiveness is:
ED = Mi [1 -(Effcap)(Effcon)(RE)]
= 500 [1- (0.90M0.93K0.80)]
= 1,058 Ib/day
Figure 6.2-1. Example source test data and emission calculations.
6-3
-------
6.3 MATERIAL BALANCE
If source test results are not available, the agency can, in some cases,
use material balance considerations to estimate emissions. In fact, for some
sources, a material balance is the only practical method to estimate VOC
emissions accurately. Source testing of low level, intermittent, or fugitive
VOC exhaust streams can be very difficult and costly in many instances.
Emissions from solvent evaporation sources are most commonly determined by the
use of material balances.
Use of a material balance involves the examination of a process to
determine if emissions can be estimated solely on knowledge of specific
operating parameters and material compositions. Although the material balance
is a valuable tool in estimating emissions from many sources, its use requires
that a measure of the material being "balanced" be known at each point
throughout the process. If such knowledge is not available, and is therefore
assumed, serious errors may result.
In the VOC emission inventory, a material balance is generally used to
estimate emissions from solvent evaporation sources. This technique is equally
applicable to both point and area sources. The simplest method of material
balance is to assume that all solvent consumed by a source process will be
evaporated during that process. For instance, it is reasonable to assume that,
during many surface coating operations, all of the solvent in the coating
evaporates to the atmosphere during the drying process. In such cases,
emissions are simply equal to the amount of solvent applied in the surface
coating (and added thinners) as a function of time. As another example,
consider a dry cleaning plant that uses Stoddard solvent as the cleaning agent.
To estimate emissions, the agency needs only to elicit from each plant the
amount of solvent purchased during the time interval of concern, because
emissions, are assumed equal to the quantity of solvent purchased.
The assumption that makeup solvent equals emissions also holds in certain
more complicated situations. If a nondestructive control device such as
condenser or adsorber is employed, this assumption is valid to the extent that
the captured solvent is returned to the process. Similarly, if waste solvent
reclamation is practiced by a plant, by distillation or "boildown," this
assumption will be applicable. Both of these practices simply reduce the
makeup solvent requirements of an operation, and commensurately, the quantity
of solvent lost to the atmosphere.
In the above discussion, the material balance is simplified because of the
assumption that all of the consumed solvent evaporates and is emitted to the
atmosphere. Situations exist where such an assumption is not always
reasonable. For example, if a destructive control device such as an
afterburner, incinerator, or catalytic oxidation unit is employed on the
process exhaust, any VOC emissions will be either destroyed or so altered that
one could not reasonably assume^ without testing the exhaust downstream of the
device, the characteristics and quantities of any remaining VOC material. As
another example, degreasing emissions will not equal solvent consumption if the
waste solvent is sold to a commercial reprocessor. In such a situation,
6-4
-------
emissions will be the difference of solvent consumed and solvent in the waste
sent to the reprocessor. As still another example, some fraction of the
diluent used to liquify cutback asphalt is believed not to evaporate after
application, but rather, to be retained in the pavement. The above examples
show that, if one assumes total evaporation of all consumed solvent,
overestimation of emissions will result in many cases.
Several other situations can complicate the material balance. First, not
all of the solvent losses from certain operations such as dry cleaning or
degreasing occur at the plant site. Instead, significant quantities of solvent
may be evaporated from the waste solvent disposal site, unless the waste
solvent is incinerated or disposed of in a manner, such as deep well injection,
that precludes subsequent evaporation to the atmosphere. Generally, one can
assume that much of the solvent sent to disposal sites will evaporate. The
agency should determine whether some solvent associated with various operations
evaporates at the point of disposal rather than at the point of use as these
losses may occur outside of the area covered by the inventory.
Material balances cannot be employed in some evaporation processes because
the amount of material lost is too small to be determined accurately by
conventional measurement procedures. As an example, applying material balances
to petroleum product storage tanks is not generally feasible, because the
breathing and working losses are too small relative to the total average
capacity or throughput to be determined readily from changes in the amount of
material stored in each tank. In these cases, AP-42 emission factors,
developed by special procedures, will have to be applied.
6.4 EMISSION FACTORS
One of the most useful tools available for estimating emissions from both
point and area sources is the emission factor. An emission factor is an
estimate of the quantity of pollutant released to the atmosphere as a result of
some activity, such as combustion or industrial production, divided by the
level of that activity. In most cases emission factors are expressed simply as
a single number, with the underlying assumption being that a linear
relationship exists between emissions and the specified activity level over the
probable range of application. Empirical formulas have been developed for
several source categories that allow the agency to base its emission estimates
on a number of variables instead of just one. The most important VOC emitters
for which a number of variables are needed to calculate emissions are highway
vehicles and petroleum product storage and handling operations. As a rule, the
most reliable emission factors are those based on numerous and representative
source tests or on accurate material balance.
The use of an emission factor to estimate emissions from a source
necessitates that the agency have complete source and control device
information. In many cases, including most combustion sources, the emission
calculation merely involves the multiplication of the appropriate emission
factor by the source activity, such as fuel combustion, for the time interval
in question. If a control device is in place, an adjustment factor equal to
(1 - fractional control device efficiency) should be multiplied by the
6-5
-------
uncontrolled emission estimate to account for the effect of the device. In
AP-42, as in most cases, emission factors typically represent uncontrolled
emissions or emissions before the action of any control device.
When empirical formulas are available, more detailed computations may be
needed to estimate emissions. As mentioned above, highway vehicles and
petroleum product handling and storage operations are sources for which a
number of variables must be considered in the emission calculations. The
O
following is a sample calculation for an external floating roof tank.
Problem
Estimate the total annual evaporative loss, in pounds per year, given the
following information:
Tank description: Welded, external floating roof tank in good
condition; mechanical shoe primary seal; 100 ft.
diameter; tank shell painted aluminum color.
Stored product: Motor gasoline; Reid vapor pressure, 10 psi;
6.1 Ibs/gal liquid stock density; no vapor or liquid
composition given; 1.5 million bbl/yr average annual
throughput.
Ambient conditions: 60 F average annual ambient temperature; 10 mi/hr
average annual wind speed at tank site; assume
14.7 psia atmospheric pressure.
Solution
Standing Storage Loss - Calculate the standing storage loss from Equation
6.4-1 below:
Ls (Ib/yr) = KsVnP*DMvKc (Equation 6.4-1)
The variables in Equation 6.4.1 can be determined as follows:
Ks = 1.2 (from Table 6.4-1, for a welded tank with a mechanical shoe
primary seal)
n = 1.5 (from Table 6.4-1, for a welded tank with a mechanical shoe
primary seal)
V = 10 mi/hr (given)
Vn = (10)1'5 = 32
Ta = 60°F (given)
Ts = 62.5 F (from Table 6.4-2, for an aluminum color tank in good
condition and Ta = 60°F)
6-6
-------
RVP = 10 psi (given)
P = 5.4 psia (from Figure 6.4-1, for 10 psi Reid vapor pressure
gasoline and Ts = 62.5°F)
Pa = 14.7 psia (assumed)
5.4
P* = 14.7 = 0.114
0.5 2
[ 1 + (1 - 5.4) ]
14.7
D = 100 ft (given)
Mv = 64 Ibs/lb-mole (typical value for gasoline)
Kc = 1.0 (given)
Wv = 5.1 Ibs/gal (approximated assuming Wv = 0.08 My)
To calculate standing storage loss in Ib/yr, multiply the Ks, Vn, P*, D,
Mv, and Kc values, as in Equation 6.4-1:
Ls(lbs/yr) = (1.2)(32)(0.114)(100)(64)(1.0) = 28,000 Ibs/yr
Withdrawal loss - Calculate the withdrawal loss from Equation 6.4-2 below:
LwUb/yr) = (0.943)^CW1 (Equation 6.4-2)
The variables in Equation 6.4-2 can be determined as follows:
Q = 1.5 x 106 bbl/yr (given)
C = 0.0015 bbl/1000 ft2 (from Table 6.4-3, for gasoline in a steel
tank with light rust)
Wi = 6.1 Ibs/gal (given)
D = 100 ft (given)
To calculate withdrawal loss in Ib/yr, use Equation 6.4-2.
L (Ib/vr) = (0.943X1.5 x 106)(Q.0015)(6.1)
w ^iD/yr' JJJQ = 129 Ibs/yr
6-7
-------
TABLE 6.4-1.
oo
SUMMARY OF AVERAGE SEAL FACTORS (Ks)
AND WIND SPEED EXPONENTS (n)
TABLE 6.4-2. AVERAGE ANNUAL STOCK STORAGE TEMPERATURE (Ts)
AS A FUNCTION OF TANK PAINT COLOR
TANK/SEAL TYPE
WELDED TANKS
1. Mechanical shoe teal
a. Primary only
b. Shoe-mounted secondary
c. Rim-mounled secondary
2. Liquid mounted resilient lilted seal
B. Primary only
b. Weather shield
c. Rim-mounled secondary
3. Vapor-mounted resilient lilted seal
a. Primary only
b. Weather shield
c. Rim mounted secondary
RIVETED TANKS
a. Mechanical shoe primary only
b. Shoe-mounled secondary
c. Rim-mounled secondary
K,
1.2
0.0
0.2
1.1
0.0
0.7
1.2
0.9
0.2
1.3
1.4
0.2
n
1.5
1.2
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.-1
2.3
2.2
2.6
1.5
1.2
1.0
TANK COLOR
AVERAGE ANNUAL STOCK
STORAGE TEMPERATURE. T} IF)
White
Aluminum
Gray
Black
V
T3 +
Ta +
r +
+ 0
2.5
3.5
5.0
*Ta Is average annual ambient lemperalure in degrees
Farcnheit.
SOURCE -.Evaporation Loss from Fixed Roof Tanks. P
-------
e
•3
in
in
UJ
e
a.
O
Q.
3
U
O
— 0.20
— 0.30
— 0<0
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.30
0.90
1.00
— 1.50
— 2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
— 4.00
120-
no -_
-\
j
100
90
J
|
70
5
501
• 6.00
. 7.00
=- 8.00
=- 9.00
— 10.0
— 11.0
— 12.0
— 13.0
— 14.0
J-15.0
— 16.0
— 170
— 18.0
— 19.0
— 20.0
— 21 0
— 22.0
— 23.0
t- 24.0
30—
20-1
10 —
5 = SLOPE OF THE ASTM DISTILLATION
CURVE/AT 0% EVAPORATED
= PEG F AT 15% MINUS PEG F AT 5%
10
IN THE ABSENCE OF DISTILLATION DATA
THE FOLLOWING AVERAGE VALUE OF S MAY 8E USED:
MOTOR GASOLINE 3
AVIATION GASOLINE 2
LIGHT NAPHTHA (9-14 LB RVPI 3.5
NAPHTHA (2-8 L8 RVP) 2.5
NOTE Dashed line illustrates sample problem for RVP = 10 pounds per sguare inch. iMxolmc iiocl. (A
SOURCE: NomOErapri drawn Irom the Uau of the National bureau of Sundardi
onj T, 6: 5 F
igure 6.4—1. True vapor pressure (P) of refined petroleum stocks (1 psi to 20 psi RVP)
6-9
-------
Total Loss - Calculate the total loss from Equation 6.4-3 below:
Lt(lb/yr) = Ls(lb/yr) + Lw(lb/yr) (Equation 6.4-3)
Lt(lb/yr) = (28,000) + (129) = 28,129 Ib/yr
Following is an example of the application of an emission factor, rule
penetration, and rule effectiveness to determine Stage I gasoline marketing
emissions. For this example, the total county throughput (Q) is
550,300 gallons/day and the uncontrolled emission factor (EF) is 11.5 Ib of
VOC/1,000 gallons (from AP-42). The CTG for Stage I cites an average
95 percent control efficiency (Eff) and the rule effectiveness (RE) is assumed
to be 80 percent. Rule penetration (RP) or the volume percentage of gasoline
transferred that will be subject to the regulation is 93 percent for this
example. The assumption is that the remaining seven percent of throughput is
not subject to the regulation and thus will not be controlled. The daily
emission rate is then calculated:
E = (EP)(Q)[1- (Eff)(RE)(RP)]
= (11. 5X550. 3) [1-(0. 95) (0.80X0. 93)]
= 1,856 Ib VOC/day
The discussion on emission factors thus has dealt with "activity level
emission factors," factors that relate emissions with some level of production
or capacity. This type of emission factor is generally the most accurate, as
it physically relates the most appropriate process parameters with emissions.
Another type of factor that can be of some use is the emissions-per-employee
factor. As briefly discussed in Chapters 3 and 4, emissions-per-employee
factors are used to obtain crude emission estimates from sources for which
little equipment, production, or other process information is available in the
point source inventory. Emissions-per-employee factors represent a tool that
can be used to "scale up" inventories to estimate emissions from point sources
for which no data are obtained. Scaling up for inventory is discussed in the
next sections. Generally, because of imprecision in using emissions-per-
employee factors, techniques that estimate emissions directly are considered
preferable in most instances.
6.5 PER CAPITA AND EMISSIONS-PER-EMPLOYEE FACTORS
As discussed in Chapter 4, certain area source categories may be too
numerous or too diffuse to be inventoried easily. An approach using a per
capita factor or an emissions-per-employee factor can be employed to estimate
emissions. Examples of emission calculations using these two methods, and an
example of an area source which is required to meet certain emission control
requirements, are given below.
6-10
-------
Example 1. A per capita emission factor is used to calculate VOC emissions
from architectural surface coating in a county with a population
of 560,000.
Emissions = Population x Per Capita Factor
= 560,000 x 4.6 Ib VOC x 1 ton
capita/yr 2000 Ibs
= 1,288 tons VOC/yr
A seasonal adjustment factor can be applied to determine the
average emission rate adjusted to the peak ozone season. The
seasonal adjustment factor for architectural surface coating,
found in Table 6.8-1, is 1.3. When applied to the annual
emissions value, the result is:
EADJ = (EANN)(FSA)/AR
= (1, 288)(1. 3)/(7)(52)
= 4.6 tons VOC/peak ozone season weekday
where:
AR
= Adjusted emissions, tons VOC/peak ozone season
weekday
= Seasonal adjustment factor
= Activity rate, days/year
More about seasonal adjustment factors application and
development is described in Section 6.9.
Example 2. An eraissions-per-employee factor is used to calculate VOC
emissions from automobile refinishing. The number of employees
in SICs 7531 and 7535 for the county is 672.
Emissions = Employment in SIC(s) x Emissions-per-Employee Factor
= 672 x 2.6 tons VOC
employee/yr
= 1,747 tons VOC/yr
Example 3. New control procedures are required for perchloroethylene dry~
cleaning systems in the county. These controls will affect only
commercial plants; coin-operated (self-service) plants will not
be affected. From the CTG for perchloroethylene dry cleaning,
an average reduction in emissions of 57.5 percent for
6-11
-------
commercial plants is assumed. The population for the county is
482,700.
Per Capita Factor
Emissions = (Population x Coin-Operated Plants) +
Per Capita Factor
[Population x Commercial Plants x (1.0-reduction)]
0.3 Ib VOC 1 ton
=' (482,700 x capita/yr x 2000 Ibs) +
1.2 Ib VOC 1 ton
(482,700 x capita/yr x 2000 Ibs x 0.425)
= 72 tons/yr + 123 tons/yr
= 195 tons/yr
6.6 SCALING UP THE INVENTORY
The preceding sections describe general techniques for calculating
emissions based on data from questionnaires, source tests, and other methods.
Although information should be obtained directly from as many sources as
possible to enhance inventory accuracy, situations may arise where no data can
be gathered from some segment of a source category. The pharmaceutical
manufacturing industry is a case in point, with major manufacturers included as
point sources and the multitude of small operations, usually employing less
than 25 people, not even listed by many agencies. Auto refinishing presents a
similar problem since operations are carried out on a fairly large scale by a
few specialty shops and on a much smaller scale by numerous auto body shops.
In these cases, the inventory can be "scaled up" to provide for a rough
accounting of the missing emissions. To the extent that the resulting emission
estimates are generally reported collectively, scaling up can be considered an
area source approach. Any VOC source category is a potential candidate for
scaling up.
The basic concept involved in scaling up an inventory is to use the data
that have been received through plant contacts to extrapolate emission data for
missing sources. The following formula shows the basic computation involved
for a particular source category.
Nonreported = Reported Emissions _ Reported Emissions (Equation 6.6-1)
emissions ~ Coverage Fraction
Coverage fraction is a measure of the extent to which some indicator such as
employment, number of plants, production, or sales is represented or "covered"
by the questionnaire responses. Since reported emissions are known, and since
nonreported emissions are sought in the above equation, the problem becomes one
of determining the most appropriate indicator that can be used to estimate the
fraction of coverage the agency's point source inventory did obtain.
6-12
-------
The most commonly used coverage indicator for scaling up the inventory is
the number of employees within pertinent Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) codes. When employment within appropriate SIC categories is used as a
measure of coverage, the above equation is transformed into the following
relationship:
Nonreported = Reported Emissions x Total _ Reported (Equation 6.6-2)
emissions Reported Employment Employment Emissions
In Equation 6.6-2, the ratio of reported emissions to reported employment is an
emissions-per-employee factor. Equation 6.6-2 can be used in either of
two ways to estimate missing point source emissions.
The recommended way to use Equation 6.6-2 is to derive values of both
reported emissions and reported employment for each SIC category directly from
the local point source data base. One advantage of this approach is that the
resulting emissions-per-employee factors are tailored to the area of concern.
One potential disadvantage is that the resulting factors, if based only on
point source data, may not be representative of the smaller sources to which
these factors will generally be applied. An example of this direct approach is
given:
Example: Consider the situation of an area wherein five plants in
SIC 3069 are coded as point sources, having combined annual
emissions of 685 TPY of VOC. Based on employment data coded on
the point source forms (or determined by plant contacts), these
five sources employ 3,250 workers. According to County Business
Patterns, 3529 persons are employed in SIC 3069 within the same
area. Nonreported VOC emissions in SIC 3069 for this country
can thus be calculated as:
Nonreported emissions = [ 685 TPY ] x 3529 employees - 685 TPY
3250 employees
= 59 TPY
Hence, in this example, total emissions for the county in SIC 3069 would
be estimated as 744 TPY. VOC emissions for the other SIC categories would be
scaled up similarly. Note that in the above equation, the figure (685/3250) is
an emissions-per-employee factor, equal to 0.211 ton/yr/employee.
The alternative to using values of reported emissions and employment
directly from the local point source inventory is to apply emissions-per-
employee factors that have been developed from inventory data in other areas.
Examples of where this has been done are given in References 4 through 6.
Ranges of emissions-per-employee factors for the more important industrial VOC
sources are shown in Table 3.2-1 in Chapter 3. If, in the above example, an
emissions-per-employee factor of 0.21 had been used from Table 3.1-1, Equation
6.6-2 then becomes:
6-13
-------
Nonreported emissions = (0.21 TPY/employee x 3529 employees) - 685 TPY
= 56 TPY
One distinct advantage of using "borrowed" emissions-per-employee factors is
that reported employment is not needed, which means that the technique can be
used even where employment data are not collected for each point source.
However, few emissions-per-employee factors are available in the literature,
and an agency generally does not know what specific operations are covered by
published factors. Hence, since the applicability of published emissions-per-
employee factors to an agency inventory may be questionable, the agency should
try to develop emissions-per-employee factors tailored to its own particular
area. Moreover, these factors should be developed at the four digit level to
prevent misapplication to employees not engaged in VOC emitting operations.
Regardless of whether locally developed or published emissions-per-
employee factors are used, estimates of total employment within each industrial
category are needed in order to use Equation 6.6-2. The most convenient source
of employment is the U.S. Department of Commerce's publication County Business
Patterns which summarizes employment, generally by county, for SIC categories
at the 2, 3, and 4 digit level. Other sources of industrial listings include
state departments of labor/industry and various industrial directories. In
some cases, employment in various categories will be determined as part of the
ongoing transportation planning process in larger urban areas. The agency
should determine which of these sources is most current and appropriate for
estimating industrial coverage within its jurisdiction.
Extreme caution should be exercised when scaling up. This approach is
necessarily somewhat crude, and should not be used to estimate the bulk of VOC
emissions in an area. If the scaled up emission totals determined by this
approach are significantly greater than the point source totals for the
corresponding SIC categories, consideration should be given to expending more
effort in the point source inventory, particularly for the more important
source categories. Care should also be taken that any scaling up does not
result in some inadvertent double accounting of emissions. Some portion of the
resulting scaled up emission totals already may be accounted for by per capita
emission factors or even by the application of other emission-per-employee
factors to the same source category.
6.7 EXCLUDING NONREACTIVE VOC FROM EMISSION TOTALS
As was discussed in Section 2.2.8, a number of VOCs are considered
photochemically nonreactive and thus should be excluded from the inventory used
in the agency's ozone control program.'^ These nonreactive compounds are
listed below:
Methane
Ethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (methyl chloroform)
Methylene chloride
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC 11)
6-14
-------
Dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC 12)
Chlorodifluoromethane (CFC 22)
Trifluoromethane (FC 23)
Trichlorotrifluoroethane (CFC 113)
Dichlorotetrafluoroethane (CFC 114)
Chloropentafluoroethane (CFC 115)
All of the above compounds, with the exception of methane and ethane, are
halogenated organics. Halogenated organics find principal applications as
metal and fabric cleaners, refrigerants, and propellants in aerosol products.
A major industrial category employing these halogenated compounds is
degreasing, which is discussed in Section 4.3.2. To exclude these nonreactive
VOC from the degreasing emission totals, the agency should elicit information
on the particular type of solvent used in each degreasing unit. If information
is obtained on the questionnaire or during the plant contact, the agency should
experience little difficulty in excluding emissions of these nonreactive
solvents from the resulting emission totals.
More difficulty is encountered when excluding nonreactive VOC from
degreasers covered in the area source inventory, because numerous solvents will
comprise the emission total. Several alternatives are available for
determining an average degreasing solvent mix for area sources. One way is
simply to summarize the solvent usage from the point source inventory and to
apply the resultant mix to the area source total. Another alternative would be
to conduct a brief survey of small degreasing facilities in the area. If
either of these approaches is followed, a separate solvent mix should be
determined for cold cleaning units and vapor degreasers and applied accordingly
to the emission total for each degreasing category. If these procedures prove
unworkable, nationwide data may be utilized. As an average, 75 percent of the
solvent used in small cold cleaners is reactive, whereas only about 60 percent
of the solvent used in vapor degreasing is reactive. Because these averages
may vary considerably from area to area and with time, local solvent mix data
should be used, if reasonably available.
A small percentage of dry cleaning establishments use trichlorotri-
fluoroethane (FC 113) as a fabric cleaning solvent. Information on the type of
solvent used at each dry cleaning plant should be obtained during plant
contacts so that FC 113 emissions can be directly excluded. If dry cleaners
are treated as area sources in the inventory, local survey results or other
data will be needed to determine the FC 113 fraction of total cleaning solvent
in the area. Nationwide, FC 113 is only used in about 5 percent of the coin
operated units, and accounts for only about 0.4 percent of total annual dry
cleaning solvent consumption. ^ Hence, in most situations, little error is
involved if all dry cleaning solvent is assumed to consist of perchloroethylene
and petroleum solvents.
Refrigerants present the largest application for fluorocarbons. The major
fluorocarbons used in refrigerators, freezers, and air conditioners are
fluorocarbons 11, 12 and 22. Because these are all nonreactive, emissions
6-15
-------
associated with refrigerant use need not be included in the VOC inventory used
in an ozone control program.
Until the stratospheric ozone layer controversy, the largest percentage of
fluorocarbons were used as aerosol propellants. Methylene chloride is also
used as a propellent in aerosol products. Aerosol propellant use can be
accounted for in the VOC inventory by using the per capita factor suggested in
Section 4.3.8. Much of the propellent used in aerosol products is comprised of
nonreactive halogenates, and should not be included in the inventory. '
The agency should be aware of several other end uses of these halogenated
compounds that may be encountered in a VOC inventory. The bulk of all
trichloroethane is used for metal cleaning, but a small fraction is found in
polishes and waxes. This use is also discussed in Section 4.3.8. Similarly,
methylene chloride is not only used for degreasing and in aerosol products, but
is also used in paint removal operations and in the pharmaceutical industry.
Likewise, fluorocarbons are also used as blowing agents to increase the
insulation properties of urethane foams and used in plastic materials. To the
extent that emissions from these various processes are known to be comprised of
nonreactive VOC, they should be excluded from the inventory. '
All combustion sources emit methane and lesser amounts of ethane. Since
source test data are generally not available for most combustion sources, to
estimate the nonreactive fraction the agency will have to apply typical VOC
species profiles to each source category. VOC profiles for many source
categories are shown in Reference 14. An example VOC profile from this
reference is shown in Table 6.7-1, representing carbon black production.
Based on Table 6.7-1, methane and ethane make up 22.4 percent and 1.4 percent
by weight, respectively, of all VOC emitted from this type of combustion. All
of the other compounds are photochemically reactive. Hence, total emissions
from this source would then have to be multiplied by the quantity [1-(0.224 +
0.14)], or 0.64, to determine the fraction that is reactive and that should be
included in the inventory. Methane and ethane emissions can be excluded from
other sources in the same manner. In general, no halogenated organics are
emitted from combustion processes; hence, methane and ethane are the only
two compounds to be considered for exclusion from the VOC inventory when
dealing with combustion sources.
6.8 SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF THE ANNUAL INVENTORY
Most VOC emission inventories have traditionally contained estimates of
annual emissions. Hence, all procedures, emission factors, correction factors,
and activity levels employed in the inventory have been developed to represent
annual average conditions. However, because high photochemical ozone levels
are generally associated with the warmer months of the year, and because VOC
emissions from some sources vary seasonally, the relative importance of VOC
emissions should be determined during the warmer months constituting the ozone
season. Peak ozone season for most areas of the country is May through
September.
6-16
-------
TABLE 6.7-1. VOC SPECIATION DATA FOR CARBON BLACK PRODUCTION
VOC Profile Speciation Report
Profile Name ! Chemical Manufacturing - Carbon Black Production
Profile Number : 1002
Data Quality : D
Control Device : Uncontrolled
Reference (s) : 9
Data Source : Profile was developed from emissions data that were an average of six
sampling runs at a representative plant.
SCC Assignments: 30100504,
Saroad
43201
43203
43204
43206
43212
43214
43933
43934
TOTAL
CAS Number
74-82-2
74-85-5
74-98-8
74-86-6
106-97-7
75-28-8
433-58-8
75-15-5
Name
METHANE
ETHYLENE
PROPANE
ACETYLENE
N-BUTANE
ISO-BUTANE
CARBONYL SULFIDE
CARBON SULFIDE
Spec_MW
16.04
28.05
44.09
26.04
58.12
58.12
60.08
76.14
Spec_WT
22.40
1.40
0.20
40.10
0.20
0.10
8.90
26.70
100.00
NOTE: Reference 14.
-------
A seasonally adjusted inventory can be developed in various ways. One
approach is to compile a separate inventory expressly for a typical day- during
the ozone season. This could entail the development of specific
questionnaires, methodologies, seasonal emission factors, and correction
factors for that typical day. This approach, while representing the ideal,
would require more resources than are commonly available, especially if an
annual inventory has already been compiled.
A more reasonable alternative is to use the existing annual inventory but,
for the most important source categories, to adjust those variables affecting
emissions to reflect conditions that prevail during the ozone season. This
approach provides much of the seasonal specificity of the "typical day"
inventory and does so with a minimal amount of effort. Because adjusting the
existing annual inventory is preferable in many cases to developing an
additional ozone-season-specific inventory, techniques for making such an
adjustment are described below. Table 6.8-1 summarizes seasonal adjustments
for area source categories.
The basic procedures for adjusting the annual inventory involve
identifying those variables that influence emissions seasonally and
substituting appropriate values that reflect conditions during the ozone
season. Generally many parameters influence emissions as a function of time.
Two of the most important variables are source activity and temperature.
6.8.1 SEASONAL CHANGES IN ACTIVITY LEVELS
Source activity for several important categories fluctuates significantly
on a seasonal basis. Because VOC emissions are generally a direct function of
source activity, seasonal changes in activity levels should be examined at the
more important sources in the inventory. As an example, vehicle miles traveled
(VMT) may increase in the summer in certain locations due to increased vacation
or other travel, possibly leading to somewhat higher VOC emissions from highway
vehicles during the summer months. Because of the importance of highway
vehicles in many areas, the agency should determine VMT during the ozone season
and should use this seasonal rate, rather than an annual average, for
estimating emissions in the inventory. Similarly, the agency should determine
if the activity at other important sources changes significantly throughout the
year. Other operations that might be more active in the warmer months or, in
some cases, active only during the warmer months, include exterior surface
coating, asphalt paving, gasoline handling and storage, power plants, open
burning, and pesticide applications. On the other hand, some sources, due to
summer vacation shutdowns or decreased demand for the product, may be less
active during the ozone season. Many sources, particularly industrial
facilities, will show no strong seasonal change in activity. Little adjustment
needs to be made in these cases to estimate the seasonal emissions component.
6.8.2 SEASONAL CHANGES IN TEMPERATURE
Another important variable is temperature, especially in that emissions
from two of the most important VOC emission sources - highway vehicles and
petroleum product handling and storage operations - are significantly
6-18
-------
TABLE 6.8-1.
AREA SOURCE SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT FACTORS
FOR THE OZONE SEASON
CATEGORY
SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT
FACTORS
ACTIVITY DAYS
PER WEEK
Gasoline Service Stations
Tank Trucks in Transit
Tank Truck Unloading (Stage I)
Vehicle Fueling (Stage II)
Storage Tank Breathing Losses
Solvent Users
Degreasing
Dry Cleaning
Surface Coatings
Architectural
Auto Refinishing
Other Small Industrial
Graphic Arts
Cutback Asphalt
Pesticides
Commercial/Consumer
Waste Management Practices
POTWs
Hazardous Waste TSDFs
Municipal Landfills
Seasonal variations in through-
put vary from area to area.
Use average temperature for a
summer day where appropriate.
Uniform
Uniform
1.3
Uniform
Uniform
Uniform
0
1.3
Uniform
1.4
1.2
Uniform
Stationary Source Fossil Fuel Use
Residential 0.3
Commercial/Institutional 0.6
Industrial Uniform
Solid Waste Disposal
On-Site Incineration
Open Burning
Structural Fires
Field/Slash/Prescribed Burning
Wildfires
Off-Highway Mobile Sources
Agricultural Equipment
Construction Equipment
Industrial Equipment
Lawn and Garden Equipment
Motorcycles
Uniform
Refer to local regulations and
practices
Uniform
0
Refer to local fire conditions
1.1
Uniform
Uniform
1.3
1.3
6
6
7
7
6
5
7
5
5
5
6
7
7
6
6
7
6
6
7
7
6-19
-------
influenced by temperature changes. As an example, breathing losses from fixed
roof storage tanks increase at higher temperatures.
The following empirical formula and reference tables from Section 4.3 in
AP-42 shows the dependence on these losses of temperature.
LB = 2.26 X 10~2 Mv[ P ] °'68 D1'73 H°°51 T°°50 FpCKc
P -P
a
Where: Lg = fixed roof breathing loss (Ib/day)
Mv = molecular weight of vapor in storage tank (Ib/lb mole); See
Note 1
PA = average atmospheric pressure at tank location (psia)
P = true vapor pressure at bulk liquid conditions (psia); See
Note 2
D = tank diameter (ft)
H = average vapor space height, including roof volume
correction (ft); See Note 3
T = average ambient temperature change from day to night (°F)
Fp = paint factor (dimensionless)
C = adjustment factor for small diameter tanks (dimensionless)
Kc = crude oil factor (dimensionless); See Note 4
Notes: (1) The molecular weight of the vapor, My, can be determined by
Table 4.3-2 for selected petroleum liquids and volatile organic
liquids or by analysis of vapor samples. Where mixtures of
organic liquids are stored in a tank, My can be estimated from
the liquid composition. As an example of the latter
calculation, consider a liquid known to be composed of
components A and B with mole fractions in the liquid Xa and Xb,
respectively. Given the vapor pressures of the pure components,
Pa and PD, and the molecular weights of the pure components, Ma
and MD, My is calculated:
MV = Ma PaXa + Mb , PbXb
Pt
where: Pt, by Raoult's law, is:
6-20
-------
(2) True vapor pressures for organic liquids can be determined from
Figures A.3-5 or 4.3-6, or from Table 4.3-2. In order to use
Figures 4.3-5 or 4.3-6, the stored liquid temperature, Tg, must
be determined in degrees Fahrenheit. Tg is determined from
Table 4.3-3, given the average annual ambient temperature, TA,
in degrees Fahrenheit. True vapor pressure is the equilibrium
partial pressure exerted by a volatile organic liquid, as
defined by ASTM-D-2879 or as obtained from standard reference
texts. Reid vapor pressure is the absolute vapor pressure of
volatile crude oil and volatile nonviscous petroleum liquids,
except liquified petroleum gases, as determined by ASTM-D-323.
(3) The vapor space in a cone roof is equal in volume to a cylinder,
which has the same base diameter as the cone and is one third
the height of the cone. If information is not available, assume
H equals one half tank, height.
(4) For crude oil, KC = 0.65. For all other organic liquids,
KC = 1.0.
In the above formula, note that P, the true vapor pressure for a typical
gasoline (RVP = 10), ranges from about 5.2 psia at a bulk liquid temperature of
60°F to 8.1 psia at 85°F. For this example, assume PA is 14.7 psia
(1 atmosphere). Hence, the term [P/C14.7-P)]°-68 varies from about 0.66 to
1.15 over this range of bulk liquid temperatures. (Be aware that bulk liquid
temperatures typically will exceed average ambient temperatures by several
degrees, depending on tank color. ) This increase of about 70 percent
demonstrates that evaporation potentially can be much more significant at
higher summer temperatures. Thus, to adjust the inventory to estimate
breathing loss emissions from fixed roof storage tanks during the ozone season,
the agency should incorporate the appropriate temperature into the above
formula to account for increased evaporation during warmer months. Temperature
effects have to be accounted for in other petroleum product marketing and
storage operations, as well. The effects of temperature on emissions from
these other sources are also presented in Chapter 4 of AP-42. The reader
should note that the empirical formulas for calculating storage tank losses are
subject to change as a result of continuing testing programs. Hence, the most
current AP-42 supplements should be consulted prior to making any storage tank
calculations.
6.8.3 OTHER SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT CONSIDERATIONS
While source activity and temperature are two of the most important
variables in determining seasonal fluctuations in the VOC emission inventory,
other variables may be significant in certain instances. As an example, the
use of air conditioning affects the magnitude of emissions from highway
vehicles. As another example,- emissions from floating roof tanks storing
gasoline will depend on wind speed as well as on the Reid vapor pressure (RVP)
of the gasoline. Typically, gasolines will have lower RVP in the summer, which
tends to offset the increase in emissions expected if temperature were the only
variable considered in the seasonal adjustment. ^
6-21
-------
For many sources, no major seasonal fluctuations in emissions are expected
due to changes in process variables or ambient conditions. For example, some
industrial surface coating operations such as metal parts painting may use the
same amount of solvent in their operations in each season of the year. For
these sources, no seasonal adjustment is necessary and the annual emission rate
may be assumed equal to the emission rate during the ozone season.
6.8.4 DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF ADJUSTMENT FACTORS
Table 6.8-1 summarizes average seasonal adjustments for many area source
categories. The table provides both adjustment factors and number of days of
activity per week for the categories. Emissions for a typical summer or ozone
season day can be determined by using the following equation:
Seasonal Adjustment
Emissions/Summer Day = Yearly Emissions x Factor
# Activity Days per week, x 52 weeks
The adjustment factors given in Table 6.8-1 are national averages. These
factors will vary from area to area according to local conditions. An agency
may want to alter the adjustment factors to represent local conditions. For
example, the architectural surface coating adjustment factor is based on the
assumption that 75 percent of the activity takes place over a seven-month
period. If the agency feels that in its area 75 percent of the architectural
surface coating activity occurs over ten months, the adjustment factor would
be:
x 12 = 0.9
It is important to note that the adjustment factors for residential and
commercial/institutional stationary source fossil fuel use do include heating.
If an agency wishes to develop its own seasonal adjustment factors (SAP),
it must establish the peak ozone season (in number of months) for its area,
choose the base year for its initial investigation, identify the point sources
within the source category under consideration, and develop a questionnaire for
the point sources. The questionnaire should request data for the base year
including: annual process activity data; peak ozone season activity data? and
the emission factor or estimate. The agency can then develop its own seasonal
adjustment factor for the source category using the following equation:
SAF = (Peak Ozone Season Activity)(12 months)
(Annual Activity)(Peak Ozone Season months)
This emission factor cafi then be applied to the annual activity information to
estimate season emissions as the AP-42 factors are applied to estimate annual
emissions. In establishing the peak ozone season for an area, other than the
peak ozone season prescribed by EPA, an agency should consider congruity with
adjoining areas, especially in interstate nonattainment areas.
6-22
-------
6.9 DETERMINING EMISSIONS FOR A TYPICAL SUMMER DAY
Typical summer day emissions for a point source or an area source category
can be determined by a variety of methods. As described in Section 6.8.4, the
adjustment factors in Table 6.8-1 can be used to estimate emissions for a
typical summer day for several area source categories. Area source activities
associated with gasoline service stations can be adjusted by using summer
temperature data in the appropriate equations.
Point source emissions estimates for sources whose emission factors and/or
equations are temperature dependent should be adjusted using average daytime
summer temperatures. Emissions that are dependent on production or throughput
rate should be adjusted to reflect average operating rate during the summer
period. Surveys or questionnaires sent to the facilities requesting annual
process and emissions data should also request information on seasonal
variations from those sources whose throughput or production are not uniform
throughout the year. Also, information on days per week of normal operating
schedule should be requested. Surveys requesting process data for a typical
summer day should explain that the data should be averaged over one or more
months during the summer season.
To determine emissions per day from emissions per year for facilities with
uniform production or throughput throughout the year, the following equation
can be used:
Emissions/day = Emissions/year (Operating) (Operating)
days/week weeks/year
For sources with throughput that varies from season to season, the adjustment
factor should be applied as in the following example.
Example: Annual emissions =1.3 tons
Summer throughput = 281
Summer adjustment factor = .2S/.25 = 1.12
Operating schedule = 6 days/week
(1.3 tons/yr x 1.12 x 2000 lb/ton)/(6 days/wk x 52 wks/yr) =
9.3 Ibs/day
Although mobile sources are addressed only to a limited extent in this
document, it should be noted that emissions for highway mobile sources are
estimated on a daily basis using seasonally specific inputs for vehicle miles
traveled (VMT) and other conditions.
6.10 EMISSION PROJECTIONS
Projection inventories are needed by an agency to determine if a given
area will achieve or exceed the ozone standard in future years. There are
6-23
-------
two basic types of projections, baseline and control strategy. Baseline
projections are estimates of future year emissions that take into account both
expected growth in an area and air pollution control regulations in effect at
the time the projections are made. Included are regulations which have been
adopted and will take effect at a future date. Control strategy projections,
on the other hand, are estimates of future year emissions that also include the
expected impact of changed or additional control regulations.
Baseline projection inventories of countywide emissions for the
particular years of interest will probably not be available from past inventory
efforts. Moreover, whatever projection inventories that do exist may not
reflect all of the growth and control scenarios that the agency may wish to
evaluate. Hence, the agency will have to devote resources to the development
of projection year inventories. Specific recommendations for making
projections are discussed in the following sections. These general
considerations should be kept in mind from the outset of inventory planning:
1. To a large extent, projection inventories will be based on forecasts
of industrial growth, population, land use, and transportation. The air
pollution agency should not attempt to make these forecasts but, rather, should
rely on the local Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO), Regional Planning
Commission (RPC), or other planning agencies to supply them. This course has
several advantages. First, it would be extremely costly for the air pollution
agency to duplicate the forecasts made by other planning agencies. Second, the
air pollution agency needs to base its emission projections on the same
forecasts as other governmental planning agencies. This consistency is
necessary to foster the credibility of any proposed control programs based on
emission projections.
2. Anticipated control strategies being considered in the modeling area
should be known in order to design projection inventories to reflect these
strategies. This consideration may influence the type of data collected as
well as the structure of the inventory itself. As an example, if the agency
wants to test the effect of applying Stage I controls on tank trucks unloading
only to service stations above a particular size, it may be desirable to treat
these particular stations as point sources rather than to lump them in a
general service station area source category.
3. It is important that all emissions projected for future years be
based on the same methodologies and computation principles as the base year
emissions. For example, if a traffic model is used for estimating travel
demand for the base year, the same traffic model should be applied to estimate
travel demand for projection years. Use of the same methodology assures
consistency between base year and projection year emission estimates and
prevents possibly spurious inventory differences from changes in methodology.
4. Projection inventories will always be open to question because of
their speculative nature. The technical credibility of emission projections
will be a function of their reasonableness, of the amount of research and
documentation of assumptions, and of the procedures or methodologies used to
make the projections. Some degree of uncertainty will always accompany
6-24
-------
emission projections. This fact should be acknowledged openly. The art of
projecting emission inventories is not in eliminating uncertainty, but in
learning how to minimize it. Internal and external review of emission
inventory projections will improve their technical quality and enhance their
credibility.
6.10.1 MAJOR POINT SOURCE PROJECTIONS
The best approach for projecting emissions from major point sources is to
obtain information on each facility. This type of projection information would
ideally be determined by contacting plant management, but it could be solicited
on questionnaires. Generally, questionnaires would not be sent out solely to
obtain projection information, but this additional information may be elicited
on questionnaires used in periodic updates of the baseline inventory. Permit
applications submitted to various Federal, state, and local agencies should
also be screened to get information on expected expansion or new construction.
In addition, the local metropolitan planning organization and other planning
bodies should be contacted for any information they may have on projected
industrial expansion and for comment on the reasonableness of any plans
submitted by plant personnel.
Once this type of projected plant growth information is obtained, the
agency needs to determine what regulations will apply, in order to estimate
controlled emissions. In the baseline projection, existing applicable
regulations would be assumed and evaluated. For instance, a fossil fuel power
plant now under construction and expected to start operation in two years would
be subject to Federal New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) for particulate,
S02, and NOX emissions. Hence, unless plant personnel indicated that more
stringent controls will be applied, the resulting emissions could reasonably be
assumed to be equal to the standard. Similarly, the effects of any alternative
standards would have to by evaluated. Since emission standards are commonly
expressed in terms of emission factors, mass loading rates, or concentrations,
the procedures outlined earlier in this chapter can be followed to estimate
controlled emissions.
When obtaining projection information from plant management, the agency
should inquire about increases in activity at the existing facility, at another
existing plant, or at a new plant. The agency should determine if growth will
result from expansion to existing capacity or from plant modifications to
increase capacity. These considerations are especially important for major
sources, since in certain areas new emissions may be limited by growth
allocations. Such information will also help the agency to determine what
additional control measures are likely to be required. The completion dates of
any expansion or new construction are also needed in order to determine if
emissions from a given source will affect the projection inventory.
As an example of making point source projections for specific sources,
consider a facility employing a large open top vapor degreasing operation that
emitted 100 tons of solvent per year in 1987, based on an annual production of
10,000 units of a particular metal part. Assume that no control measures are
being taken to reduce solvent losses from the process. Suppose a plant contact
6-25
-------
is made, and it is learned that 5 percent more metal parts will be produced per
year until 1992 using the existing operation, and that, in 1996, a replacement
facility will be brought on line at another location to produce 20,000 parts
per year. Moreover, suppose that the source is located in an ozone attainment
area where RACT is not required on VOC sources. To estimate VOC emissions from
this source for a 1992 projection inventory, one could assume that, since no
additional controls are expected, the current emission level can be multiplied
by the cumulative growth rate in metal parts production (i.e., 5 years at
5 percent/year = [1.05]5 = 1.28, or 128 percent) to estimate 1992 VOC
emissions. In this manner, emissions for 1992 can be estimated at 128 percent
of 100, or 128 tons per year, and the point source record for this projection
year should be adjusted to take this growth into account.
To continue this example, suppose a control strategy projection is
desired for 1998 to evaluate the effect of RACT as an alternate control
strategy. In this case, both growth and controls must be considered. As a
first approximation, if a similar open top vapor degreasing operation is used
in the new facility, one can assume that, since 1998 production is twice 1987
production, uncontrolled emissions from the replacement plant will be twice
those of 1987, or 200 tons per year. Since the new plant will be subject to
RACT in this control scenario, VOC emissions will be reduced 45 to 60 percent
from the uncontrolled case. Hence, projected emissions in 1998 would be only
80 to 110 tons per year, depending on which RACT measures were instituted.
Note that, since the replacement facility is to be built between 1987 and 1998,
a new point source should be included in the 1997 projection inventory, and the
old source deleted or assigned zero emissions in the projected year.
As is obvious from this example, even when projection information is
available for specific facilities, certain assumptions will be necessary to
project emission levels for some future year. For instance, in the 1992
baseline projection, it was assumed that emissions would increase
proportionally with production. This may not be entirely accurate depending on
the nature of the operation,, This same assumption, along with an assumed
emission reduction due to RACT, was also used in making the 1997 control
strategy projection. This underscores the point made previously that
projections are somewhat speculative in nature.
6.10.2 AGGREGATE POINT SOURCE PROJECTIONS
In many instances, projection information will not be available on every
facility in an area of interest. Some plant managements will not be willing or
able to provide forecasts of their corporate plans, especially for distant
years. In addition, many plants in certain source categories, such as small
industrial boilers, will be too small and too numerous to warrant the
individual solicitation of projection information. In these situations, other
procedures need to be employed to project future emissions. Two possible
approaches are discussed below.
In the case of large point sources, projection information may be
available on many sources within a given category, but for various reasons, may
not be obtainable for one or more facilities. For example, 10 paint
6-26
-------
manufacturing plants may operate in the area of interest, but successful
contacts may have been made with only eight of these. In this situation, a
reasonable approach to projecting growth and emissions at the remaining
two plants would be to evaluate the growth trends in the plants for which
projections are known and to apply them to the plants for which no information
is available. In the example of the paint manufacturing plants, if production
were expected to expand by 6 percent per year, on average, for the
eight plants, then this rate could be applied to the two plants to estimate
expected growth. Then, with the increase in production known, the appropriate
control measures would be considered in making a baseline projection. Good
engineering judgement is needed in this practice to screen out any unreasonable
projections that may occur.
For smaller point sources, obtaining projection information from each
plant may not be feasible. In these cases, the rate of activity growth may be
assumed to be equivalent to that of some surrogate indicator for which
projections have been made by local MPOs or by OBERS. For example, one might
assume that cold cleaning operations would grow at the same rate as that of
industrial manufacturing, which can, in turn, be estimated from projections of
employment in industrial manufacturing categories.
Regardless of what surrogate indicators are used for making projections,
the basic calculations are the same. The ratio of the value of the surrogate
indicator in the projection year to its value in the base year is multiplied by
the aggregate base year activity level for the point source category in the
base year. Because the projection years of interest to the air pollution
control agency will not often be the years for which growth projections have
been made, interpolation of projection year data may be required. Local
planning agency input should be sought regarding whether straight line or other
interpolation methods should be employed.
6.10.3 AREA SOURCE PROJECTION PROCEDURES
Two approaches can be used for making growth projections of area source
emissions. The more accurate approach involves projecting the activity levels
themselves. The more common approach, however, involves the use of surrogate
growth indicators to approximate the increase or decrease of each activity
level.
The first of these approaches is generally employed when a local survey
has been made or when other local estimates projecting growth in specific areas
are available. For example, if a survey of dry cleaners has been performed,
and the average growth in the modeling area is projected to be 5 percent per
year, then in 5 years, dry cleaning activity would increase by 28 percent." As
another example, a local asphalt trade association may be able to project area
cutback asphalt use in a future year. When considering such estimates, the
inventorying agency must recognize the possibility of deliberate or inadvertent
biases, through wishful thinking or self-serving motives, and it should strive
(1.05)D = 1.28, or a 28 percent increase
6-27
-------
to obtain opinions which are as objective as possible. Moreover, the agency
should be careful to determine whether or not such estimates of future activity
levels anticipate the effect of control measures. This is important, as some
estimates may be used more appropriately in control strategy projections than
in the baseline inventory. Any such projections should be consistent with
projections made by other planning agencies.
A common alternative to projecting activity levels directly is using
indicators of growth. In the context of projections, a surrogate growth
indicator is one whose future activity is fairly certain and is assumed to
behave similarly to the specific activity levels of interest. The most
commonly used surrogate growth indicators are those parameters typically
projected by a local MPO such as population, housing, land use, and employment.
As one example, the quantity of consumer/commercial solvent use in a projection
year might be assumed to grow proportionally with population. Hence, if
population in an area increased by 10 percent from the base year through the
projection year, consumer/commercial solvent use could be assumed to increase
by 10 percent, as well. Regardless of what variables are used as growth
surrogates, the basic calculation is the same: the ratio of the value of the
growth indicator in the projection year to its value in the base year is
multiplied by the area source activity level in the base year to yield the
projection year activity level.
In making area source emission projections, control measures will have to
be considered for certain source categories. The effects of controls on area
sources can generally be simulated by changes in either emission factors or
activity levels, depending on the source and the nature of the control
measure(s) being considered. As an example of the first of these approaches,
RACT for gasoline service stations could be accounted for by using an emission
factor lower than the uncontrolled factor given in AP-42. As an example of
the second approach, RACT for cutback asphalt paving could be evaluated by
simply reducing the activity level in proportion to the fraction of cutback
asphalt that would be replaced with emulsified asphalt.
Projection information on several area source categories is summarized in
Table 6.10-1.
6.10.4 PROJECTION REVIEW AND DOCUMENTATION
Because the projection inventories are so important in control strategy
development, they should be reviewed in draft form by the air pollution control
agency and as many other involved groups as possible. The projection
inventories will survive this careful scrutiny if all assumptions, procedures,
and data sources are carefully documented. This review and documentation
process will help assure that the projections are (1) consistent with any other
projections being made in the area, (2) objective and not biased toward any
particular policy, etc., (3) open, with all assumptions and estimates clearly
stated for public review, and (4) defensible because of all of the above.
The key aspects of projections that will invite criticism are: (1) which
indicators are used for projecting activity level growth, (2) when and where
this growth will occur, and concomitantly, whether it will occur by expansion
6-28
-------
TABLE 6.10-1. GROWTH INDICATORS FOR PROJECTING EMISSION TOTALS
FOR AREA SOURCE CATEGORIES19
Source Category
Growth Indicators
Information Sources
Gasoline handling
Dry cleaning
Degreasing
Nonindustrial
surface coating
Cutback asphalt
Pesticide
applications
Miscellaneous solvent
use
Aircraft, commercial,
and general
Aircraft, Military
Agricultural equipment
Construction
equipment
Gasoline demand,
vehicle use (VMT),
or population
Population, retail
service employment
Industrial employment
Population or residential
dwelling units
Consult industry and
local road departments
Agricultural operations
Population
Projections should be
done case by case;
projected land use maps
may be useful
Estimate on individual
Agricultural land use,
agricultural employment
Heavy construction
employment (SIC code 16)
U.S. Department of
Transportation,
state transportation
agency, state tax
agency, local MPO, or
Reference 20
Solvent supplier,
trade association
Trade association
Local MPO
Consult industry and
local road departments
State department of
agriculture, local MPO
Local MPO
Local airport
authority, MPO,
state aviation
system plan
Local airport
authorities and
appropriate military
agencies
Local MPO
Local MPO
(continued)
6-29
-------
TABLE 6c10-1.
GROWTH INDICATORS FOR PROJECTING EMISSION TOTALS
FOR AREA SOURCE CATEGORIES19 (continued)
Source Category
Growth Indicators
Information Sources
Industrial equipment
Lawn and garden
equipment
Off highway motor-
cycles, snowmobiles,
and small pleasure
crafts
Railroads
Ocean-going and
river cargo vessels
Residential fuel
combustion
Commercial/institutional
fuel combustion
Industrial fuel
combustion
Solid waste disposal,
on-site incineration,
open burning
Fires: Managed
burning, agricultural
field burning,
frost control
(orchard heaters)
Firess forest
wildfires,
structural fires
Industrial employment
(SIC codes 10-14, 20-39,
and 50-51) or industrial
land use area
Single-unit housing
or population
Population
Local MPO
Local MPO
Local MPO
Revenue ton-miles
Cargo tonnage
Residential housing
units or population
Commercial/institutional
employment, population,
or land use area
Industrial employment
(SIC codes 10-14,
20-39, and 50-51) or
industrial land use
Based on information
gathered from local
regulatory agencies
Based on anticipated
local regulations as
indicated by informa-
tion sources
Difficult to project -
see Chapter 4
References 21, 22
Local port authorities,
U.S. Maritime
Administration, or U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers,
Local MPO and
Reference 23
Local MPO, land use
projections
Local MPO, land use
projections
6-30
-------
of existing facilities or by new construction, and (3) what emissions will be
associated with this growth, either in the baseline case or as a result of
various candidate control strategies. When planning, compiling, and reviewing
the point source projection inventory, the agency should focus particular
attention on these issues.
It is especially important that consistent methodologies be used for the
base year and the projection years to estimate emissions for each source. For
example, if emissions from gasoline evaporation at service stations in a base
year are estimated from the results of a special study based on questionnaires
sent to individual service stations, it would be inconsistent to estimate such
emissions for a future year based on projected VMT. Such inconsistencies will
likely lead to changes in emission estimates that are due not to growth or
control measures but, rather, to changes in the inventory procedures
themselves.
A test to determine if the various base year and projection year
methodologies are mutually consistent is to judge whether each projection year
methodology, if applied to the base year data, would result in a replication of
the base year emission totals. If significant discrepancies are found, then
one methodology should be chosen to apply to both years. Generally, in this
regard, any methodology which applies growth factors to the base year total to
estimate projection year emissions or activity levels will meet this
consistency criterion.
6-31
-------
References for Chapter 6.0
1. Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors, Fourth Edition and
Supplements, AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, September 1985.
2. Evaporation Loss from External Floating-Roof Tanks, Second Edition, API
Publication 2517, American Petroleum Institute, Washington, DC,
February 1980.
3. Standard Industrial Classification Manual, Executive Office of the
President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC, 1987.
4. Lew Heckman, "Organic Emission Inventory Methodology for New York and New
Jersey," presented at the Emission Inventory/Factor Workshop, Raleigh,
NC, September 13-15, 1977.
5. Malesh C. Shah and Frank C. Sherman, "A Methodology for Estimating VOC
Emissions From Industrial Sources," paper presented at the 71st Annual
Meeting, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, November 1978.
6. Methodology for Inventorying Hydrocarbons, EPA-600/4-76-013, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March 1976.
7. County Business Patterns, Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of
Commerce, Washington, DC. Annual publication.
8. Recommended Policy on the Control of Volatile Organic Compounds,
42 FR 35314, July 8, 1977.
9. Clarification of Agency Policy Concerning Ozone SIP Revisions and Solvent
Reactivities. 44 FR 32042, June 4, 1979, 45 FR 32424, May 16, 1980, and
45 FR 48941, July 22, 1980.
10. Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent Metal Cleaning,
EPA-450/2-77-022, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, November 1977.
11. Control Techniques for Volatile Organic Emissions From Stationary,
Sources, EPA-450/2-78-022, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, May 1978.
12. David M. Pitts, Emissions Control Options for the Synthetic Organic
Chemicals Manufacturing Industry, Knoxville, TN, EPA Contract
Number 68-02-2577, Hydroscience, Inc., June 1979.
13. End Use of Solvents Containing Volatile Organic Compounds,
EPA-450/3-79-032, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, May 1979.
6-32
-------
14. Air Emissions Species Manual, Volume I; VOC Species Profiles, EPA-450/2-
88-003a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
April 1988.
15. E.M. Shelton, Motor Gasolines, Winter 1978-79, BETC/PPS-79/3, U.S.
Department of Energy, Bartlesville, OK, July 1979.
16. "Regional Economic Activity in the U.S.," 1972 PEERS Projections, Bureau
of Economic Affairs, U.S. Department of Commerce, and Economic Research
Services, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1974.
17. Hydrocarbon Control Strategies for Gasoline Marketing Operations,
EPA-450/3-78-017, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1977.
18. Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Use of Cutback Asphalt,
EPA-450/2-77-037, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1977.
19. Procedures for the Preparation of Emission Inventories for Volatile
Organic Compounds, Volume II, EPA-450/4-79-018, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, September 1979.
20. Energy Outlook 1978-1990, Exxon Company, Houston, TX, May 1972.
21. Annual Railroad Reports prepared for the U.S. Interstate Commerce
Commission.
22. Yearbook of Railroad Facts, Association of American Railroads, Washington,
DC. Annual publication.
23. U.S. and World Energy Outlook Through 1990, Projection Interdependence,
U.S. Congressional Research Service, Washington, DC, November 1977.
6-33
-------
7.0 SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING
7.1 INTRODUCTION
The final phase in the development of an emission inventory is
presentation of the data which has been collected, compiled, and analyzed. The
data can be presented in a variety of forms, from unorganized raw data listings
to aggregate summary reports. Generally, the form in which the data will be
presented is determined by (1) how the data can be most efficiently summarized,
and more importantly, (2) why the inventory was conducted.
Documentation supporting the inventory is a necessary part of all summary
reports. However, the degree of documentation, like the reporting format, will
also depend on the end use of the inventory data. In this chapter, some
examples of both inventory data presentation and documentation will be
discussed, as well as how inventory end uses can determine both the
presentation and the documentation.
7.2 REPORTING FORMS
The purpose of the emission inventory is the primary consideration in
deciding on a reporting format. An inventory developed only for research
purposes can be presented in many forms. For example, a raw data listing,
which basically presents the data compiled in the inventory, could consist
simply of computer printouts of sources and emissions. The printouts would
require no additional preparations for agency internal use.
On the other hand, reports which are for use outside an agency will
usually be more formal than reports for internal use. External use reports,
such as public information pamphlets and emissions control program documents,
require formatting which clearly presents summarized inventory data. Since
these reports summarize the inventory data, they are referred to as summary
reports.
A summary report includes information that has been aggregated and
organized in some manner during the reporting process. For instance, a summary
report of total VOC emissions from all dry cleaners in an area would of
necessity involve a totaling of emission estimates stored in certain file
records. In many instances, some analysis of the data might also be performed
in the process of preparing a summary report. A more formal summary report
will convey the inventory information clearly and concisely to the document
reader.
An example of formal inventory reports are State Implementation Plan (SIP)
submissions or other control strategy inventory reports. These reports must
meet formatting requirements set forth in local, state and EPA regulations.
Because requirements may differ for each agency as well as for different years,
the most recent Federal Register or local administrative code should be
consulted when reporting control program inventories. As a guide, reporting
formats proposed for the post-1987 SIP submittals are shown in Appendix B.
Table 7.2-1 gives VOC emission sources with their associated SIC(s).
7-1
-------
TABLE 7.2-1. VOC EMISSION SOURCES WITH ASSOCIATED SIC(s)
VOC EMISSION SOURCE SIC
Storage, Transportation and Marketing of VOC
- Oil and Gas Production and
Processing 1311, 1321, 1381-89, 2911-2999, 4925
- Gasoline and Crude Oil Storage 4226, 4612-19
- Synthetic Organic Chemical
Storage and Transfer 4226
- Ship and Barge Transfer of VOC 4469
- Barge and Tanker Cleaning 4469
- Bulk Gasoline Terminals 5171
- Gasoline Bulk Plants 5171
- Service Station Loading
(Stage I) 5541
- Service Station Unloading
(Stage II) 5541
- Others 2999,4226
Industrial Processes
- Petroleum Refineries 2911
- Lube Oil Manufacture 2992
- Organic Chemical Manufacture 2831, 2833, 2841, 2842
2861-68, 2891-99, 2999
- Inorganic Chemical Manufacture 2812, 2813, 2819, 2869, 2873-79
- Paint Manufacture 2816, 2851
- Fermentation Processes 2082-85
- Vegetable Oil Processing 2074-79
- Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic
Manufacture 2833-36, 2841-44
- Plastic Products Manufacture 3079
- Rubber Tire Manufacture 3011, 7534
- SBR Rubber Manufacture 2822, 3021, 3041, 3069
- Textile Polymers and Resin
Manufacture 2821, 2823
- Synthetic Fiber Manufacture 2823, 2824
- Iron and Steel Manufacture 3312-25
- Other Metal Manufacture 3331-99
- Others 2011-65, 2086-99, 2111-370, 2371-98
(continued)
7-2
-------
TABLE 7.2-1. VOC EMISSION SOURCES WITH ASSOCIATED SIC(s) (continued)
VOC EMISSION SOURCE
SIC
Industrial Surface Coating
- Large Appliances
- Magnet Wire
- Automobiles and Trucks
- Can
*• Metal Coils
- Paper
- Paperboard
- Fabric
- Wood Products
- Metal Products
- Plastic Products
- Large Ships
- Large Aircraft
- Others
Nonindustrial Surface Coating
- Architectural Coatings
- Auto Refinishing
- Others
Other Solvent Use
- Degreasing
- Dry Cleaning
- Commercial Printing
- Other Graphic Arts
- Adhesives
Cutback Asphalt/Asphalt Cement
Solvent Extraction Processes
Consumer/Commercial Solvent Use
Other
3585, 3631-39, 3651
35A6, 3621, 3643
3711-15
3411
3444, 3449
2621, 2641-3, 2647-9, 2654, 2655, 2673-79
2631, 2645, 2646, 2651-3, 2657, 2661
2211-99, 2399, 2591
2431-49, 2452, 2491-99
2511-21, 2531, 2541, 3995
2522, 2542, 2599, 3412-89, 3494-9
3511-72, 3576-82, 3586-99
2821, 2823, 3074
3731
3721-28
3573, 3574, 3600-29, 3641-8,
3652-99, 3721-28, 3732-924, 3996-9
7349
5511, 7532, 7538, 7539, 9621
4582, 8321, 9711
All
7211-19
2711-52, 2754, 2761, 2771, 2782
2789, 2791, 2799
2753, 2795, 3993
2434-39, 2451-99, 2511, 2512, 2517,
2521, 2531, 2677, 2789, 3021, 3061,
3088, 3142-99, 3711-99, 3812-73,
3911-99
2951, 2952
4013, 5511, 5521, 5541, 7538
2371
(continued)
7-3
-------
TABLE 7.2-1. VOC EMISSION SOURCES WITH ASSOCIATED SIC(s) (continued)
VOC EMISSION SOURCE SIC
Other Miscellaneous Sources
- Fuel Combustion 5812, 7391
- Solid Waste Disposal 4952, 9511
- Forest, Agricultural and Other Open Burning 0711, 0811-51
- Pesticide Application 7342
- Waste Solvent Recovery Processes
- Stationary Internal Combustion Engines
- Waste Management Practices 9511
7-4
-------
In addition to required reporting formats, a wide variety of tables and
graphic displays can be employed to present inventory data. Charts, tables,
and graphs can quickly convey to the reader emission breakdowns by industries,
geographical areas, or source size. Emission trends and the effects of control
programs can also be tabulated or graphed. Several examples of tables and
graphs are included here to provide some ideas on how data can be presented.
Figure 7.2-1 is an example of a pie chart illustrating the relative
importance of VOC emission sources. Figure 7.2-2 is an example of how to show
the relative importance of sources by bar graphs. Note that projection year
emissions can be compared with base year emissions. Figure 7.2-3, an expansion
of a sub-part of Figure 7.2-2, provides the reader with a detailed breakdown of
organic solvent emissions by source type. Other figures and tables may be used
if they illustrate the particular characteristics of an emission inventory.
How the inventory data can most efficiently be summarized will depend on
time and manpower available to assemble a report. Tabular reports are the most
common kind of report, as they can be readily generated from computerized
inventory systems. Certain types of graphic displays, on the other hand, are
difficult to produce using a computer and require time and manpower to develop
by hand. Most of the NEDS raw data and summary reports available to the public
are of the tabular variety. The various NEDS reporting programs are described
in detail in Reference 1.
Summary inventory data tables, together with raw listings of equipment,
activity levels, and emissions from individual sources, constitute the most
frequently used reports in the development and implementation of an ozone
control program. Because there exists a need at certain levels to be able to
compare baseline inventories from one area to another, as well as to determine
the impact of employing various control strategies, such as RACT, a common
format is considered desirable to promote reporting consistency. The format
presented in Appendix B is proposed for reporting of VOC, N0y, and CO emissions
in Post-1987 SIPs.zThis format allows the agency to identify all major source
categories of volatile organic compound emissions and to determine the
reductions that may occur in an area if various control strategies are
employed.
7.3 SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Documentation of the emission inventory is highly useful for all inventory
uses. While inventories developed for internal use may not require the same
degree of documentation as inventories used in SIPs, good documentation of all
inventories will help an agency when more formal inventories must be developed.
Therefore, compiling and maintaining documentation in support of data are
recommended in all emission inventories. Reference 3 should be referred to for
examples of emission inventory documentation.
Documentation entails keeping a record of all methods, assumptions,
example calculations, references, and results employed in the compilation
effort. The goal of documentation is to be able to explain to both the agency
7-5
-------
DECREASING
13.2%
DRY CLEANING
3.6%
MANUFACTURING
2.2%
FUEL COMB
3.5%
TRADE
PAINTS
5.0%
GASOLINE
MARKETING
11.5%
BULK PETROLEUM
STORAGE
22.1%
AIRCRAFT, RAILROADS,
VESSELS, INCINERATION
3.9%
PRINTING
5.1%
FABRIC/RUDDER
G.2%
INDUSTRIAL
"PAINTS"
11.4%
(NOTE: HIGHWAY VEHICLES ARE EXCLUDED)
Figure 7.2-1. Exnmple pie chart to illustrate source category contributions to total emissions,
-------
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSION TRENDS
1100
1000
900
800
700
.>- GOO
VI
c
o
500
100
300
200
100
-
—
-
II
(•;
L
II
L
K
J
1
F
E
U
A
II
£
ri
L
K
J
1
F
o
A
II
G
L
K
J
1
F
E
D
A
SOURCE CATEGORY:
L -OTHER MOTOR VEHICLE
—
K -LIGHT DUTY AUTO
J- AIRCRAFT
1 -OFF HIGHWAY MOBILE SOURCES _
H - BURNING OF MATERIALS
G • COMBUSTION OF FUELS
F -OTHER ORGANIC COMPOUNDS _
EVAP. (ORGANIC SOLVENTS)
E - GASOLINE DIST.
D- PETROLEUM REFINERY EVAP.
C - OTHER IND./COMM.
B - CHEMICAL
A - P E T R O L E UM REFINERY
19110
1990
2000
Figure 7.2-2. F.xnmplc b;ir chnrt Lo illustrate source cntep,ory contributions to tot.nl
omissions mid projected emission trends.
-------
Figure "5,2-3. Breakdown of organic solvent emissions by source type.
BREAKDOWN OF ORGANIC SOLVENT EMISSIONS BY
SOURCE TYPE
350
300
250
200
O
150
100 -
50 -
M
L
K
J
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
M-OTHER ORGANIC EVAPORATION
1-PfllNTING
K-PLASTIC FABRICATION
J- RUBBER FABRICATION
1 - OTHER SOLVENTS -]
DRY CLEANERS
H-PERC J
G-DEGREASERS
F- WATER BASE
COML. & COM. COATINGS
E -SOLVENT BASE
D-WATER BASE
INDUSTRIAL COATINGS
C-SOLVENT BASE
3 i B-OTHER ORGANIC COUP 1
A
A-SOLVENT J STORAGE TANKS
7-8
-------
and outside users (1) how the inventory was compiled and (2) how reliable the
inventory is.
The following documentation items are suggested as information which will
achieve these inventory goals.
A. Background information should be presented on reasons for compiling
the inventory, its future uses, how it evolved, and the significance of changes
from emissions of previous years. The source/receptor relationship used for
ozone control strategy development should be specified.
B. The geographical area covered by the inventory should be specified.
This may be a county, air basin, AQCR, etc. A map depicting the area should be
included.
C. Population, employment, and economic data used in projections should
be presented. These include data used in calculating emissions with per capita
emissions and emissions-per-employee factors (see Item H).
D. The time interval represented by the emission inventory should be
specified (e.g., annual, seasonal, hourly, etc.).
E. Traffic data for the inventory area should be summarized and
presented. Documentation should include descriptions of procedures and models
used in estimating the following: VMT, traffic speeds, miles of roadway for
each roadway classification, hot and cold start percentages, hot soak, and in
transit emissions, average annual miles driven by vehicle model year, vehicle
age distribution, traffic parameters for local (off network) traffic, traffic
parameters for roadway outside of the transportation planning area but inside
the inventory area, and any other parameters which significantly affect the
highway vehicle emissions calculations.
F. Any proposed or promulgated control strategy programs that will
affect the baseline inventory should be noted. In control strategy
inventories, graphs and tables illustrating progress toward air quality goals
should be included.
C. Baseline emission estimates should be summarized by source category
in tabular format. These emission estimates should exclude nonreactive VOC.
1. Source categories for which the emissions are negligible should
be listed as "Neg."
2. Source categories for which there are no emissions in the study
area should be listed as "0."
H. A narrative should also be presented for each category of the
inventory. The narrative should contain at least the following:
1. Procedures used to collect the data - Procedures should be
presented which describe completely how the data were collected and
7-9
-------
analyzed. A concise point source/area source definition should also be
included.
2. Sources of the data - A complete description of the types of
sources accessed in the course of compiling the inventory should be
presented. These sources would include, for example, permit files,
inspection reports, source test data, actual company inquiries, other
agencies, etc. A statement should be included assessing the completeness
of the data collected.
3. Copies of questionnaires - Samples of questionnaires mailed to
various source categories for the collection of data should be included
as part of the inventory documentation.
4. Questionnaire statistics - Statistics regarding the
questionnaire should be presented. This information may include:
a. The number of questionnaires sent
b. The number for which response was received
c. The method of extrapolating available information for
nonrespondents
d. Any assumptions made regarding the data received or not
received.
5. Emission factor citation - Emission factors used for the
calculation of emissions should be clearly stated. Factors from sources
other than AP-42 may be used, but a rationale for the use of these other
factors should be provided. Source test data are preferred over emission
factors.
6. Method of calculation - Sample calculations for each type of
computation should be presented, to allow for an independent verification
of the computations. (Some emission factors are frequently misused.)
Techniques for excluding nonreactive VOC from the inventory should be
described.
7. Assumptions - Any assumptions made in any part of the procedures
should be clearly stated.
8. Items not included - Any sources of emissions which are not
included in the inventory should be itemized in the narrative. A
statement as to why these sources were excluded should be presented.
Possible reasons for exclusion could be:
a. The emissions from these sources are known to be negligible.
b. No emission factors exist, and no source test data are available
to allow computation of these emissions.
7-10
-------
c. Emissions from these sources have been taken into account by
considering a background ozone concentration.
9. List of references - A list of references should be included as
a final section of the narrative.
Additional items should be included in the inventory documentation if they
will further clarify and support the inventory.
Once an inventory is well-documented and is technically sound, it can be
useful for several years with only annual updating. In certain cases, adequate
documentation may allow the agency to forego an update of certain portions of
the inventory, so that more resources can be devoted to higher priority items
in an ozone control program.
Technically correct and documented inventories are always in the best
interest of all air pollution management agencies.
7-11
-------
References for Chapter 7.0
1. AEROS Manual Series, Volume III; Summary and Retrieval, Second Edition,
EPA-450/2-76-009a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, July 1977.
2. Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Ozone State Implementation
Plans, EPA-450/4-88-019, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, December 1988.
3. Example Emission Inventory Documentation for 1982 Ozone State
Implementation Plans (SIPs), EPA-450/4-80-033, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March 1981.
7-12
-------
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY OF IMPORTANT TERMS
Activity level: Any variable parameter associated with the operation of a
source (e.g., production rate, fuel consumption, etc.) that may be
correlated with the air pollutant emissions from that source.
AP-A2: EPA Document Number AP-A2, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission
Factors, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina. Supplements are published regularly. This document includes
process descriptions and emission factors for a broad range of criteria
pollutant emission sources.
Area source: Normally, an aggregation of all sources not defined as point
sources in a specific geographic area. Area sources usually include all
mobile sources and any stationary sources too small, difficult, or
numerous to classify as point sources. The area source emissions are
assumed to be spread over a broad area.
Baseline projection: Estimate of emissions expected in future years, based on
a growth and emission control scenario. Baseline emission controls for a
given projection year include only those controls that have been legally
mandated at the time of preparing the projection.
Breathing loss: Loss of vapors from storage tanks due to diurnal warming and
cooling.
Control strategy projection inventory: An inventory of emissions, for a future
year, which differs from the baseline inventory in that it takes into
account the expected impact of a proposed control strategy.
Correction factors: Special multipliers employed in emission calculations to
adjust the resulting emission estimates more accurately by taking into
account special parameters such as temperature, pressure, operating load,
etc. Appropriate correction factors are particularly important in
accurately calculating organic emissions from mobile sources and petroleum
product storage and handling operations.
Degreasing: Any operation in which impurities such as greases and oils are
removed from a surface using an organic solvent.
Diffusion modeling: A mathematical technique for calculating the atmospheric
distribution of air pollutants based on emissions data and meteorological
data for an area. Also referred to as dispersion modeling.
Documentation (inventory): A compilation of the methods, assumptions,
calculations, references, etc., that are employed in the development of an
inventory.
A-l
-------
Dry cleaning: The practice of cleaning textile materials by treatment with
organic solvents. The most common dry cleaning solvents are
perchloroethylene and Stoddard.
Emission factor: An estimate of the rate at which a pollutant is released to
the atmosphere as the result of some activity, divided by the rate of that
activity (e.g«, production rate or throughput).
Emission inventory: A compilation of information relating to sources of
pollutant emissions, including location, quantity of emissions, number and
type of control devices, stack dimensions and gas flow rates, and
additional pertinent details.
Empirical Kinetic Modeling Approach (EKMA): A source/receptor relationship
developed by EPA for estimating the overall reduction of volatile organic
compound levels needed in an urban area based on existing oxidant levels
and VOC/NOx ratios.
Evaporative losses: Emissions caused by the vaporization of materials
(generally solvents) at normal atmospheric temperature and pressure
conditions.
Exhaust gas: Any gas, along with any particulate matter and uncombined water
contained therein, emitted from a source to the atmosphere.
Fugitive organics: Organic compounds that are not emitted from a source
through stacks, vents, or other confined air streams.
Gasoline marketing operations: The operations and systems associated with the
transportation of gasoline from refineries to bulk terminals, to bulk
storage, to dispensing outlets, and to vehicle gas tanks.
Gridding and subcounty allocation: The practice of distributing emissions or
any other parameter from a larger geographical area (usually a county) to
a smaller geographic area (i.e., a grid) using data presumed to be
proportional to the parameter being distributed.
Hydrocarbons: Any compounds containing only carbon and hydrogen. The term
"hydrocarbon" is often used synonymously with "volatile organic compound,"
although the latter also includes hydrocarbon derivatives, as well.
Imprecision (emission inventory): That error in an emission inventory due to
the variability (or random error) in the data used in determining the
inventory.
Inaccuracy (emission inventory): That error in an emission inventory due to
omissions, errors, and biases in the data used in determining the
inventory.
Inventory: A compilation of source, control device, emissions, and other
information relating to sources of a pollutant or group of pollutants.
A-2
-------
Land use projection: Estimate of land use in a future year (often given in
terms of land use maps representing the projected conditions).
Material balance: Technique used to estimate emissions from a source by
accounting for the weights of one or more substances in all incoming and
outgoing process streams.
Methane: The simplest hydrocarbon species; often excluded from VOC
measurements or inventories because it is essentially unreactive in
atmospheric photochemical reactions.
Mobile source: Any moving source of air pollutants, such as automobiles,
vessels, locomotives, aircraft, etc.
Motor vehicles: Motor powered vehicles such as automobiles, trucks,
motorcycles, and buses, operated primarily on streets and highways.
National Emission Data System (NEDS): An automatic data processing system
developed by EPA for storage and retrieval of source and emission data.
Nitric oxide (or nitrogen oxide): One of the two oxides of nitrogen which are
collectively referred to as NOX (q.v.). The amount of nitric oxide (NO)
in NOX is often reported in terms of the equivalent weight of nitrogen
dioxide (N02), in which case its true weight is only 30/46 of the reported
weight.
Nitrogen dioxide: One of the two oxides of nitrogen which are collectively
referred to as NOX (q.v.). The total weight of NOx is often reported "as
nitrogen dioxide (N02)", which is not the true weight of the mixture but
the weight which would be attained if all the nitric oxide (NO) were
converted to N02-
Nonmethane: Excluding methane (CH4).
Nonmethane hydrocarbon: All hydrocarbons, or all VOC, except methane.
Office of Business Economics, Research Service (OBERS): Acronym used in
reference to projections prepared jointly by the U.S. Department of
Commerce, Bureau of Economic Affairs, Office of Business Economics, and
the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, for the
U.S. Water Resources Council, April 1974.
Oxides of nitrogen: In air pollution usage, this comprises nitric oxide (NO)
and nitrogen dioxide (N02); usually expressed in terms of the equivalent
amount of N02«
Ozone: Three atoms of oxygen (03) combined through complex photochemical
reactions involving volatile organic compounds and oxides of nitrogen; the
principal chemical component of the photochemical oxidant formed in
photochemical air pollution.
A-3
-------
Ozone control strategy: A plan developed by an agency to control ambient ozone
levels within its jurisdiction.
Ozone precursors: Volatile organic compounds and oxides of nitrogen, as air
pollutant emissions and as air contaminants which undergo a series of
reactions under the influence of ultraviolet light from the sun, to form
photochemical oxidants, including ozone.
Ozone seasons That period of the year during which conditions for
photochemical ozone formation are most favorable. Generally, sustained
periods of direct sunlight (i.e., long days, small cloud cover) and warm
temperatures.
Paraffins: Saturated, nonaromatic hydrogen compounds, also known as long-chain
alkanes.
Photochemistry: The chemistry of reactions which involve light as the source
of activation energy.
Photochemical model (air quality): A detailed computer model that estimates
ozone concentrations both as a function of space and time by directly
simulating all of the physical and chemical processes that occur during
the photochemical process.
Point source: Generally, any stationary source for which individual records
are collected and maintained. Point sources are usually defined as any
facility which releases more than a specified amount of a pollutant.
Process variable: Any condition associated with the operation of a process,
including the quantities and properties of any materials entering or
leaving any point in the process, which is, or may readily be, monitored,
measured, etc., during the normal course of process operation.
Process weight rate: The process weight charged per unit of time. The term is
loosely used interchangeably with operating rate. However, operating rate
may cover either input to or output from a process, whereas strictly
speaking, process weight rate should cover only material input to a
process.
Reactivity: A measure of the rate and extent to which a volatile organic
compound will react, in the presence of sunlight and nitrogen oxides, to
form photochemical ozone.
RACT (Reasonably Available Control Technology): Reasonably available control
technology is defined as the lowest emission limit that a particular
source is capable of meeting by the application of control technology that
is reasonably available considering technical and economic feasibility.
Rule effectiveness: A measure of the ability of the regulatory program to
achieve all the emission reductions that could be achieved by full
A-4
-------
compliance with the applicable regulations at all sources at all times.
It reflects the assumption that regulations typically are not 100 percent
effectiveness due to limitations of control techniques or shortcomings in
the enforcement process.
Rule penetration: With regard to penetration into the inventory, it is the
portion (in percent) of the area source category that is covered by the
regulation.
Seasonal adjustment: Used with reference to annual average rates of pollutant
emissions, this is the factor needed to calculate daily or hourly average
rates for one season (in the case of ozone, summer rates are most commonly
required).
SIC Codes (Standard Industrial Classification Codes): A series of codes
devised by the Office of Management and Budget to classify establishments
according to the type of economic activity in which they are engaged.
SIP (State Implementation Plan) inventories: Emission inventories required as
part of the overall State Implementation Plan for achieving the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards. States are required under the Clean Air
Act to submit these plans to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Solvent: Any organic compound, generally liquid, that is used to dissolve
another compound or group of compounds.
Source: Any person, device, or property that contributes to air pollution.
Source category: Any group of similar sources. For instance, all residential
dwelling units would constitute a source category.
Source (process) information: Information collected on each point source in an
inventory that describes that source, such as location, fuel use and fuel
characteristics, operational data, stack data, or other identifiers.
Source information, together with emissions and control device data,
comprise the basic elements of an emission inventory. For area sources,
this information is usually limited to activity levels.
Source/receptor model: A model or relationship that predicts ambient ozone
levels based on precursor emission strengths (of NOX and VOC) and various
meteorological parameters. Source/receptor models may range in complexity
from simple empirical or statistical relationships (such as rollback or
the Empirical Kinetic Modeling Approach [EKMA]) to detailed photochemical
atmospheric simulation models.
Source test: Direct measurement of pollutants in the exhaust stream(s) of a
facility.
Spatial resolution: The degree to which the location of a source can be
pinpointed geographically within an inventory area.
A-5
-------
Species: With regard to VOC, a specific chemical which is part of a particular
volatile organic compound, such as methane, 2-hexane, 1,1,1-trichloro-
ethane, etc. With regard to NOX, a species is either nitric oxide (NO) or
nitrogen oxide (N02).
Species class; Any grouping of VOC compounds, combined in accordance with
regulatory policy or rules specified by input instructions for a
photochemical simulation model. Also called "reactive class" or
"reactivity class".
Stack parameters: Parameters characteristic of a stack and stack gases, as
required far input to some models. Typically included are stack height,
inner diameter, volume flow rate, and temperature of gas, all of which are
needed to calculate effective stack height (i.e., stack height plus plume
rise).
Stationary source: A source which remains at a fixed location while emitting
pollutants. Generally, any nonmobile source of air pollutants.
Surface coating: Operations involving the application of paints, varnishes,
lacquers, inks, fabric coatings, adhesives, and other coating materials.
Emissions of organic compounds result when the volatile portion of the
coating evaporates.
Surrogate indicator: (1) For spatial resolution, a quantity for which
distribution over an area is known or accurately estimated and which may
be assumed similar to the emissions distribution from some source category
for which spatial allocation is unknown. (2) For growth, a quantity for
which official growth projections are available which may be assumed
similar to that of activity in some source category for which projections
are needed.
Temporal resolution: (1) The process of determining or estimating what
emissions may be associated with various seasons of the year, days of the
week, or hours of the day, given annual totals or averages. (2) A measure
of the smallest time interval with which emissions can be associated in an
inventory.
Transportation planning model: A system of computer programs which are used in
simulating the performance of existing and future transportation systems
in an urban area.
Urban Transportation Planning System: An urban transportation planning battery
of computer programs distributed jointly by the Urban Mass Transit
Administration, and the Federal Highway Administration.
Vehicle miles traveled: An estimated total of number of miles traveled by all
vehicles, or by all vehicles of a given category, in a specified region
for a specified period of time; often used as a surrogate indicator for
spatial resolution of motor vehicle emissions.
A-6
-------
Vehicle mix: Composition of vehicular traffic as determined by the fraction of
vehicle miles traveled by each class of vehicle.
Volatile organic compounds (VOC): Organic compounds include all compounds of
carbon except carbonates, metallic carbides, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, and carbonic acid. A volatile organic compound (VOC) is any
organic compound that, when released to the atmosphere, can remain long
enough to participate in photochemical reactions. While there is no clear
line of demarcation between volatile and nonvolatile organics, the
predominant fraction of the VOC burden is made up of compounds which
evaporate rapidly at ambient temperatures.
Volume percent: The number of volumes of a given component in 100 volumes of a
mixture. In gaseous mixtures, equivalent to mole percent.
Weight percent: The number of weight or mass units of a given component in
100 units of a mixture.
Zone: A subdivision of a study area, constituting the smallest geographic area
for which data are aggregated and basic analyses made.
A-7
-------
APPENDIX B - POINT SOURCE PROCESS EMISSION REPORTING FORMAT
EPA proposed that post-1987 ozone SIP emission inventories be reported in
the formats shown in Figures B-l and B-2 of this Appendix. In addition to
presenting a summary of point and area source emissions in the format of Figure
B-l, point source emissions for each facility are to be reported by process as
shown in Figure B-2.
While these reporting tables are not required for all inventories, use of
some type of point source data sheet is recommended. By identifying emissions
at the process level, the effect of various control strategies can be better
predicted.
Reference for Appendix B
1. Emission Inventory Requirements for Post-1987 Ozone State Implementation
Plans, EPA-450/4-88-019, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, December 1988.
B-l
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY3
STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND MARKETING OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND
VOLATILE ORGANIC LIQUIDS
1. Oil and Gas Production
Detailed emissions from well head to load-out, including process
sources, storage, fugitive and handling
2. Petroleum Product and Crude Oil Storage
Fixed Roof Tanks
External Floating Roof Tanks
Primary Seals
Secondary Seals
Internal Floating Roof Tanks
Leaks from Valves, Flanges Meters, Pumps
3. Bulk Terminals
Fixed Roof Tanks
External Floating Roof Tanks
Primary Seals
Secondary Seals
Internal Floating Roof Tanks
Leaks from Valves, Flanges Meters, Pumps
Vapor Collection Losses
Filling Losses from Uncontrolled Loading Racks
Tank Truck Vapor Leaks from Loading of Gasoline
Non-Tank Farm Storage
A. Bulk Plants
Fixed Roof Tanks
External Floating Roof Tanks
Primary Seals
Secondary Seals
Internal Floating Roof Tanks
Loading and Unloading Racks
Tank Truck Vapor Leaks
Leaks from Valves, Flanges Meters, Pumps
5. Volatile Organic Liquid Storage and Transfer
Fixed Roof Tanks
External Floating Roof Tanks
Primary Seals
Secondary Seals
Internal Floating Roof Tanks
Loading and Unloading Racks
Tank Truck Vapor Leaks
Leaks from Valves, Flanges Meters, Pumps
B-2
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND MARKETING OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND
VOLATILE ORGANIC LIQUIDS (Continued)
6. Vessels
Petroleum Products and VOL Loading - Barge
Petroleum Products and VOL Loading - Tanker
Crude Oil Ballasting - Tanker
7- Barge, Tanker, Tank Truck and Rail Car Cleaning
8. Barges, Tankers, Tank Trucks and Rail Cars in Transit
9. Service Station Loading (Stage I)
10. Service Station Loading (Stage II)
11. Formulation and Packing VOL for Market
12. Local Storage (airports, industries that use fuels, solvents and
reactants in their operation).
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES
1. Petroleum Refineries
Process Drains ans Wastewater Separators
Vacuum Producing Systems
Process Unit Turnarounds
Fugitive Leaks from Seals, Valves, Flanges, Pressure Relief
Devices and Drains
Petroleum Coking
Cooling Towers
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Emissions such as Heaters, Boilers, Catalytic
Cracker Regenerators (specify)
2. Natural Gas and Petroleum Product Processing
3. Lube Oil Manufacture
A. Organic Chemical Manufacture
Fugitive Leaks from Seals, Valves, Flanges, Pressure Relief
Devices and Drains
Air Oxidation Units
Storage and Transfer
Wastewater Separators
Handling
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
B-3
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (Continued)
5o Inorganic Chemical Manufacture
Fugitive Leaks from Seals, Valves, Flanges, Pressure Relief
Devices and Drains
Storage and Transfer
Clean Up
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
6. Iron & Steel Production
Sintering
Electric Arc Furnaces
Other Process Units (specify)
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
7. Coke Production
Coke Pushing
Coke Oven Doors
Coke Charging
Coke Preheater
Topside Leaks
Quenching
Battery Stacks
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
8. Coke By-Product Plants
Collection Leaks
Primary Cooler
Ammonia Stills
Light Oil Scrubbers
Tar Precipitators
BTX Stills
Tar Decanters
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Unit Operations (specify)
9. Synthetic Fiber Manufacture
Dope Preparation
Filtration
Fiber Extrusion - Solvent Recovery
Takeup Stretching, Washing, Drying, Crimping, Finishing
Fiber Storage - Residual Solvent Evaporation
Equipment Leakage
Solvent Storage
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
B-4
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (Continued)
10. Polymers and Resins Manufacture
Catalyst Preparation
Reactor Vents
Separation of Reactants, Solvents, Diluents from Product
Raw Material Storage
Solvent Storage
Handling
Equipment Leakage
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
11. Plastic Products Manufacture
Mold Release
Solvent Consumption
Adhesive Consumption
Adhesives Preparation
Fiber Storage - Residual Solvent Evaporation
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
12. Fermentation Processes
Fermentation Tank Venting
Aging (Wine or Whiskey)
Drying/Conditioning Used Grain
Bottling
Clean Up
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
13. Vegitable Oil Processing
Oil Extraction and Desolventation
Meal Preparation
Oil Refining
Fugitive Leaks
Solvent Storage
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
14. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
Process Units such as Vacuum Dryers, Reactors, Distillation
Units, Filters, Extractors, Centrifuges, Crystallizers
Major Production Equipment such as Exhaust Systems and Air Dryers
Storage and Transfer
Fugitive Leaks
Packaging
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
B-5
-------
TABLE B-l. -INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (Continued)
15. Rubber Tire Manufacture
Undertread and Sidewall Cementing
Bead Dipping
Bead Swabbing
Tire Building
Tread End Cementing
Green Tire Spraying
Tire Curing
Solvent Mixing
Solvent Storage
Retreaders
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
16. SBR Rubber Manufacture
Slowdown Tanks
Steam Stripper
Prestorage Tanks
Secondary Losses (Wastewater - Solid Waste)
Other Process Units (specify)
17. Ammonia Production
Desulfurization Unit Generation
Primary Reformer, Heater Fuel Combustion
Carbon Dioxide Regenerator
Condensate Steam Stripper
18. Carbon Black Manufacture
Main Process Vent
Flare
CO Boiler
Solid Waste Generator
19. Phthalic Anhydride Production
Oxidation of o-Xylene
Main Process Stream
Pretreatment
Distillation
Oxidation of Naphthalene
Main Process Stream
Pretreatraent
Distillation
B-6
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (Continued)
20. Terephthalic Acid Production
Reactor Vent
Crystallization, Separation, Drying
Distillation and Recovery
Product Transfer
21. Maleic Anhydride Production
Storage
Fugitive Leaks
Other Process Units (specify)
22. Pulp and Paper Mills
23. Primary and Secondary Metals Production
24. Plywood, Particle Board, Pulp Board, Chip or Flake Wood Board
25. Charcoal Production
26. Carbon Electrode and Graphite Production
27- Paint, Varnish and Other Coatings Production
28. Adhesives Production
29. Printing Ink Manufacture
30. Scrap Metals Clean Up
31. Adipic Acid Proction
32. Coffee Roasting
33. Grain Elevators (fumigation)
34. Meat Smokehouses
35. Asphalt Roofing Manufacture
36. Bakeries
37. Fabric, Thread and Fiber Dying and Finishing
38. Glass Fiber Manufacture
39. Glass Manufacture
B-7
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES (Continued)
40. Soaps, Detergents and Cleaning Agents Manufacturing, Formulation
and Packaging
41. Food and Animal Feedstuff Processing and Preparation
42. Bricks and Related Clays
INDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING
1. Large Appliances
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Prime Spray, Flow or Dip Coating Operations
Topcoat Spray
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
2. Magnet Wire
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Coating Applications and Curing
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
3. Autos and Light Trucks
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Prime Application, Electrodeposition, Dip or Spray
Prime Surface Operations
Topcoat Operation
Repair Topcoat Application Area
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
4. Cans
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Two Piece and Exterior Base Coating
Interior Spray Coating
Sheet Basecoating (Interior)
Sheet Basecoating (Exterior)
Side Seam Spray Coating
End Sealing Compound
Lithography
Overvarnish
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
B-8
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING (Continued)
Metal Coils
Prime Coating
Finish Coating
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units
8.
10.
Storage
(specify)
Paper/Fabric
Coating Operations
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units
Wood Furniture
Coating Operations
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units
Storage
(specify)
Storage
(specify)
Metal Furniture
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Coating Operations
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Coating Operations, Flow, Dip, Spray
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
Flatwood Products
Filler
Sealer
Basecoat
Topcoat
Inks
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
B-9
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
INDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING (Continued)
11. Plastic Products
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Coating Operations, Flow, Dip, Spray
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
12. Large Ships
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Prime Coat Operation
Top Coat Operation
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
13. Large Aircraft
Cleaning and Pretreatment
Prime Coat Operation
Top Coat Operation
Coating Mixing
Coating and Solvent Storage
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
NONINDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING
1. Architectural Coatings
2. Auto Refinishing
OTHER SOLVENT USE
1. Degreasing
Cold cleaning
Vapor Degreasing
Conveyorized Degreasing
2. Dry Cleaning
Perchloroethylene
Petroleum Solvents
B-10
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
OTHER SOLVENT USE (Continued)
3. Graphic Arts
Letterpress
Rotogravure
Offset Lithography
Ink Mixing
Solvent Storage
Flexography
Equipment Clean Up
4. Adhesives
Adhesive Application
Solvent Mixing
Solvent Storage
Packaging
Equipment Clean Up
Other Process Units (specify)
5. Solvent Extraction Processes
6. Cutback Asphalt
7. Consumer/Commercial Solvent Use
Paints, Primers, Varnishes
Hair Sprays
All Purpose Cleaners
Insect Sprays
Car Polishes and Waxes
Room Deodorants and Disinfectants
Window and Glass Cleaners
Caulking and Sealing Compounds
Moth Control Products
Herbicides, Fungicides
Carburetor and Choke Cleaners
Auto Antifreeze
Personal Deodorants
Brake Cleaners
Adhesives (Consumer)
Engine Starting Fluids
Lubricants and Silicones
Engine Degreasers
Metal Cleaners and Polishes
Rug and Upholstery Cleaners
8. Asphalt Roofing Kettles
9. Pesticide Application
B-ll
-------
TABLE B-ls INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
EXTERNAL COMBUSTION SOURCES
1. Industrial Fuel Combustion
2. Coal Cleaning
Fluidized Bed
Flash
Multilouvered
3. Electrical Generation
4. Commercial/Institutional Fuel Combustion
5. Residential Fuel Combustion
6. Resource Recovery Facilities
7. Solid Waste Disposal
On-Site Incineration
Open Burning
Prescribed Burning
Structural Fires
Wildfires
8. Recycle/Recovery (Primary Metals)
Auto Body Incineration
Drum Cleaning
9. Sewage Sludge Incinerators
STATIONARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION
1. Reciprocation Engines
2. Gas Turbines
WASTE DISPOSAL
1. Publicly Owned Treatment Works
2. Industrial Wastewater Treatment
3. Municipal Landfills
B-12
-------
TABLE B-l. INDIVIDUAL SOURCE SUMMARY (Continued)
WASTE DISPOSAL (Continued)
A. Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities
Landills
Landfarms
Surface Impoundments
Storage
Incinerators
Leaking Undergroud Storage Tanks
Wastepiles
MOBILE SOURCES
1. Highway Vehicles
Light Duty Autos
Light Duty Trucks
Heavy Duty Autos
Heavy Duty Gasoline Trucks
Heavy Duty Diesel Trucks
Motorcycles
2. NonHighway Vehicles
Railroad Locomotives
Aircraft
Military
Civil
Commercial
Vessels
Motorboats
Off-Highway Motorcycles
Construction Equipment
Industrial Equipment
Farm Equipment
Lawn and Garden Equipment
Snowmobiles
Orchard Heaters
a
Pollutants in each source category are shown in Table 2.2-1.
B-13
-------
Figure B-l
Summary Table Of VOC Emissions For
(County or Equivalent)
(tons per day)
1
ie, Transportation
rketing Of VOC
id Gas Production
1 Gas and Gasoline
essing
Petroleum Processing
ne and Crude Oil Storage-*
(except floating roof)
ting Roof
le Organic Liquid Storage
Transfer
and Barge
r
and Tanker Cleaning
asoline Terminals4
ne Bulk Plants5
e Station Loading
ge I)
e Station Unloading
ge II)
ie Tank Trucks
(specify)
"ial Processes
sum Refineries
jm Systems
:i ve
1 Manufacture
Applicable
Regulation^
Base Year
(specify ^ear)
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
(^pecify j^ear)
Point Area
Revised SIP
Strategy
Projection
(specify year)
Point Area"
il ozone season weekday
ippreviations at end of table with brief explanation,
, I = Group I CTGs - State Reg XX.X;
Group II CTGs - State Reg. YY.Y, etc.)
les all storage facilities except those at service
ons and bulk plants
ons from loading tank trucks and rail cars
ons from storage and transfer operations
B-14
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
Summary Table Of VOC Emissions For
(County or Equivalent)
(tons per day)
janic Chemical Manufacture
'olyethylene
'ropylene
5tyrene
Ithers (specify)
"ugitive
»ir Oxidation
ithers (specify)
irganic Chemical Manufacture
mentation Processes
etable Oil Processing
rmaceutical Manufacture
stic Products Manufacture
ber Tire Manufacture
Rubber Manufacture
tile Polymers and Resin
anufacture
thetic Fiber Manufacture
n and Steel Manufacture
e Ovens
ers (specify)
jstrial Surface Coating
36 Appliances
let Wire
)S and Light Trucks
il Coils
Me
il and Wood Furniture
:ellaneous Metal Products
:wood Products
•tic Products
intinued on next page)
Applicable
Regulation2
Base Year
(specify year)
Point Area
1
Base Line
Projection
(specify year)
Point Area
Revised SIP
Strategy
Projection
(specify year
Point Arec
'pical ozone season weekday
st appreviations at end of table with brief explanation,
i.e., I = Group I CTGs - State Reg XX.X;
I « Group II CTGs - State Reg. YY.Y, etc.).
B-l 5
-------
Figure B-l (Cont)
Summary Table Of VOC Emissions For
(County or Equivalent)
(tons per day)'
'.hips
\ircraft
(specify)
:ustrial Surface Coating
;ctural Coatings
finishing
(specify)
olvent Use
ing
aning
loroethylene
leum
Arts
es
Asphalt
Extraction Processes
r/Commercial Solvent Use
(specify)
isposal
al Waste
stion
ills
al Boiler Co-firing
specify)
Applicable
Regulation^
Base Year
(specify^year)
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
(specify year)
Point Area
Revised SIP
Strategy
Projection
( spec ify^y ear)
Point Area
tl ozone season weekday
:ppreviations at end of table with brief explanation,
, I = Group I CTGs - State Reg XX.X;
Group II CTGs - State Reg. YY.Y, etc.).
B-l 6
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
Summary Table Of VOC Emissions For
(County or Equivalent)
(tons per day)
1
ier Miscellaneous Sources
el Combustion
^est, Agricultural, and
)ther Open Burning
;ticide Applications
jtionary Internal Combustion
ingines
>ile Sources
jhway Vehicles
.ight Duty Autos
.ight Duty Trucks
leavy Duty Gasoline Trucks
leavy Duty Diesel Trucks
ither Highway Vehicles
i-highway Vehicles
.all
.1 rcraft
essels
then
ile Sources Total :
tionary Sources Total:
nd Total For All Sources:
Applicable
Regulation^
Base Year
(specify year)
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
(specify year)
Point Area
Revised SIP
Strategy
Projection
(specify ^ear
Point Are
/pical ozone season weekday
ist appreviations at end of table with brief explanation,
(i.e., I = Group I CTGs - State Reg XX.X;
•I = Group II CTGs - State Reg. YY.Y, etc.).
B-l 7
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
• ummary Table For Oxides Of Nitrogen Emissions For
(tons per day)
(County or Equivalent)
1 Fuel Combustion
ty Boilers
trial Boilers
rcial, Institutional, Residential
External Fuel Combustion
ary Internal Combustion
rocating Engines
jrbines
Dmbustion
Disposal
Burning
ial Processes
:al Manufacturing
lie Acid
-ic Acid
.T
ind Steel
;1 Products
.-nt
s
T
eum Refining
ources
y Vehicles
t Duty Autos
t Duty Trucks
y Duty Gasoline Trucks
y Duty Diesel Trucks
r Highway Vehicles
Base Year
Point Area
Base Li ne
Projection
Point Area
Revised
SIP Strategy
Projection
Point Area
ozone season weekday
B-l 8
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
Summary Table For Oxides Of Nitrogen Emissions For
(tons per day)
1
(County or Equivalent)
Non-highway Vehicles
Rail
Ai rcraf t
Vessels
Other
Mobile Sources Total :
Stationary Sources:
>250m Effective Stack Height: Subtotal
Other Stationary Sources: Subtotal
Grand Total For All Sources:
Base Year
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
Point Area
Revised
SIP Strategy
Projection
Point Area
i
pica! ozone season weekday
B-19
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
Summary Table For Carbon Monoxide Emissions For _
(tons per day)
(County or Equivalent)
il Fuel Combustion
ty Boilers
.trial Boilers
ircial, Institutional, Residential
External Fuel Combustion
ary Internal Combustion
rocating Engines
urbines
ombustion
Disposal
ial Processes
cal Manufacturing
and Steel
al Products
leum Refining
sources
ly Vehicles
it Duty Autos
it Duty Trucks
y Duty Gasoline Trucks
7 Duty Diesel Trucks
;r Highway Vehicles
ghway Vehicles
raft
els
r
Base Year
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
Point Area
Revised
SIP Strategy
Projection
Point Area
ozone season weekday
B-20
-------
Figure B-l (cont)
Summary Table For Carbon Monoxide Emissions For
(tons per day)1
(County or Equivalent
Mobile Sources Total :
Stationary Sources:
>250m Effective Stack Height: Subtotal
Other Stationary Sources: Subtotal
Grand Total For All Sources:
Base Year
Point Area
Base Line
Projection
Point Area
Revised
SIP Strategy
Projection
Point Area
Typical ozone season weekday
B-21
-------
Data Elements
Data Elements (continued)
I. PLANT INFORMATION
III. SEGMENT INFORMATION
* NEDS State ID
* NEDS County ID
* NEDS Plant ID
* NEDS Pollutant
* Model Area (County,
Township, or Grid Cell)
Number of Employees
* Base Year of Inventory
UTM Zone
UTM Coordinates (km)
X:
Y:
* Plant Name
* Street Address
* City
* State
* Zip Code
Plant Contact
* Plant SIC Code(s)
Principal Product
Projected Attainment Year
Total Plant Banked Emissions
Year Emissions Banked
II. POINT INFORMATION
* NEDS Point ID
* Point Description
% Annual Throughput
Dec-Feb
Mar-May
June-Aug
Sepn-Nov
Normal Operation Schedule
* hrs/day
* days/wk
* wks/yr
daily start/end times
* Regulation1-in Place? (Y/N)
* Emission Limitation
* Compliance Year
* CTG Category (I,II,III)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
sec
SCC Description
Process Rate Units
A. BASE YEAR INFORMATION
Actual Annual Process Rate
Seasonal Adjustment Factor
03 Season Daily Process Rate
Maximum Hourly Design Rate
Control Equipment
primary
secondary
Control Efficiency (2)
Emission Estimation Method
Emission Factor Units
Emission Factor (uncontrolled
emissions)
Annual Base Year Emissions
(tons/yr)
Rule Effectiveness (Z)
03 Season Daily Emissions
(Ibs/day)
Banked Emissions (tons/yr)
Comment
B. PROJECTED YEAR INFORMATION
Projected Baseline Information
Compliance Year
Control Equipment
primary
secondary
Control Efficiency (2)
Growth Factor
Baseline Daily Emissions
(Ibs/day)
Projected Control Strategy Info
Regulation in Place? (Y/N)
Emission Limitation
Compliance Year
Control Equipment
primary
secondary
Control Efficiency (Z)
Rule Effectiveness (Z)
SIP Strategy Daily Emissions
(Ibs/day)
* Required for base year ozone or CO SIP emission inventory.
Figure B-2. Ozone SIP emission inventory point source information.
B-22
-------
APPENDIX C - SUMMARY OF CONTROL TECHNIQUES GUIDELINES
C-l BACKGROUND
The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 require each state having a
nonattainment area to adopt and submir a revised State Implementation Plan
(SIP) that meets the requirements of Section 110 and Subpart D of the Act. The
ozone plan portion of the SIP submissions must contain regulations which
reflect the application of reasonably available control technology (RACT) to
stationary^sources for which control techniques guidelines (CTG) have been
published."
Eleven CTGs, covering fifteen VOC source categories, were published prior
to January 1978. These first eleven CTGs were:
o Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabric, Automobiles, and Light
Duty Trucks (EPA-450/2-77-008).
o Surface Coating of Metal Furniture (EPA-450/2-77-032).
o Surface Coating for Insulation of Magnetic Wire (EPA-450/2-77-033).
o Surface Coating of Large Appliances (EPA-450/2-77-034).
o Storage of Petroleum Liquids in Fixed Roof Tanks (EPA-450/2-77-036).
o Bulk Gasoline Plants (EPA-450/2-77-035).
o Solvent Metal Cleaning (EPA-450/2-77-022).
o Use of Cutback Asphalt (EPA-450/2-77-037).
o Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems, Wastewater Separators, and Process
Unit Turnarounds (EPA-450/2-77-025).
o Hydrocarbons from Tank Gasoline Loading Terminals (EPA-450/2-77-026).
o Design Criteria for Stage I Vapor Control Systems, Gasoline Service
Stations, U.S. EPA, OAQPS, November 1975. Unpublished.
For each source category, a CTG describes the source, identifies the VOC
emission points, discusses the applicable control methods, analyzes the costs
required to implement the control methods, and recommends regulations for
limiting VOC emissions from the source.
"RACT regulations do not have to be adopted for these stationary sources if a
state can demonstrate attainment of the ozone standard.
C-l
-------
A document entitled Regulatory Guidance for Control of Volatile Organic
Compound Emissions from 15 Categories of Stationary Sources, EPA-905/2-78-001,
was published in April 1978. This document provides guidance to the states in
preparing RACT regulations for the fifteen source categories listed above.
In December 1978, a document entitled Summary of Group I Control Technique
Guideline Documents for Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing
Stationary Sources, EPA-450/3-78-120, was published. This document provides an
overview of the affected source facilities, the magnitude of the VOC emissions
from the facilities, and the recommended VOC emission limits.
EPA published an additional nine CTGs (Group II) in 1978. These nine CTGs
covered the following source categories:
o Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment (EPA-450/2-78-036).
o Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
(EPA-450/2-78-015).
o Surface Coating of Flat Wood Paneling (EPA-450/2-78-032).
o Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products
(EPA-450/2-78-029).
o Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires (EPA-450/2-78-030).
o Graphic Arts - Rotogravure and Flexography (EPA-450/2-78-033).
o Petroleum Liquid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks
(EPA-450/2-78-047).
o Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems (EPA-450/2-78-050).
o Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems
(EPA-450/2-78-051).
A regulatory guidance document was developed from these Group II CTGs.
Published in September 1979 and entitled Guidance to State and Local Agencies
in Preparing Regulations To Control Volatile Organic Compounds from Ten
Stationary Source Categories, EPA-450/2-79-004, this document provides
assistance to state and local agencies in preparing RACT regulations for the
ten industrial categories covered by the Group II documents.
In June 1980, EPA began preparation of Control Techniques Guidelines for
additional source categories. Group III contains five additional source
categories. Since September 1982, Group III CTG documents have been published
for these five categories.
o Control of VOC Emissions from Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners
(EPA-450/3-82-009).
C-2
-------
o Control of VOC Emissions from Manufacture of High Density
Polyethylene, Polypropylene, and Polystyrene Resins
(EPA-450/3-83-008).
o Natural Gas/Gasoline Processing Plants (EPA-450/3-83-007).
o SOCMI Fugitive (EPA-450/3-83-006).
o SOCMI - Air Oxidation (EPA-450/3-84-015).
In August 1980, EPA began a VOC Source Screening Study. This study will
result in the publication of a single document summarizing emission control
technology for additional VOC source categories. The VOC source categories
listed below will be addressed in this study.
o Adhesives application
o Lubrication oil manufacture
o Barge and tanker cleaning
o Plastics parts painting
o Oil and gas production storage tanks
o Solvent extraction processes
o Asphalt air blowing
o Wine making
o Beer making
o Petroleum coking processes
o Flares - petroleum refineries
o Flares - organic chemical manufacture
o Surface coating - large ships
o Surface coating - large aircraft
o Surface coating - wood furniture
C-3
-------
C-2 GROUPS I & II CTG SUMMARIES
Summaries of Group I and II CTG documents are presented in this appendix
for the convenience of the reader (Tables C-l through C-24). These summaries
have been extracted directly from two documents developed by EPA's Control
Programs Development Division at Research Triangle Park, NC. ' The summaries
are intended to present an overview of the affected source facilities, the
magnitude of the VOC emissions from the facilities, and the recommended VOC
emission limits. More information about the recommended control techniques for
an individual source category can be obtained by referring to the specific CTG
documents. The regulatory guidance cited previously (EPA-450/2-79-004)
discusses areas of difficulty in converting CTG information into regulatory
language, a compilation of industry comments on CTG information after
conversion into regulatory format, and identification of specific areas of
industry concern. For this executive summary, information not available in the
CTGs was supplemented with comments from other parties.
Group III CTGs were summarized for inclusion in this document and are
found in Tables C-25 through C-29.
References for Appendix C
1. Summary of Group I Control Technique Guideline Documents for Control of
Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources,
EPA-450/3-78-120, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1978.
2. Summary of Group II Control Technique Guideline Documents for Control of
Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources,
EPA-450/2-80-001, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1979.
C-4
-------
TABLE C-l. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF CANS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
voc
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EMISSION
RAU3E
PE^
FACILITY
100 TOli/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION'
PER
FACILITY
COSTS
Two- and three-piece can surface coatinc lines including the
application areas and the drying ovens.
Estimated to be 46C affected facilities nationwide.
Estiinated annual emissions from can coating facilities are 140,000
Mg/yr (150, ODD ton/yr) which represent, about 0.5 oercer.t of the es tirr.ct£.J.
nationwide VOC erusions.
Typical annual emissions fror:. can coatinq lines car. vary free 13 M:
(14 tons) for end sealing to ?£C K; (260 ton) for two-piece can coal-
ing for a plant average of 310 Mg (340 ton).
Typical can costing facilities as represented in the CTG woulc ill
approach or exceed 100 TPY VOC emissions if uncontrolled.
Tne reconmended VOC emission limits are:
4. Sheet coating, two-piece exterior 0.34 kg/1 (2.8 lb/gal )•
b. Two- and three-piece Interior 0.51 kg/1 (4.2 lb/gal)*
c. Two-piece end exterior 0.51 kg/1 (4.2 lb/gal)*
d. Three-piece side sea;:, 0.66 kg/1 (5.5 lb/gal )•
e. End seal compound 0.44 kg/1 (3.7 lb/gal )«
Tne actual percent reduction will vary depending on the solvent
content of the existing coatings and the control method selected.
Implementation of the recommended control methods can reduce VGC eris-
sions by 60 to 100 percent.
BASIS: 5,000 scfm facility using thermal or catalytic incinera-
tion with primary heat recovery, or adsorption with recovered solver,:
credited at fuel vaiue.
CAPITAL COST: J125.DOO - S162.000
A;;\'UALI2ED COST: S42.00C - $71,000
COST EFFECTIVENESS: S135 - S706 per ton VOC
Coating minus water
C-5
-------
TABLE C-2. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF METAL COILS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NU'lHlr OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EMISSW
RAI.GE PER
FACILITY
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LI KIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
fCKT^
Coil surface coating lines including the application areas, tne ary-
ing ovens, and the quench areas.
Estimated to be 180 facilities nationwide.
Estimated annual emissions from coil coating facilities are 30,000
K;.'yr (33,000 ton/vr), which represent about 0.1 oercent of tn«- esti-
mated nationwide VOC emissions.
Average annual VOC emission for a typical facility
to be ISO Mg (200 ton).
ft 7 Q ?
It is estimated that 2 x 10 ir. (2 x 1C ft ) of cci
result in a potential emission of 100 tons of VOC.
The recommended VOC emission limit is 0.31 kg per 1
minus water (2.6 Ib/gal).
The actual percent reduction will vary depending on
content of the existing coatings and the control method
mentation of the recommenced control methods can reduce
70 to 98 percent.
is estir.ited
1 coated could
iter of coating
the solvent
selected. Inple-
VOC emissions t>y
BASIS: 15,000 scfm facility using incineration with primary heat
recovery.
Capital cost: ~ $170, 000
Annualized cost: * $ 70,000
Cost effectiveness: $51 . S9J per ton VOC
C-6
-------
TABLE C-3. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF FABRIC AND VINYL
AFFECTEO
FACILITIES
Fabric and vinyl surface coating lines including the application
areas and the drying ovens. Fabric coating includes all types cf
coatings applied to fabric. Vinyl coating refers to any prir.nn;,
decorative, or protective topcoat applied'over vinyl coateo fooric or
1 sheets.
I,"J::::F. or
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
Estimated to be 130 facilities nationwide.
VOC
EK.;SS;Oi;5
NATIONWIDE
Estimated annual emission fror febric coating operations are 100,CK)0
K;/yr (110,000 ton/yr). The vinyl sfr orient of tht fitric ir.a.jto
e-',ts about 36,00: K.; 'yr (CO,000 tor,/y). VOC fror fabric coetir.r n: -
resents abO'jt O.i Percent of the estimated VOI er.issior.s na tior... •, OL .
VOC
EK1SS10I.
RA:,GE PER
FACILITY
Averaoe annual VOC emissions are estimated to be BSD Me (Sid tor.;,
100 TON'/
SOLACE
SIZE
Any but the snallest fabric coating facilities should exceed emis-
sions of 100 ton/yr of VOC.
CTG
EK1SS10N
LIMIT
The reconmended VOC emission limits are:
a.
b.
Fabric coatino 0.35 kg per liter of coating minus water
(2.9 lb/gal)."
Vinyl coating 0.45 kg per liter of coating minus water
(3.8 lb/gal).
VOC
REDUCTION'
PER
FACILITY
The actual percent reduction will vary depending on tne sclver.t
content of the existing coatings and the control method selecteo.
Implementation of the recommenced control methods can reouce VOC er.is-
sions by SO to 100 percent.
COSTS
BASIS: 15,000 scfir. facility using incineration v.itr. prir.ir)
recovery or adsorption with recovered solvent credited at fuel v
Capital cost: $150,000- £320,000
S 60,000 $ 75,000
Annua1ized cost:
Cost effect!veness:
S?« S39 oer tor. vnc
C-7
-------
TABLE C-4. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR SURFACE COATING OF PAPER PRODUCTS
ATECTED
FACILITIES
Nir.Efr OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VCC
FK:SZ:O:;S
N;:IOI.V:DE
voc
EKISSIO!,'
RANGE PER
FACILITY
IDC TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION1
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS
Paper surface costing lines including the application areas anj tut
drying ovens. Tne CTG document applies to manufacturing cf aahsfive
tapes, adhesive labels, decorated paper, boot' covers, office eerier
paper, caroon paper, typewriter ribbons, and photographic films.
SIC 2641, Paper Coating and Glazing, had 397 plants ir. 1S57.
Current estimates for this category are 290 plants nation«.ioc .
Estimated annual emissions are 320,000 Kg/yr (35C.ODr tor. ;yr). (V
this amount, the manufacture of pressure sensitive tapes and label;, is
estimated tc erit 263,000 K;'yr (230,000 tor./yr). Emissions fror ti..
ccatinc of paper products represent about 1.2 percent of nation»io-; VJC
emissions.
Emissions from typical paper coating lines can vary fror 23 tc
450 kg/hr (50 to 1,000 Ib/hr). A plant may have 1 tp 20 cojt ing '1 inci .
It is estimated that the annual average VOC emission f roc. paper cuitinc
plants is 1 ,480 Mg (1 ,630 ton). ;
Based on the data given, a plant with one large line or tw;
small lines can exceed 100 ton/yr of VOC emissions.
The recommended VOC emission limit is 0.35 kg per liter
of coating minus water (2.9 Ib/gal).
The actual percent reduction will vary depending or, the sclver.i
content of the existing coatings and the control method selected.
Implementation of the recommended control methods can reduce VGC.
emissions by 80 to 99 percent.
BASIS: 15,000 scfm facility using incineration with primary ntst
recovery or adsorption with recovered solvent credited at fuel fa'iLi.-.
Capital cost: S15C.OOO 5320,000
Annualized cost: $ 60,000 - S 75,000
Cost effectiveness: S3>5 - S40 per ton VOC
C-8
-------
TABLE C-5. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING IN AUTOMOBILE AND
LIGHT-DUTY TRUCK ASSEMBLY PLANTS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
H'J!-:i~-. OF
A"rECTEC
FACILITIES
VOC
ET.'.ESIO1::
N^TIC;-:::
voc
Er-.;£sioi;
K.V,:: PTF.
FACILITY
Automobile and light-duty truck surface coating lines inducing tiic
application areas, tne flashcff arejs, an; tne drying ovens.
The CTG provides no exerrcnons but notes tnat u ma, net t/e
reasonable to convert an existing water-borne dip prirw coa;ir: syster
Identified for the year 1977 to be 47 plants nationwide.
Estimated annual emssions fron. auto and Hoht fluty tru;i plant;
are 90, 000 Mg./yr (100,000 tor'yr). Tr.i< is about 0.3 perce'.l of
es:im=tei VOC emissions naiion.ii?.
i
Emissions fro- typical coeting lines car, vary fron. 27C to l,t" i
kg/hr (60C to «,000 Ib/hr). Average annual emissions are estir.itei to ti.
2,380 Mg (2,620 ton) oer subject plant.
IOC TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
All uncontrolled coating lines at the asserritly plants are expi:it.'
to emit in excess of 100 tons of VOC per year.
CTG
EKISSIO:;
LIMIT
The recormended VOC emission limits are:
a. Prime coating 0.23 kg/1 (1.9 Ib/gal) minus water
b. Top coating 0.34 kg/1 (2.8 Ib/gal) minus water
c. Final repair coating 0.58 kg/1 (4.8 Ib/gal) minus witer
VOC
REDUCTIOI;
PER
FACILITY
The actual percent reduction will vary depending or. the solvent
content of the existing costings and the control method selectee.
Implementation of the recoimenbed methods can reduce VOC 217,1 ssiom ft-r;
a. Prime coating 80 to 93 percent.
b. TOD coating - 75 to 92 percent.
COSTS
c.
Final repair
BASIS:
30
in botn existing
Cari
tal
cos
Annuc 1 ized
Cost
effect
- 65
coati ng
units
operations
t ',
cost
i veness :
- not available
per hour facil
and
S6
S2
$1
potential
,500,000
,003,000
.003 5-4
ity with
substantial vz-milu
ly applicable
- 550,00
S25.00
,000 per
0,000
r. p • -
w , UO^
control sylter..-.
tor. VOC
C-9
-------
TABLE C-6. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF METAL FURNITURE
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMEER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSION'S
NATIOl.. IDE
vo;
EK.ISS1C!.
RAI.GE PER
FACILITY
100 TOr;/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIK1T
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS
Metal furniture surface coating lines including the
application and flashcff areas, and the drying ovens.
Approximately 1,400 facilities would be affected nation;' ly.
Estimated annual emissions are 90,000 Mg/yr (100,002 ton'
yr). This represents about 0.3 percent of estimated VOC
emissions nationwide.
Estimated average annual VOC emissions are 70 Mg
(80 ton) per facility.
For a model dip coating line, a plant coating (with nc primer),
1,500,000 m (16,200,000 ft ) of shelving per year would er.it
about 100 ton/yr.
The recommended VOC emission limit is 0.3£ kg per liter
of coating minus water (3.0 Ib/gal).
The actual percent reduction will vary depending on the solvent
content of the existing coatings and the control method selected.
Implementation of the recommended control methods can reduce VCC
emissions by 50 to 99 percent.
BASIS: A dip coating facility coating 7,000,000 ft of snel.n.;
per year converting to water-borne or electrodeposi tion :
Capital cost: $ 3,000 - $1?«,OOC
Annualized cost: $11,000 - S 25,000
Cost effectiveness: $440 - SE57 per ton VOC
C-10
-------
TABLE C-7. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF MAGNETIC WIRE
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUKSiR OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS
Wire coating oven.
Estimated to be 30 plants nationwide. It is not
coating plant to have 50 coating ovens.
unusual for a wirt
CTG states that there 1s no way to know how much solvent is actually
emitted. About 29,500 metric tons (32,500 ton) of solvent are used eccr.
year but much of this is controlled.
Emissions from a typical uncontrolled oven will be approximately 12
kg/hr (26 Ib/hr). The average annual emissions of VOC per plant are
estimated to be 314 Mg (340 ton).
CTG indicates that each of the facilities, 1f uncontrolled, could
easily exceed 100
The recorrmended VOC emission limit is 0.20 kg per
minus water (1.7 Ib/gal).
1 iter of coating
The actual percent reduction will vary depending on the solvent
content of the existing coatings and the control method selected.
Implementation of the recommended control methods can reduce VOC
emissions by 90 percent.
&ASIS: 10,000 scfm facility controlling VOC by use of incineration
with primary heat recovery.
Capital cost: Approximately J22C.OOO
Annual ized cost: SE5.000 S115.000
Cost effectiveness: S105 - SUO per ton VOC
C-ll
-------
TABLE C-8. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR COATING OF LARGE APPLIANCES
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NL":-IK OF
A-FLCTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EK:£SIO:.
RAr;£[ PER
FACILITY
100 TO';/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
L1KI7
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS*
Large appliance surface coating including the prime, single, or
topcoat application areas, the flashoff areas, and the oven.
Estimated to be about Z70 plants nationwide.
Estimated annual emissions are 42,000 Hg/yr (4£,000 ton/yr)
which represent aoout 0.2 percent of estimated nationwide VOC
emissions.
The average annual VOC emissions are estimated to be
170 Mg (185 ton).
Extrapolating the model facility data, a plant coating 221, OOC1
clothes washer cabinets per year would exceed TOO ton/yr emusioni of
uncontrolled VOC.
The recommended VOC emission limit is 0.34 kg per liter
of coating minus water (2.B Ib/gal).
The actual percent reduction will vary depending on the solvent
content -of the existing coatings and the control method selected.
Implementation of the recommended control methods can reduce VOC
emissions by 79 to 95 percent.
BASIS: 768,000 clothes washer cabinets coated per year using
various combinations of control techniques.
Capital cost: S70.000 - SI ,250, 000
Annual ized cost: (S300.000) - S35C.DOO
Cost effectiveness: (SI, 050) - $1,180 per ton VOC
* (S—) indicates savings
C-12
-------
TABLE C-9. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR TANK TRUCK GASOLINE
LOADING TERMINALS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
Any tank truck loading operations at the primary wholesale outlet
for gasoline which delivers at least 76,000 liter/day (20.00C gal/Jo-').
A facility which delivers unoer 20,000 gal/day is coveres bv th*
CTG for bulk plants.
NUMB E ?, OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
According to the Bureau of Census, there were 1,925 tenrinds ir,
1S72. Current estimates are about 1,600 terminals nationwide.
VOC
EKISSIO'.'S
NATIOUID:
Estimated annual emissions are 250,000 Mg/yr (275,000 ton'yr)
wnich represent about O.S percent of estimated VOC emissions nationwide
VOC
EKISSIO:,
RAliG-: PER
FACILITY
Without vapor recovery systems, VOC emissions car. ranos frcr O.fc tc
1.4 gM.OCO liters of throughput (5 to 12 lb/1,000 gsl). For a tyruil
size facility having a throughput of 950,003 liter/da*- (250,03C cil'JiO
VOC emissions are estimated to be 200 Mg/yr (220 ton/yrj.
100 TO:;/YFI
SOURCE
SIZE
For an uncontrolled facility with fixed roof tanks, a 133,OX liter
/day (35,000 gal/day) plant would result in VOC emission of 1CT tor'yr.
For an uncontrolled facility with floating roof tanks, a 45^,000 liter/
day (120,000 gal/day) facility would result in VOC emissions of
100 ton/yr.
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
The recommended emission limit is 80 Big/liter (0.67 lb/1.000 gal)
of gasoline loaded. This limit is based on submerged fill and vapor
recovery/control systems. No leaks in the vapor collection systes.
during operation is a requirement.
VOC
REDUCTIOf;
PER
FACILITY
A minimurr. control of 87 percent is expected for the loading
facility.
COSTS
BASIS: 250,000 gal/day facility w.ith active vapor cor.trcl syster.s.
Capital cost: S140.000 - 1195,000
Annualized cost:
Cost effectiveness:
$ 20,000 - S 30,000
S120 - 41BO per ton VOC
C-13
-------
TABLE C-10. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR BULK GASOLINE PLANTS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSION'S
NATIONWIDE
VOC
p::ssiO!«
RA:,C-:
PER
FACILITY
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS
A wholesale gasoline distribution facility wr.icf-, h£i a n.ij.i !,.„:.
daily througnput of 76,000 liters (20,000 gal) of gasoline.
Facilities which deliver over 20,000 gal/day are covered ur.d-.rr
the CTG for terminals. Potentially severe econorric hardsr.ip may DC
encountered by bull; plants which deliver less than 4,OOC gal/Qe).
There were 23,367 bulk plants in 1972 according to trie
Bureau of Census. Current estimates are about IB.OOr. buH
gasoline plants nationwide.
Estimated annual emissions are 150,000 Hg/yr (165, OOC' tor./yr)
which represent about 0.6 percent of estimated VOC
emissions nationwide.
A facility with three storage tanks would have VOC ecissior.i
approxiir.aring 4.4 kg/dey (20 Ib/day) plus a range of 0.2 to 3.Ci t'
1,000 liters throughput (2.0 to 25.0 lb/1,000 gal). For a typical
size facility having a througnput of 18,900 liter/day (5.0CC/ oal/
day) average VOC emissions are estimated to be 15 Hg/yr (17 ton;yr) .
None.
Emission limits recommended in terms of equipment specification
alternatives:
1. Submerged fill of outgoing tank trucks.
2. Alternative 1 + vapor balance for incoming transfer.
3. Alternative 2 + vapor balance for outgoing transfer.
Emission Reductions Total Plant All Transfers
Alternative 1 22 percent 27 percent
Alternative 2 54 percent 64 percent
Alternative 3 77 percent 92 percent
BASIS: 4,000 gal/day throughput using submerged fill
and vapor balance for both incoming and outgoing transfers:
Capital" cost: $4,000 - S10.DOO
Annual ized cost: S 100 S 1,200
Cost effectiveness: 59 - $90 per ton- VOC
C-14
-------
TABLE C-ll.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR GASOLINE SERVICE
STATIONS - STAGE I
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMBEr OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSION'S
NATION-IDE
VOC
EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
TOO TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS*
Transfer of gasoline from Delivery trucks to service station
storage tanks.
No exemotions were noted in the "Design Criteria for Stage I
Vapor Control Systems."
Estimated to be 180,000 retail gasoline service stations
nationwide. There are 2
-------
TABLE C-12. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR PETROLEUM LIQUID STORAGE
IN FIXED-ROOF TANKS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EMISSION
RANGE
PER
FACILITY
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS*
Fixed-roof storage tanks having a capacity greater than 150,000 liters (40, DO:
gal or 950 bbl ) anc! storing petroleum liquids which have a true vapor pressure
greater thar, 10.5 kPa (1.5 psia). Fixed-roof tanks which have capacities less tr.ai.
1,600,000 liters (420,000 gal or 10,000 bbl) used to store produced crude oil and
conoensate prior to lease custody transfer are exempt.
Estimated for the year 1976 to be 7,300 tanks nationwide.
Estimated annual emissions are 560,000 Mg/yr (616,000
about 2.1 percent of the estimated VOC emissions nationwide
fixed-roof tanks are 4.7 times that from existing floating
total capacity of fixed-roof tank storage is less.
ton/yr) which represent
Emissions of VC.C frcr
roof tanks, although vr.i
VOC emission ranges for gasoline or crude oil storage assurr.inc 5 to 20 turn-
overs per year and a true vaoor pressure of 13.8 to 65 kPa (2.0 to 10 psia).
S i 2 e 1-
Capacity (gal)
Dimensions
diam. x ht. (ft)
VOC Emissions
Gasoline (Mg/yr)
(ton/yr
Crude Oil (Mg/yr)
(ton/yr)
Small
420 x 103
50 x 30
12 - 113
13 - 125
7-65
8-72
Medium
2.3 x 106
100 x 40
52 - 535
57 - 590
28 - 311
30 - 340
Large
6.3 x 105
150 x 48
123 - 1,353
135 - 1,490
6B - 796
75 - 875
Variable depending on many parameters Including the type and vapor pressure of
the petroleum liquid stored, schedule of tank filling and emptying, and the
geographic location of tank. As shown above a medium size tank can easily exceed
100 ton/yr emissions of VOC.
Emission limits recommended in terms of equipment specifications: Instel lat ior
of internal floating roofs or alternative equivalent control. Types of al terr.iii ve
controls ere not specified in the CTG document.
VOC emission reduction of 90+ percent can be achieved by installation of
internal floating roofs.
BASIS: 55,000 bbl (2,310,000 gal) medium size tank with gasoline or crude- oii,
with trje vapor pressure range of 14 to 69 kPa (2 to 10 psia) and 5 to 20 turr.ovcri
per year.
Capital cost: $31,000
Annualized cost: $(70,000) to 2,100
Cost effectiveness: (£123) - S73 per ton VOC
($-) indicates savings
C-16
-------
TABLE C-13.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR PROCESSES AT PETROLEUM
REFINERIES
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUM3ER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC
EMISSION
RANGE
PER
FACILITY
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS*
The affected facilities and operations are:
a. Vacuum producing systems (VPS)
b. Wastewater separators (WS)
c. Process unit turnarounds (PUT) - (i.e., shutdown, repair
or inspection, and start up of a process unit)
The CTG provides no exemptions.
No estimates of the number of individual facilities are
available. There are approximately 285 refineries nationwide.
Estimated annual nationwide emissions from vacuurr, producing systems
(VPS), wastewater separators (WS), and process unit turnarounds (PUT)
are 730,000 Mg/yr (800,000 ton/yr) which represent about 2.7 percent
of estimated VOC emissions nationwide.
The estimated average annual VOC emissions from affected facilities
at a petroleum refinery are 2,560 Mg (2,820 ton). Emission factors used
for estimating uncontrolled, reactive VOC emissions are:
a. VPS - 145 kg/10^m^ ( 50 lb/10^ bbl ) refinery throuohput
b. WS - 570 kg/lC-m, (200 lb/10, bbl) refinery througnput
c. PUT - 860 kg/loV (301 lb/10J bbl) refinery throughput
The following annual refinery throughputs will result in 100 ton/yr
uncontrolled VOC emissions from each affected facility type:
a. VPS - 627 x 10-m!? (3.9 x 10J? bbl )
b. WS - 160 x lOfrr^ (1.0 x TO? bbl)
c. PUT - 105 x loV (0.67 x 10 bbl)
Emission limits recommended in terms of equipment specification::
a. VPS incineration of VOC emissions from condensers
b. WS covering separator forebays
c. PUT combustion of vapor vented from vessels
Implementing the recommended controls can reduce VOC emissions by:
a. VPS 100 percent
b. WS 95 percent
c. PUT - 98 percent.
BASIS: A 15,900 m /day (100,000 bbl/day) refinery using tne
recommenced control eouipment.
VPS W S PUT - 10 units
Capital cost $1,000: 24 52 63 9S
Annualized cost SI, COO: ( 95) - (89) (310) 26
Cost effectiveness S/ton : (104) - (96) ( 90) 5
($-) indicates savings
C-17
-------
TABLE C-14. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR CUTBACK ASPHALT
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
TOO TON/YR
SOURCE SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
COSTS*
Roa
-------
TABLE C-15. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR SOLVENT METAL CLEANING
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
Three types of solvent degreasers are effected:
4. Cold cleaner: Catch loaded, nonboiling solvent desreaser.
b. Open top vapor degreaser: batch load, boiling solvent
degreaser.
c. Conveyorized degreaser: continuously loaded, conveyorized
solvent degreaser. either boiling or nonboiling.
Open top vapor degreasers smaller than 1 m of open area are exempt
from the application of refrigerated chillers or carbon adsorbers.
Conveyorized degreasers smaller than 2.0 m' of air/vapor interface
are exempt from a requirement for a major control device.
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
Estimates of the number of solvent degrtesers nationwide for the
year 1974 are:
a. Cold cleaners (CC) - 1,220,000.
b. Open top vapor degreasers (OT) - 21,000.
c. Conveyorized degreasers (CD) - 3,700.
VOC
EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
Estimates of annual nationwide emissions are:
a. CC - 380,000 Mg./yr (419,000 ton/yr).
b. OT - 200,000 Mg/yr (221,000 ton/yr)
c. CD - 100,000 Mg/yr (110,000 ton/yr)
which represent about 2.5 percent of estimated VOC emissions nationwide.
VOC
EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
Averaged emission rates per degreaser:
a.. CC - 0.3 Mg/yr (0.3 ton/yr).
b. OT - 10 Mg/yr (11 ton/yr).
c. CD - 27 Mg/yr (30 ton/yr).
100 TON/YR
SOURCE
SIZE
Data indicate that on an average 10 open top degreasers or 4 con-
veyorized degreasers may emit 100 ton/yr.
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
The VOC emission limit is reconmended in terms of equipment speci-
fications and operation procedures. Required control equipment can be
as simple as a manually operated tank cover cr as complex as a carbor,
adsorption system depending on the type, size, and design of the
degreaser.
VOC
REDUCTION
PER
FACILITY
The actual percent VOC reduction will vary depending on the control
equipment installed and the operational procedures followed. Recomnend-
ed control methods can reduce VOC emissions by:
a. CC - 50 to 53 percent (^ 20 percent).
b. OT - 45 to 60 percent (+ 15 percent).
c. CD - 25' to 60 percent (+ 10 percent).
COSTS *
BASIS:
and low vola
3.9 m? work
CC-a
&T-b
CD
CC of 0.5 m work
tility solvent (b;
area.
Capital Cost
Si .000
0.02s
0.065
0.3 - 10.3
7.5 - IE
area using hioh vol
; OT of 1.57 m2 work
Annualized Cost
SI ,000
.0.001
(0.026)
(O.S) - O.B
(3.7) - 1.5
atility solvent (a)
area ; and CD of
Cost Effectiveness
S/ton VOC
20
(240)
(360) - 220
(260) - 260
" (S — ) indicates savings
C-19
-------
TABLE C-16. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR SURFACE COATING OF
MISCELLANEOUS METAL PARTS AND PRODUCTS
ACT IT irii
fnd 1 I t ir«
• 1-2)*
Numiivr of
affected
furl
VOC
stni >a iona
nationwide
VOC
eml mm 1nn
rang* per
f«clJ1ty
(pp. J-JO,
2-0)*
100 Lomi/yr
»ourc« ftlzc
(c*lcul*l cd)
CTC
vmUntnn
Hnl t
(p. v) .
voc
redact I nn
per facility
(p.. 2-I>"
ur<-;iH , f 1 fifth u I f .'I
N , d ryi-rs , .mil nvt-its I i»r
n. Uir£? f»rro machinery
h . Smn 11 f a nn mnch 1 ncry
c. SmnI 1 appl1ancce
<[. Comnrrr 1 n 1 machinery
c . 1 ndiiMt r ia 1 machinery
f . Four 1 co L **d met a 1 produc en
g. Any other Industrial category, wli I ch coats mrcoln,
under SIC major Rroups 3'1-39, InrluHlvc.
t-pt tlifiHif facilities which are covered by previous CTT.B.
96,OO(J
*J.O » 10'1 Mg/yr (1 * 10'' tona/yr) uHtimaced (or 1977, which
reprcHeniH nbout S.O percent of HCaclonary source esc(iwcud
«-ml MM i on* .
a. An finlMHlon factor of 0.66 kg VOC/] coating lens water
(5.5 Ih VOC/Hfll conLlny leae water) con bt' expected from
a hirljlcy utlJizLng a coating compound of 75 percent organic
Htilvt'iir, 25 pifrcrnt Hollda by voiumc.
h. Kur fnclI 111rs utilizing an electrodepnsltion proccaa the VOC
iTilnuliin fiiccnr in 0.3d kc VOC/) coacliiR )c«« water (3.0 ib/gal).
An t-ml MM Jon fnctor of 5. !> Jb VOC/Ral implies chat a minimum proceui
rair nT 1.6i - H)'( g«J coating mncerial/yr would be required for'a
foclJlly Eu IM- u potcncJ*! 100 tona/yr source. !
CoaLlng method
4. Air or forct-tl air dried
11 emit
b. Clear cimt
i.. No or Infrequent color
.chnnRe or smn 11 number
of eoJor* appJled
1. Pnwilor coatlngi
2. Other
d. Outdoor, harsh exposure
or extreme perforraancc
cimroc tcrls tice
e. FrepMc-nt color change,
IUTKC uuiulicr of coJora
ap|il I cd , or first coat
on untreated ferrous
euhfltrnte
Recommended limltat ion
we. VOC
ypl. coating
0.42 kR/1 (3.5 Ib/gal)
0.52 kg/1 (A.3 lb/gftl)
0.05 kg/1 (0.4 Ib/gal)
0.36 kg/1 (3.0 lb/ftal)
0.42 kn/l ("1-5 Jh/i;;il)
0.36 kK/1 C3.0 Ib/gal)
Hrocsun modificatlon
KxhauNt ftae treatment
Pcrccnc ruducc_lcm__in VOC cmi»6ion§
(coat 1 UK/equipment ciinnpc) 50-98
90+
(pp. 3-8 to
A medium size coating line (— 743,000 m?/yr, — 8 « ID6 fc2/yr)
with «i nKlf or two coat ope radon using f lov-cont, dip-coat,
or H|tray-cout applicaclone. Tne rangcu cover the coto of
Hcveral dlfferent VOC control options.
Cflplta] cost
($JOOO)
Annufl11 zed cost
(5)000)
Ci.Ht rffrctJvene
(S/HK)
( S/inn)
20-1,837.
(27)t-602
(290)1-6,841
(263)1-6,206
"Ti>* »ourc« of the nummary information in the indicated page number in "Control of
VoUtlU Organic EminBlnns from Existing Stotlonary Sources, Volume VI: Surface
Coating of MJpcellaneoue ttctal Parts and Products," EPA-450/2-7&-015.
7Numu»rB In p«r»nelite•• arc savings.
C-20
-------
TABLE C-17.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR FACTORY SURFACE
COATING OF FLATWOOD PANELING
Af footed
fad lltK-n
(p. l-2)»
Number of
H f f i' c: t c . 2-5)*
UK) tons/yr
Huurrc H 1 r.c
(calculated)
CTC
cml RN 1 on
1 imlt
(p. v).
VOC
re line t 1 (jn
ic r facility
(Table 2-1
p. 2-4)*
Cue t H
(Table 3-2
p. I-1))*
'lite affcrird f;tc 1 1 1 t i CH art: factories that surface coat the
fnl luwlni', tyiu'H uf flat wood panels:
a. Kardwood plyvood
b. Part Iclcboard
<_. Hnrdbonrd
Affected Facilities Nationwide Totol
a. Hardwood plywood 247
b. Partlcleboard BO
c. Hardboard 67
8.4 « 10'' Mg/yr (9.3 « 101' tons/yr) estimated for 1977 which
reprtBencs about O.S percent of stationary source estimated
eml sfllona .
Potential VDC cmlsuionn per coated surface area are:
0.4 to B.U kR/)00 m? (O.B to 16.5 lb/1000 ft2)
ilepenillnK on Che coating/curing process au well as Che coating
mn t e r 1 n 1 « UHIM! .
K.tHeil on rlu- VOC cmlsRion range above, n 100 cpy source would
ronL n mlnfmviirt annual throughput of:
3.8 « }0'J ID 7.7 » 10° standard punels/yr
Where n Ht:in.lard pnncl Id 2.97 m2 (32 ft2).
Recommended limitation
Printed hardwood plywood 2.9 kg VOC/100 m7
and purclclcbonrd (6.0 Ib VOC/1000 ft2)
Natural flnlHh hardwood plywood 5.8 kg VOC/100 m2 )
(12.0 Ib VOC/1000 ft2)
ClasH M1 finishes for hard- 4.8 kg VOC/100 m2 )
board panel Inn (10.0 Ib VOC/1000 ft2)
70 to 90 percent VOC emission reduction, depending on coating
material and coveroge, through use of water-borne coatings,
Incineration, adsorption, ultraviolet curing or electron bean
curing.
HnslR:
Shifts: 1 2
Pane)K/yr: 2,000,000 4,000,000
Watcruorne UV/Uaicrbornc Watcrhornp IfV/Uncprborne
Capital cost 52 155 52 155
(51000)
Anmiiillzfil roHt 101 124.6 200.8 234.4
(SIOOO)
Cost effect Ivenetis
($/MK) • 269 292 256 264
(5/ton) 244 264 232 240
•Thr Mourcc of the summary Information JB the indicated page number in "Control of
Volatile OrRimic KmlHHlons from ExisclnR Stationary Sources, Volume VII: Factory
Surfncc Contlng of Flat Wood Paneling," EPA-450/2-76-032.
^Definition on p. vli of KPA-450/2-78-032.
C-21
-------
TABLE C-18. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR MANUFACTURE OF SYNTHESIZED
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS
Af footed
facilitia*
(p. 1-4)*
Number of
af f«cted
facilities
(p. 1-2)*
VOC
ismisulons
nationwide
VOC
•mission
range per
facility
100 ton/yr
source size
CTG
•mission
Unit
(p. 1-5)*
VOC
reduction
p«r facility
Costs
(pp. 5-14
to 5-42)*
Synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities. Specific
sources include:
1. Dryers . 5. Filters
2. Reactors 6. Extraction equipment
3. Distillation Units 7. Centrifuges
4. Storaye and transfer 8. Crystallizers .
of VOC
Estimated 800 plants nationwide
50,000 Mg/yr (55,000 tons/yr) estimated for 1977 which represents
about 0.3 percent of stationary source estimated VOC emissions.
Not available
Not available
1. u. Surface condensers or equivalent control on vents from
reactors, distillation operations, crystallizers , cen-
trifuges, and vacuum dryers that emit 6.8 kg/ day (15 Ib/day)
or more VOC.
b. Surface condensers must meet certain temperature versus VOC
vapor pressure criteria.
2. Additional specific emission reductions are required for air
dryers, production equipment exhaust systems, and storage and
transfer of VOC.
3. Enclosures or covers are recommended for rotary vacuum filters,
processing liquid containing VOC and in-process tanks.
4. Repair of components leaking liquids containing VOC.
Not available
Capital and Annualized Cost graphs are provided for the following types
of control equipment: conservation vents, floating roofs, pressure
vessels, carbon adsorption systems, thermal and catalytic incineration
systems, water cooled condensers, chilled water and brine cooled con-
densers, freon cooled condensers, packed bed scrubbers and venturi
scrubbers.
Cost effectiveness data is not calculated for typical plants.
The source of the summary information is the indicated page(s) in "Control of Volatile
Organic Emissions from Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products,"
EPA-450/2-78-029.
C-22
-------
TABLE C-19.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR MANUFACTURE OF
PNEUMATIC RUBBER TIRES
Affected
facilities
(pp. 1-1,
1-3)*
Rubber tire manufacturing plants, producing passenger car, and light
and medium duty truck tires. Operations affected are: undertread
cementing, bead dipping, tread end cementing, and green tire spraying.
Number of
affected
facilities
(p. 2-2)*
_ —
voc
emissions
nationwide
(p. 1-2)*
Maximum of 62 rubber tire plants nationwide
1976 VOC emissions estimate from rubber tire manufacturing totalled
88,200 Mg/yr (97,200 tons/yr). This quantity represents 0.6 percent
of total national VOC emissions from stationary sources.
VOC
emission
r*nge per
facility
(p. 1-2) *
The average tire plant is estimated to release 4,000 kg per day
(8,820 Ib/day) of emissions or 1,000 Mg VOC per year (1,100 tons/yr),
100 tons/yr
source size
(p. 2-8) *
The model plant, producing 16,000 tires/day, has potential to emit
1,460 Mg/yr (1,600 tons VOC/yr). Therefore a plant producing approxi-
mately 1,000 cires/day would be a potential 100 tons/yr source.
CTG
emission
limit
(p. 4-2) *
VOC emissions reduction from the affected operations is recommended
through use of carbon adsorption or incineration. Water-based coat-
ings may be used for green tire spraying.
V0C
reduction
per facility
(p. 1-4) *
a. Carbon adsorption gives an overall efficiency of 62-86 percent in
reducing VOC emissions, when applied to the affected operations.
b. Incineration gives an overall efficiency of 59-81 percent when
applied to the affected operations.
c. Water-based coatings, applied to green tire spraying, provide an
overall emission reduction efficiency of 97 percent.
Costs
(PP- 4-11,
4-15) *
Basis: A model 16,000 tires/day plant using the various control
technologies recommended on the following affected operations.
All costs are based on January 1978 dollars.
Capital cost
(S1000)
Annualized cost
($1000)
Cost effectiveness
(5/Mg)
(S/ton)
Undertread
cementing
130-340
92-280
166-505
150-458
Bead dipping
115-250
70-985
1,4 TO- 20, 800
1,340-18,800
Tread end
cementing
135-375
100-340
1,140-3,880
1,000-3,500
Green tire
spraying
15-450
118-490
202-839
184-763
"The source of the summary information is the indicated paae(s) in "Control
of Volatile Organic Emissions from Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires,"
EPA-450/2-78-030.
C-23
-------
TABLE C-20. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR GRAPHIC ARTS -
ROTOGRAVURE AND FLEXOGRAPHY
Affected
fflcl lit ies
(p. 1-D*
Number of
affected
facilities
(p. 2-5)*
VOC
emlBS ions
nationwide
(p. 2-8) *
VOC
emission
r«ni?e per
facility
(calculated)
100 tons/yr
source size
CTG
emission
limit
(pp. 1-2,
1-3) *
VOC
reduction
per facility
Costs
(pp. 4-8
4-13) *
Flexogrnphlc and rotogravure processes applied to pub 1 1 cnt Inn
packaging printing.
and
a. Pub 11 cat ion printing is done in large printing plnnts, numhcT Inc.
less than 50 in total.
b. There are approximately 13 to 14 thousand gravure printing units
and 30 thousand flexographic printing units.
u. Crovure 100,000 Mg/yr 1976 (110,000 tons/yr)
b. Flexography 30,000 Mg/yr 1.976 (33,000 tons/yr)
This represents about 0.8 percent of stationary source estimated
emissions.
a. Grnvure 7.4 Mg/printlng unit per year
(8.2 tons/unit)
b. Flexography 1 Mg/printing unit per year
(1.1 tons /printing unit per year)
A plant will be a potential 100 tons/yr VOC source if it uses
110-180 Mg (120-200 tons) of ink per year, where the solvent
concentration is 50-85 percent.
list of uater-borne or high solids inks meeting certain composition
criteria or the use of capture and control equipment which provides:
u. 75 percent overall VOC reduction where a publication
rotogravure process is employed;
b. 65 percent overall VOC reduction where a. packaging roto-
rotoj;ravure process is employed; or,
c. 60 percent overall VOC reduction where a flexographic
printing process is employed.
Same as CTC limit above.
VOC control option
Ink usage ,
Mg/yr
(tons/yr)
VOC concentration ppm
Capital cost
Annualizcd cost
Cost ef f ectivenesu
S/MR
S /ton
Incinerator
7
(7.7)
500
94,000
24,900
8,360
7,570
Incinerator
2,500
(2,750)
500
1,110,000
1,665,500
1,650
1,480
Carbon
adsorption
3,500
(3,860)
1,200
701,000
72,800
51
46
Cvi rh on
adsorption
7,000
(7,720)
2,400
701 ,000
(41 ,700)t
•The source of the summary information is the indicated page number in "Control of
Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources, Volume VIII: Graphic
Arts — Rotogravure and Flexography," EPA-450/2-78-033.
'Numbers in parentheses are savings.
C-24
-------
TABLE C-21.
SUMMAKY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR PERCHLOROETHYLENE
DRY CLEANING SYSTEMS
Affected
facilities
(p. 2-D*
Affected facilities are coin-operated, commercial, and industrial dry
cleaning systems which utilize perchloroethylene as solvent.
Number of
affected
facilities
(calculated)
a. Coin-op 14,900
b. Commercial 44,600
c. Industrial 230
VOC
emissions
nationwide
(pp. 1-2,
2-1) *
a.
b.
Coin-op
Commercial
Industrial
21,400 Mg/yr
123,000 Mg/yr
13,600 Mg/yr
(23,500 tons/yr)
(135,000 tons/yr)
(15,000 tons/yr)
The estimated 158,000 Mg VOC/yr is 0.9 percent of total stationary
source estimated emissions.
VOC
emission
range per
facility
(p. 5-2)*
Uncontrolled VOC emissions
Type of plant
a. Coin-op
b. Commercial
c. Industrial
kg/yr
1,460
3,240
32,400
(Ib/vr)
(3,200)
(7,200)
(72,000)
100 tons/yr
source sire
(extrapolated)
A large industrial dry cleaning plant, processing 750 Mg (825 tons) of
clothes per year, would be a potential 100 tons VOC per year source.
CTC
emission
limit
(pp. 6-1 -
6-4)*
Reduction of dryer outlet concentration to less than 100 ppra VOC,
by means of carbon adsorption. (Facilities with inadequate space
or steam capacity for adsorbers are excluded.)
Reduction of VOC emissions from filter and distillation wastes.
Eliminate liquid and vapor leaks.
VOC
reduction
per facility
(pp. 2-5,
2-7)*
Carbon adsorption applied to commercial and industrial plants will
reduce overall VOC emissions by 40-75 percent.
Costs
(P. 4-5)*
Basis: Caroon adsorbers for a commercial plant cleaning 46,000 kg
(100,000 Ib) of clothes per year.
Capital cost $4,500
Annualized cost $300
Cost effectiveness $90 credit/Mg
$80 credit/ton
"The source of the summary information is the indicated page number in "Control of
Volatile Organic Emissions from Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems," EPA-450/2-78-050.
C-25
-------
TABLE C-22.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR LEAKS FROM PETROLEUM
REFINERY EQUIPMENT
Af fueled
foci 11 ties
(p. 6-])*
PftrciJeum refinery equipment Including pump seals, compressor
Heals, sc.-il oil degassing vents, pipeline valves, flanges and
other connections, pressure relief devices, process drains,
and open ended pipes.
Number of
affected
fucilities
There were 311 petroleum refineries in the nation as of
January 1, 1979. -
VOC
eminalone
nationwide
(p. 5-D*
The estimated VOC emissions nationwide are 170,000 Mg/year,
or ubout 1 percent of the total VOC emissions from stationary
HOurces.
VOC
The potential VOC emissions per leaking source range from 1.0 to
10 kg/day.
rnnge per
facility
(p. 3-2)*
100 Lon/ye;ir
a o u r c e .size
(p. 1-3, 2-3)*
A single leaking source has the potential to emit 0.4 to 3.7 Mg
VOC/year (0.5 to 4.1 ton/yr). A refinery with between 25 and
227 leaking components would emit 100 tons/year of VOC. A
mode] medium size refinery may have 90,000 leaking components.
CTC;
eml tiu 1 on
limit-B
(p. 1-3)*
If a leaking component has a VOC concentration of over 10,000 ppm
.it the potential leak source, it should be scheduled for main-
tenance and repaired within 15 days.
VOC
reduction per
focll Ity
(cal cul 11 ted)
Estimated to prevent the release of 1821.1 Mg/year (2007.4 ton/
year) of VOC at a model medium size refinery (15,900 m3/day) by
reducing emissions from 2933.6 Mg (3233.5 ton) to 1112.5 Mg
(1226.1 ton) per year
CUH CH
(p. 4-H)*
Basis: A monitoring and maintenance program for a 15,900 ra3/d,ay
(100,000 bbl/day) refinery (Fourth quarter 1977 dollars).
Instrumentation Capital Cost 8,800
Total Annu.il i zed Costs 115,000
Cost Effectiveness $/Mg (86.85)'*'
$/ton (78.8I)"1'
The wource of the summary Information is the indicated page number(s) in "Control
of VoluLlle Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment,"
EPA-450/2-78-036.
Numbers in parentheses are savings.
C-26
-------
TABLE C-23.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR EXTERNAL FLOATING
ROOF TANKS
Affected
facillties
(p. 1-2)*
External floating roof tanks larger than 150,000 liters (40,000 gal)
storing petroleum liquids. See exceptions noted in text.
Number of
af foe ted
facilities
(p. 2-1) *
There IB un estimated 13,800 internal and external floating roof tanks
that are larger than 150,000 liters (40,000 gal). The number of ex-
ternal floating roof tanks is not available.
VOC
emissions
nnci onulde
(p. 1-2)-
An estimated 65,000 Mg (71,630 tons) of VOC was emitted in 1978 which
represents about 4.0 percent of stationary source estimated emissions.
VOC
emiss ion
range per
facility
(pp. 3-3,
3-9) *
The emission range for a 30.5 m (100 ft) diameter tank storing 41.4 kPa
(6 pel) vapor pressure gasoline is 212 Mg/yr (233 tons/yr) for a slightly
gapped primary seal to 2.2 Mg/yr (2.4 tons/yr) for a tight rim-mounted
secondary seal over a tight primary seal.
100 tons/yr
»ourcc size
No yingle floating roof tank is expected to emit more than 100
tons/yr.
CTC
Qmiss ion
limit
(pp. 5-1,
5-4) *
A continuous secondary seal or equivalent closure on all affected
storage tanks, plus certain inspection and recordkeeping requirements.
VOC
rcduct1 on
per facility
(pp. 3-3,
3-9) *
Ranges from about 200 to 2 Mg/yr (220 to 2.2 tons/yr).
COM CB
(pp. 4-9,
4-12) *
Basis: External floating roof tank 30.5 m (100 ft) in diameter with a
capacity of 8.91 x 106 liters (55,000 bbl) controlled by a rim
mounted secondary seal.
Capital cost
(S1000)
Annualized coat
(S1000)
Cost effectiveness
(S/Mg)
($/ton)
16.9
3.3
(66)+-3,655
(59)^-3,316
"The source of the summary information is the indicated page(s) in "Control of Volatile
Organic EmiBHions from Petroleum Liquid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks,"
EPA-450/2-76-047.
Numberb In parenthesis indicate credits.
C-27
-------
TABLE C-24. SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR LEAKS FROM GASOLINE
TANK TRUCKS AND VAPOR COLLECTION SYSTEMS
Affected
facilities
(p. 2)*
Number of
affected
facilities
VOC
eaisB ions
nati onwide
VOC
emiss ion
range per
facility
CTC
eir.ias ion
limit
(pp. 1
and 2)
VOC
reduction
per facility
Coats
a. Gasoline tank trucks that are equipped for vapor collection.
b. Vapor collection systems at bulk terminals, bulk plants, and service
stations that are equipped with vapor balance and/or vapor processing
systems .
Not available
Not available
Not available
The control approach is a combination of testing, monitoring, and equip-
ment design to ensure that good maintenance practices are employed to
prevent leaks from truck tanks or tank compartments and vapor collection
systems during gasoline transfer at bulk plants, bulk terminals, and
service stations. A leak is a reading greater than or equal to 100
percent of the LEL at 2.5 cm from a potential leak source as detected by
a combustible gas detector.
Not available
Not available
*The source of the summary information is the indicated page number in "Control of Volatile
Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems,"
EPA-450/2-78-051.
C-28
-------
TABLE C-25.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSIONS
FROM LARGE PETROLEUM DRY CLEANERS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-1)
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-2)
VOC EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
(p. 2-15)
VOC EMISSIONS
PER FACILITY
(p. 2-13)
100 TON/YR
SOURCE SIZE
(p. 2-16)
CTG EMISSION
LIMIT
(p. 3-26)
VOC REDUCTION
PER FACILITY
(p. 3-25)
COSTS
(in thousands
of June, 1980
dollars )
(p. 5-7)
Only large facilities that use petroleum
solvents .
Approximately 230 industrial plants used
dry cleaning solvents in 1979.
The average range of baseline emissions
two model plants: I
(1979) 2,400-3,300 mg/yr
(2,600-3,600 tons/yr)
15.5 to A6 kg total plant emissions per
weight of articles cleaned.
dry cleaning
petroleum
nationwide for
II
28,800 mg/yr
(26,200 tons/yr)
100 kg dry
Approximately 5,400 Ib/day of articles to be cleaned.
For model plants: I
II
Average of baseline 819-930 mg/yr 8,100 mg/yr
emissions (900-1,020 tons/yr) (8,905 tons/yr)
Overall plant reduction of 66 to 72 percent
over existing levels.
Plant I
Capital Costs 77.31
Annualized Costs 8.86
Difference from
Existing Annual (20.89)
Costs
Cost Effectiveness 0.48-0.64
($103/mg VOC)
Plant II
169.78
19.34
(34.23)
0.37
C-29
-------
TABLE C-26.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSIONS
FROM MANUFACTURE OF HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE, POLYPROPYLENE,
AND POLYSTRENE RESINS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-1)
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(pp. 2-2, 2-12,
2-19)
VOC EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
(calculated)
100 TON/YR
SOURCE SIZE
CTG
EMISSION
LIMIT
VOC REDUCTION
PER FACILITY
COSTS
(for Model
Plants)
(pp. 5-17, 5-18,
5-19)
Industries that convert monomer or chemical intermediate
materials into polymer products, including plastic
materials, synthetic resins, synthetic rubbers and
organic fibers covered by SIC codes 2821, 2822, 2823
and 2824.
Producing:
High Density
Polypropylene Polyethylene (HOPE) Polystyrene
24 not enumerated not enumerated
Polypropylene HOPE Polystyrene
64,124,970 29,549,000 472,240 - 5,905,250
mg/yr mg/yr mg/yr
Data not given.
Polypropylene: 98% by weight
Polyethylene: 98% by weight
Polystyrene: 0.12 kg VOC/1,000 kg product.
(96.1% in steam, 40% in air)
98% reduction over uncontrolled for a model plant
(total plant)
Polypropylene HOPE Polystyrene
Capital 635,900 (TI) 557,400 (TI) 28,000 (Steam)
Costs ($) 90,600 (F) 54,500 (F) 32,300 (Air)
Annualized 186,700 (TI) 166,000 (TI) -146 ,700(a)(Steam)
Costs 65,700 (F) 47,400 (F) 5,660 (Air)
($/yr)
TI= Thermal Incineration
F= Flare
(a)
Reflects recovery credit for styrene
C-30
-------
TABLE C-27.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EQUIPMENT
LEAKS FROM NATURAL GAS/GASOLINE PROCESSING PLANTS
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-1)
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
(p. 2-11)
CTG EMISSION
LIMIT
(p. 4-5)
VOC REDUCTION
PER FACILITY
COSTS
(in thousands
of June, 1980
dollars)
Natural gas/gasoline processing plants, not including
compressor stations, dehydration units, sweetening units,
field treatment, underground storage facilities,
liquified natural gas units, and field gas gathering
systems unless they are located at a gas plant.
Data not given.
Data not given.
Model Plant A (10
Model Plant B (30
Model Plant C (100
Plant A
9.0 mg/yr
722
Same as CTG emission
Total Annualized
Cost Before
Credit
Recovery
Credits
Net Cost
Cost ($/MG)
Effectiveness
vessels) 90 kg/day 32 mg/yr
vessels) 270 kg/day 98 mg/yr
vessels) 900 kg/day 320 mg/yr
Plant B Plant C
27 mg/yr 90 mg/yr
722 72Z
limit above.
Model Plant
A B C
9.8 18 48
-6.5 -20 -65
3.3 ~2 .0 —17
140 -28 -74
(a)
Recovery credit is larger than annualized cost.
C-31
-------
TABLE C-28.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC
ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-1)
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
VOC EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
VOC EMISSION
RANGE PER
FACILITY
(p. 2-11)
100 TON/YR
SOURCE SITE
CTG EMISSION
LIMIT
(p. 5-10)
VOC REDUCTION
PER FACILITY
COSTS
(pp. 5-11, 5-12)
Equipment in process units which produce synthetic
organic chemicals and polymers (polyethylene,
polypropylene, and polystyrene).
Data not given.
Data not given.
For three model units with varying complexity,
uncontrolled emission estimates are:
A - 39 mg/yr
B - 151 mg/yr i
C - 470 mg/yr
The complexity of the facility (i.e., number of valves
flanges, etc.) is at least equally as important as the
size in determining emission levels. Totals of types of
sources multiplied by the emission factors for that
equipment (p. 2-21) will identify 100 ton/yr sources.
Percent reduction in all model units is 36% under
RACT
Same as CTG emission limit above.
Costs per model plant are balanced below with recovery
at product.
Model Initial^3' Recovery(b' Annualized(b' Cost
Plant Costs Credits Cost Effectiveness
A $15,900 $6,200 $5,600 $370/mg
B $35,800 $24,000 $4,300 $77/mg
C $91,200 $74,000 $2,300 $13/mg
(a)
(b)
One time cost.
Annualized credit/cost.
C-32
-------
TABLE C-29.
SUMMARY OF CTG DOCUMENT FOR THE AIR OXIDATION PROCESS IN SYNTHETIC
ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(p. 2-1)
Those facilities that produce chemicals included in the
synthetic organic chemical manufacturing industry by
reacting more chemicals with oxygen, ammonia, or
halogens, and air.
NUMBER OF
AFFECTED
FACILITIES
(pp. 2-3, 2-18)
There are 161 facilities operated under 59 companies
which produce one or more of the 36 air oxidation
chemicals.
VOC EMISSIONS
NATIONWIDE
40,390 mg/yr (p. 4-3).
VOC EMISSION
RANGE(a' PER
FACILITY
0.0205 kg/hr - 2150 kg/hr.
100 TON/YR
SOURCE SIZE
Data not given.
CTG EMISSION
LIMIT
(p. 4-5)
Average plant emissions for facilities required to
control VOC = 31.2 mg/yr.
Average plant emissions for facilities not required to
control VOC = 560 mg/yr.
VOC REDUCTION
PER FACILITY
Thermal oxidation - 98% for facilities with controls;
53% above baseline for total VOC.
Only 14 of 47 plants in nonattainment zones would
control VOC emissions under RACT.
COST
EFFECTIVENESS
(p. 5-24)
$1600/mg^b) VOC controlled.
Figures are from the 59 facilities for which data
is represented.
June, 1980 dollars.
C-33
-------
APPENDIX D - EXAMPLE QUESTIONNAIRES
A general discussion of the design and use of questionnaires is presented
in Chapter 3. This appendix contains example questionnaires for inventorying
VOC emissions from solvent use. The inclusion of these questionnaires does not
imply an endorsement by EPA or a requirement to use them. They are presented
merely to show basic structure, possible content, and various alternatives
available.
Additional example questionnaires and background discussion on
questionnaire development are available in Reference 1. These questionnaires
are also not required or endorsed by EPA. The reader is simply referred to the
document for additional information.
The primary consideration in developing questionnaires is the inventory
agency's data requirements. The agency's needs will determine whether to use
general or industry-specific questionnaires and what data to elicit.
Discussion on general versus industry-specific questionnaires is included in
both Chapter 3 and Reference 1.
The reader is reminded to observe several caveats when reviewing the
questionnaires in this Appendix. Note that industry-specific questionnaires
must be developed for refineries, chemical manufacturers, and some other
sources. For a VOC emissions inventory, each questionnaire design should be
consistent with the data requirements of emission factors in AP-42, CTG
documents, or any other references. These references should be reviewed during
the development of questionnaires. In addition, local or state regulations
should be consulted before mailing questionnaires to ensure that all clearance
requirements for the forms are met. For example, EPA questionnaire forms must
be approved by the Office of Management and Budget prior to release to more
than ten sources. Finally, the reader is reminded to note the caveats
mentioned in Chapter 3.
Reference for Appendix D
1. Development of Questionnaires for Various Emission Inventory Uses,
EPA-450/3-78-122, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, June 1979.
D-l
-------
[Agency Letterhead]
Mailing
Label
Dear Madam(s) and/or Sir(s)s
The (agency or department) requests your cooperation in providing the
information described on the enclosed questionnaire. The data provided will be
evaluated along with information being gathered from other sources to determine
the impact of hydrocarbon, nitrogen oxide, and carbon monoxide emissions on the
air quality in (geographical area). This request is being made under (statute)
which allows information to be required from sources of air pollution. In
addition, the more nearly complete and accurate the response to the
questionnaire, the more valid the conclusions of the study will be.
Certain emission-related data on your equipment or processes have been
extracted from available records. The information requested on the enclosed
forms is not available from current agency records and is needed to assess
baseline emissions and control potential, and to project future emissions.
Please complete the enclosed questionnaire and return it within (time period)
to the address indicated on the form.
Any questions regarding these forms should be directed to
(name, address, phone number)
Your cooperation in providing the requested information within (number) days
from receipt of this letter will contribute materially to the accurate
assessment of emissions in (area). Thank you for your assistance.
Sincerely,
(name and title)
Enclosures
Figure D-l. Example cover letter,
D-2
-------
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
ORGANIC SOLVENT SOURCE QUESTIONNAIRE
1. All questions should be directed to (name, address, phone number)
2. This questionnaire is aimed at obtaining information from a wide variety
of solvent users. The complete questionnaire includes the following
pages:
Page A - GENERAL INFORMATION
B - DECREASING OPERATIONS
C - DRY CLEANING OPERATIONS
D - PROTECTIVE OR DECORATIVE COATINGS
E - FABRIC OR RUBBERIZED COATINGS
F - MISCELLANEOUS SURFACE COATINGS
G - OVENS
H - PRINTING
I - GENERAL SOLVENT USE
J - BULK SOLVENT STORAGE
K - CONTROL AND STACK INFORMATION
3. Annual or average summer day data should reflect average operating data
for the period from to .
A. Fill in the descriptive information and amount of solvent or solvent
containing materials used for each device operating under county permits
as shown in the example on each page. (Note: these examples are for
illustration only and may not represent actual operating conditions.)
5. In the event that data are not available on an individual device basis,
use best estimates from total plant usage to complete Item 4.
6. If the type(s) and/or percentages of solvents in coatings, inks, etc. are
not known, include sufficient information on the manufacturer, type, and
stock number so that this breakdown can be obtained. A copy of a
supplier's invoice would be adequate.
7. Complete Pages I, J and K.
8. The emissions data that will be generated during this program will
generally be public information. If certain process, operation, or
material information is considered confidential and should be considered a
trade secret, indicate such (specify a procedure and specify how
confidential data will be handled).
Figure D-2. Example questionnaire - Instruction sheet.
D-3
-------
ORGANIC COMPOliriD EMISSIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Mail Questionnaires in the
Enclosed Envelope To:
Please Address All Questions To:
NOTE: M-I. PAT^ S!!O!1T
Company Name
Plant Address
Mailing Address
rvT r.y.rnnnf; vrp. n
City
City
Zip
Zip
Person to Contact About Form
Telephone
Title
Approximate Number of Employees
Nature of Business (Include SIC)
Normal Operating Schedule for Calendar Year
Mrs/Day Days/Week
Approximate Percent Seasonal Operation:
Weeks/Year
Dec.-reo.I Har.-Mavl June-Auo.l Sect.-Nov.
Are hydrocartxan or organic solvent containing materials such as cleaning
fluids., coatings, adhesives, inks, etc. used in your operation?
Yes No if yes, please complete the appropriate forms
enclosed. MaJie aJJitional copies if necessary. If organic solvents
are nut in use please sign and return.
Signature
Date
Figure D-3. Example questionnaire - General information page.
D-4
-------
G
00
c
1-1
m
o
w
x
oi
a
"O
_o
c
(D
(n
O
a
3
Cu
H-
M
s?
(W
l-t
rt
CU
in
M-
3
TO
O
•o
in
n
w
n
H-
O
3
1/1
DECREASING OPERATIONS
1. Materials Processed
2. Type and Amount of Solvents Uscdt
Count y
Permit
Ihimbcr
EXAJ
r 99 9 99
Type of
Dcqr easinq*
PUE
Vapor
Typcls) of
Solvents
Empl oycd '
P?rc
A™ou n t of
Solvents Added
(Cal/Yc )
2000
Amount of
Solvent R«:noved
tot Reprocessing
(C.al/Yr )
S10
llomal '
'Oper al ing
Hr Djy Week
e
5
SO
1,1.1
P *<)t A,
e,pcrcMofocthy)«rii< m lh^ 1 cMorld* , trleMorocthylcne. oilj«r Up«c|!y.
«y, Ciyi/wk, *snl wK/yr. .if ihe »p;ioRl"-*le pircenc ttttrnjl of-rr^ilort
InOl c»lt .
-------
H-
TO
c
M
m
O
Ln
W
X
(U
C
n
w
rt
H-
O
3
to
H-
I
O
0)
3
H-
DRY CLEAIIIHG
1. Material Being Cleaned:
2. Type and Amount of Cleaning:
County
Permit
Hummer
EXA
P99999
Amount of
Clothes Cleaned
(Tons/Yr)
PLE
2000
Type of
Cl t.ininq*
Mot
Type(s) of
Cleaning Solvents'
fere
J>n.ount
(Cjl/Yr)
2000
licrr.jl
Opcr at i nq
l!r Dav Keel.
8
5
50
'pQrcMo?ot>.ylen« , Stcvidtrd , other (ipeclfy)
'llorrsl cpetatin? f.«r»o«S - hr«/a»yc d«ff/»)t(
-------
00
c
a
pi
X
w
a
"O
C
ro
in
rt
H-
O
3
3
1-1
re
rt>
o
n
D-
fB
O
O
i-(
01
n
o
o
0)
TO
tn
PROTECTIVE OR DECORATING COATINGS
1. Materials Coated
2. Type and Amount of Coating Used:
County
Permi t
Njmber
EXA
P99999
Appl i c a 1 1 on
Method'
I'LE
Spray
Type of
C&at ingt
Enamel
Ajnou n t of
Coat ing
(Cal/Vr)
2000
Type and
\ of
Major
Sol vents
MEK
60 \
Type Dnd
Amo on t of
Solvents
*,dden (Ca\/yc)
Toluene
200
Method of
Dry i 119-
( A. I r , 1 1 c a t
Treated)
Oven
tlonnol
Cpcr at i n9
Mr Day 1 oeh
B
S
SO
1
1
1
i
Spr »y, dip, rolItr. flo«, «ie.
t•Int , v*rntlh/*h*llftc. lacqutf, •
A: 11 onr , 1 »oproj>y I • Icohol , KCX *-
3. Type of Cleaning Sol vent i
, Ajnount
(Cal/Vrl
o,,,M.n9 r,,,cd
lacqutff , «n»jn« I , prlv^r
101 , KtK. butjrl *crl it« , cilluiolvc, tolucnt. othtr (lp«clfy)
- hr*/
-------
o
00
OQ
c
l-t
a
tn
x
CU
a
•a
c
re
in
O
3
ft)
H-
fD
I
w
cr
o
1-1
cr
ID
1-1
H"
N
n
a.
o
o
03
09
in
FABRIC OR RUBBERIZED COATING APPLICATION
1. Materials Coated
2. Type and Amount of Coating Used:
County
Permit
llijr\ter
E>'J,
T99999
Appl ication
Method*
:PLE
Lamination
Type of
Coating'
PVC
Ajnou n t of
Coating
(Gal/Vrl
1000
Type and
\ of
Hajor
Solvents
Toluene
Xylene
60S
40'
Type and
Amount of
Solvents
Added (GjJ/yr)
Toluene
200
Method of
Dry i ng-
(Air, Meat
Trc-atedl
Air
llomal .
Operating
l!r Day V.'tek
8
5
5C
, A/nou n t
3. Type of Cleaning Solvent
• prcfTiMlon, ~wtt~ coating, hot r*l I coating, lajrvj nation
ojyvlny1 ch Jor lAu , polyxirvthantt, tte.
'nl u*n« , nap tli a, kJr.wril iplrltfl, t(CK, Jryl«naf ch) orl n*t»3 hydroierben, othir («|>»el fy)
orptal ep«rat|n9 period - hrc/d«y( dtyi/fli, wk»/yr. "If Lh« *ppro«L»-al« ptrcint ••••ot>«l op*r*tion dlff«t« froa Oiat
9! v«n on P*fl« A, fl**-*' Indlcat*,
-------
m
c
n
O
do
x
Cu
a
"O
MISCELLANEOUS SURFACE' COAT I NG APPLICATION
(ADIIESiVES, PAPER, LEATHER, FILM, GLASS, ETC.)
sO
vt
n
H-
O
3
3
0)
n>
I
EC
i-1'
U)
n
re
D)
3
ro
o
c
en
n
(D
n
o
B)
3
(TO
0)
•O
•o
n
cu
n
H-
o
3
1. Materials Coated
2. Type and Amount of Coating Used:
County
Permit
Murxbc r
EXA.'
P99999
Appl icac 1 on
MctlioJ'
•LE
Spray
Type of
Coat ing*
Adhesive
An.ou n t of
Coat ing
(Gal/Yr)
1000
Type and
\ of
Major
Solvents
Toluene
HER
bO\
40\
Type and
Ajnovint of
Solvents
/,dJ..-d (C«J/yr)
To 1 ucne
200
HctlioJ of
Dry ing -
(Air, lie at
Trci tcill
Air
•
lionn'l
Of er a i • r.q"
llr Div L'tf
6
5 1 SO
1
1
i
1
1
/low, dip, rolltr, bru>h, «tc.
v c I f | • t , ? i «p-x oi c o • i I n 7, bkiitcr c c «11 n 9 , po)y^>
, J * IcoKol , 1 )fi«*r •Ico^ol , »thyl •c*t«t», tolu.i
i frcn Chat 9lv.n on r*ft A, pl»t»« Indleti*.
3. Type of Cleaning Solvent
(Gal
y)tnt, «tttri,
It th« tprt««i
n»pLh* . othtr (ip*cl f yt
P*fC»nl *t»ton»l ot<«i »tl
-------
H'
oq
C
>-(
ro
O
?
h-»
o
a
13
o
3
3
B>
H-
^1
ro
01
w
a
tr
Bl
,-!
H-
3
OP
n
c
T3
3
a
n
OVENS AND OTHER HEATED EQUIPMENT
( INCLUDE HEATED DEVICES WITH INTEGRAL
OVENS ALREADY REPORTED ON OTHER FORMS )
1. Material Being Dried
2. Operational Data:
County
Permit
(lumber
EXA.MI'
P99999
Operation*
£
Batch
Heat ina
Method '
Gas
(IF)
Heater
Rating
(lltu/hr)
and Temo (°F)
10,000
700 'F
Permit numbers of Spray
Booth(s) or Coater(s)
Feeding Oven
P9999B
P99997
•
l.'jrmal ,
Operat i ng
llr Day Week
8
5
50
P!'«:t-rlr
t^» | ortx]
prod(lt«.
ia ulth o
«:o=bu.tlon not
-------
PRINTING
OP
c
n
x
w
a
.0
c
(B
01
n
H'
o
3
ft)
H-
H-
3
rt
H'
oo
1. Material Being Coated
2. Type of Printing Process tnd Amounts of Solvents Used:
County
Tor mi t
tlunbc r
EXAJ-
P99999
Fr i nt ing Process '
'IX
Plexigraphic
Type of
ln\t
Al coliol
Sol vent
Ujsed
Amoun t
(Gdl/Yr)
2000
T)' pe and I
Major So 1 ve nt s
In Inr. '
1 soprooanol
ll'Jtlianol
Ethanol
70
15
15
Type and
Ar.oun t s of
So 1 vcn t s A J^ed
(Gil/Yrl S
1 1/" n
_OCTL
i;on«a I
O| c i a ; i .T g *
Hr Dav l.cek
8
5
SO
3. Type t Amount Cleaning So]vent Used
Cal/Yr
Solvrnt Wlrd. oil tJ«t d , 1 Itqu.f type, ttc.
' r loor opy I alcohol, *:h»nol , prop»nol , r*» pt Ki/t I •>( r • | iplril • , tolwtnc. m. other (*p*clfy)
*::orT.»l orci*t!n9 pcrit-i - hr •/<;*•/, ys/wli, wVt/yf. If Lht •^proMlr^lc p«fctnt iratonil cpe
^ii-or. en TJ^O *», |.*ij:c :r._'i:itc.
dl !ftri I ion ih
-------
GENERAL SOLVENT USAGE
Type and amount: of ocher solvents not identified with equipment hiving a
county permit that wuro used at your facility during calendar year
Do not include any solvents that have been included elsewhere
in this questioimairu .
TYPE AMOUNT (GAL/YR)
SOLVENT RETURNED
List any solvents returned to supplier or collected for reprocessing. Again,
do not include any solvents that have been so specified elsewhere in this
questionnaire.
TYPE AMOUNT (GAL/HR)
Figure D-ll. Example questionnaire - General solvent usage form.
D-12
-------
BULK SOLVENT STORAGE
Complete cne followir.q mfoiruc ion tor e^ch scor^qc canK .11 eJt ur tl-.nn 2SO
na i ions cipocicy. (See Editorial Note below)
Submerged fill, splash fill, recurn vent line, adsorber.
OPERATIONAL MODIFICATIONS
Please state the changes in type and estimated annual consumption of sol-
vent planned for all operations for calendar years Include
any information on control equipment additions or modifications:
ii'-o— al Noi:e: This questionnaire should contain space for cv° additionaj_
picc-.es of information: tank color and tank condition. Tne reader
i= '• evinced that these questionnaires are provided as examples and
n°" as recor^aendec procedures.)
Figure D-12. Example questionnaire - Bulk solvent storage form.
D-13
-------
CONTROL AUD STACK INFORMATION
INSTRUCTIONS :
1. Provide information on all devices that emit organic compounds through a
stick, vent or other detini.-a' emission p°l"t- IJvMLify all units under
Separate permit:: that vent clu uuyn j conmon stack,. A sinplc drawing may
be provided to better illustrate the physical conf icjurution.
2. Identify the primary organic compound control mctlicd used (if any) such
as after burners, scrubbers, carson adsorption, condensers, etc. Note:
this device nay have it; own permit nu.TJjer. If so, identify.
3. Indicate installation date of control equipment.
4. Indicate approximate efficiency (if known).
5. Provide the following information:
lleinht - distance above ground to discharge i>oint (feet)
Diameter - inside diameter at discharge point (feet)
not.*: if not circular, inser.t diaraeter (in feet) of equivalent
circular area wnich caji be calculated by
D - 1.128 A
where A is the measured or estimated cross-sectional area in sq ft
and De is the equivalent diameter.
Temperature - at discharge point in *T
Velocity - at discharge point in ft/sec
Flow rate - at discharge in actual cubic feet per minute (ACFM)
Design conditions may
used in lieu of actual test data.
County
Permit
N,.-!rNrt T-
EXAMPLE
onono o
HC
Control
I--,.,.
Aftcr-
b-jrnp T
Control
Eqmt
Effic.
f \ 1
95
Instal-
lation
n.irn
1969
Height
f f :1
20
Inside
Dia.
If r!
1.5
StacK
Temp
1 **•!
600
Data
Velocity
(ft/serl
20
1
Flow Rate
t f t / m \ n )
2100
Figure D-13. Example questionnaire - Control and stack information form.
D-14
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
EPA-450/4-88-021
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Procedures For The Preparation Of Emission Inventories
For Precursors Of Ozone, Vol. I (Third Edition)
5. REPORT DATE
December 1988
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S)
Sharon L. Kersteter
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Alliance Technologies
Chapel Hill, NC 27514
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
68-02-4396
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Monitoring And Reports Branch
Technical Support Division
Office Of Air Quality Planning And Standards
Research Triangle, NC 27711
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
EPA Project Officer: David C. Misenheimer
16. ABSTRACT
Procedures are described for compiling emission inventories of precursors
of ozone (volatile organic compounds, nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide) for use
in less data-intensive models such as the Empirical Kinetic Modeling Approach (EKMA).
Such inventories are required for submission of ozone State Implementation Plans
(SIPs) for those areas required to revise their plans after December 31, 1987.
The basic inventory elements - planning, data collection, emission inventory
estimates, reporting - are discussed. Various examples are included to aid the
agency in the understanding and use of this document.
17.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS
b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS C. COS AT I Field/Group
Emission inventories
EKMA
Precursors
Volatile organics
SIPs
Ozone
Modeling
Nitrogen Oxides
Carbon Monoxide
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
19. SECU!
CLASS (This Report)
21. NO. OF PAGES
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (R.v. 4-77) PREVIOUS EDITION is OBSOLETE
-------
INSTRUCTIONS
1. REPORT NUMBER
Insert the EPA report number as it appears on the cover of the publication.
2. LEAVE BLANK
3. RECIPIENTS ACCESSION NUMBER
Reserved for use by each report recipient.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Title should indicate clearly and briefly the subject coverage of the report, and be displayed prominently. Sol subtitle, if used, in smaller
type or otherwise subordinate it to main title. When a report is prepared in more than one volume, repeat the primary title, add volume
number and include subtitle for the specific title.
5. REPORT DATE
Each report shall carry a date indicating at least month and year. Indicate the hasis on which it was selected (e.g., dale uf issue, dale of
approval, date of preparation, etc.).
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
Leave blank.
7. AUTHOR(S)
Give name(s) in conventional order (John R. Doc, J. Robert Doc. etc.). List author's affilialion if it differs from the performing organi-
zation.
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NUMBER
Insert if performing organization wishes to assign this number.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Give name, street, city, state, and ZIP code. List no more than two levels of an organizational hircarchy.
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER
Use the program element number under which the report was prepared. Subordinate numbers may be included in parentheses.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NUMBER
Insert contract or grant number under which report was prepared.
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Include ZIP code.
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Indicate interim final, etc., and if applicable, dates covered.
14. SPONSORING AGtNCY CODE
Insert appropriate code.
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
Enter information not included elsewhere but useful, such as: Prepared in cooperation with. Translation of. Presented a I conference of.
To be published in, Supersedes, Supplements, etc.
16. ABSTRACT
Include a brief (200 words or less) factual summary of the most significant information contained in Ihc report. II the report contains a
significant bibliography or literature survey, mention it here.
17. KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
(a) DESCRIPTORS - Select from the Thesaurus of Engineering and Scientific Terms the proper authori/.ed terms that identify the major
concept of the research and are sufficiently specific and precise to be used as index entries for cataloging.
(b) IDENTIFIERS AND OPEN-ENDED TERMS - Use identifiers for project names, code names, equipment designators, etc. Use open-
ended terms written in descriptor form for those subjects for which no descriptor exists.
(c) COSAT1 MELD GROUP - Held and group assignments are to be taken from the 1965 COSATI Subject Category List. Since the ma-
jority of documents are multidisciplinary in nature, the Primary Field/Group assignment(s) will be specific discipline, area of human
endeavor, or type of physical object. The application(s) will be cross-referenced with secondary l-ield/(iroup assignments thai will follow
the primary posting(s).
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
Denote releasability to the public or limitation for reasons other than security for example "Release Unlimited." file any availability to
the public, with address and price.
19.8.20. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
DO NOT submit classified reports to the National Technical Information service.
21. NUMBER OF PAGES
Insert the total number of pages, including this one and unnumbered pages, but exclude distribution list, it any.
22. PRICE
Insert the price set by the National Technical Information Service or the Government Printing Office, if known.
EPA Form 2220-1 (Rev. 4-77) (Reverse)
------- |